PR#19: Add Localization Support - fedora-docs/install-guide

l10n/make_pot.sh

file added

+33

		`@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@`
		`+ #!/bin/bash`
		`+ # You need po4a > 0.54, see https://github.com/mquinson/po4a/releases`
		`+ # There is no need of system-wide installation of po4a`
		`+ # Usage: PERLLIB=/path/to/po4a/lib l10n/make_port.sh`
		`+`
		`+ dir="./modules/install-guide" # no trailing slash`
		`+`
		`+ if [ ! -d "$dir" ]`
		`+ then`
		`+ echo "Please run this script from the documentation' root folder"`
		`+ exit 1`
		`+ fi`
		`+`
		`+ while IFS= read -r -d '' file`
		`+ do`
		`+ basename=$(basename -s .adoc "$file")`
		`+ dirname=$(dirname "$file")`
		`+ path="${dirname#$dir/}"`
		`+`
		`+ if [ "$dirname" = "$dir" ]; then`
		`+ potname=$basename.pot`
		`+ else`
		`+ potname=$path/$basename.pot`
		`+ mkdir -p "./l10n/pot/$path"`
		`+ fi`
		`+`
		`+ echo po4a-gettextize --format asciidoc --master "$file" --po "./l10n/pot/$potname" --master-charset "UTF-8" --option debug split_attributelist`
		`+ po4a-gettextize --format asciidoc --master "$file" --po "./l10n/pot/$potname" --master-charset "UTF-8" --option debug split_attributelist`
		`+`
		`+ done < <(find -L "$dir" -name "*.adoc" -print0)`
		`+`
		`+ echo po4a-gettextize --format yaml --option keys="title" --master ./site.yml --po ./l10n/pot/site.yml.pot --master-charset "UTF-8"`
		`+ po4a-gettextize --format yaml --option keys="title" --master ./site.yml --po ./l10n/pot/site.yml.pot --master-charset "UTF-8"`

l10n/po/nav.fr.po

file added

+40

		`@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/nav.adoc:21`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "xref:index.adoc[Installation Guide] xref:Preface.adoc[Preface] "`
		`+ "xref:Introduction.adoc[Introduction] ** "`
		`+ "xref:Downloading_Fedora.adoc[Downloading Fedora] Installing Fedora * "`
		`+ "xref:install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc[Preparing for Installation] *** "`
		`+ "xref:install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc[Booting the Installation] *** "`
		`+ "xref:install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc[Installing Using Anaconda] *** "`
		`+ "xref:install/After_Installation.adoc[After the Installation] *** "`
		`+ "xref:install/Troubleshooting.adoc[Troubleshooting] ** Advanced Installation "`
		`+ "Options * xref:advanced/Boot_Options.adoc[Boot Options] * "`
		`+ "xref:advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc[Automating the Installation with "`
		`+ "Kickstart] *** xref:advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc[Setting Up an "`
		`+ "Installation Server] *** xref:advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc[Installing "`
		`+ "Using VNC] *** xref:advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc[Upgrading "`
		`+ "Your Current System] Technical Appendixes * "`
		`+ "xref:appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc[Kickstart Syntax Reference] "`
		`+ "*** xref:appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc[An Introduction to Disk Partitions] "`
		`+ "* xref:appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc[Understanding LVM] "`
		`+ "xref:Revision_History.adoc[Revision History]"`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/Downloading_Fedora.fr.po

file added

+251

		`@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:6`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Downloading Fedora"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:8`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Fedora Editions"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Fedora provides three primary Editions tailored for some specific use "`
		`+ "cases. link:++https://getfedora.org++[] offers Fedora Cloud for scalable "`
		`+ "infrastructure, Fedora Server for organizational infrastructure, and Fedora "`
		`+ "Workstation for the developer and desktop user."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:12`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "For alternative desktop environments or media built for more niche purposes, "`
		`+ "check out link:++https://spins.fedoraproject.org++[Fedora Spins]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:14`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Each of these downloads provides a different set of default packages, but "`
		`+ "you can add to your system after the initial installation to customize it "`
		`+ "for your needs. The installation process is the same for all spins and "`
		`+ "Editions, so you can use this guide for any choice you make."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:15`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Which Architecture Is My Computer?"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:17`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Most modern systems are 64{nbsp}bit x86 architecture. If your computer was "`
		+ "manufactured after 2007, or you aren't sure, you probably have a `x86_64` "
		`+ "system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:19`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Changing a Fedora installation from one architecture to another is not "`
		`+ "supported. Use the following table to determine the architecture of your "`
		`+ "computer according to the type of processor. Consult your manufacturer's "`
		`+ "documentation for details on your processor, or resources such as "`
		`+ "link:++http://ark.intel.com/++[] or link:++http://products.amd.com/++[], if "`
		`+ "necessary."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:21`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Processor and architecture types"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block \|`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:29`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "\|Processor manufacturer and model\|Architecture type for Fedora\n"`
		`+ "\|some Intel Atom, Core series, Pentium 4, and recent vintage Xeon; AMD "`
		+ "Athlon, Duron, some Semprons; and older; VIA C3, C7\|`i386`\n"
		`+ "\|some Intel Atom, Core 2 series, Core i series and Xeon; \n"`
		`+ "\t\t\t\t\t\tAMD: Athlon 64, Athlon II, Sempron64, Phenom series, Fusion "`
		`+ "series, Bulldozer series and Opteron; Apple MacBook, MacBook Pro, and "`
		+ "MacBook Air\|`x86_64`\n"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:31`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Media Types"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:33`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Several media types are available. Choose the one that best suits your "`
		`+ "requirements."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:34`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Live Image"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:35`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Live images allow you to preview Fedora before installing it. Instead of "`
		`+ "booting directly into the installer, a live image loads the same environment "`
		`+ "you'll get after installation. Fedora Workstation and Fedora Spins are live "`
		`+ "images."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:37`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Use a live image to install your favorite system, test Fedora on new "`
		`+ "hardware, troubleshoot, or share with friends."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:38`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "DVD Image"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:39`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "DVD images boot directly into the installation enviroment, and allow you to "`
		`+ "choose from a variety of packages that are provided with it. In Fedora 21, "`
		`+ "the DVD option is only available in the Fedora Server Edition."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:41`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Use the Fedora Server DVD image when you want customized Fedora Server "`
		`+ "installations using an offline installation source."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:42`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "netinstall Image"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:43`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The netinstall image boots directly into the installation environment, and "`
		`+ "uses the online Fedora package repositories as the installation source. With "`
		`+ "a netinstall image, you can select a wide variety of packages to create a "`
		`+ "customized installation of Fedora."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:45`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The Fedora Server netinstall image is a universal one, and can be used to "`
		`+ "install any Fedora Edition or your own set of favorite packages."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:46`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "ARM images"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:47`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "For many ARM systems, Fedora provides preconfigured filesystem images. Write "`
		`+ "the image to removable media and boot directly into a Fedora installation "`
		`+ "that's ready to use."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:49`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "ARM devices often require special setup procedures that aren't covered in "`
		`+ "this guide. Start learning about Fedora ARM at "`
		`+ "link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Architectures/ARM++[]"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:50`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Cloud Images"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:51`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Fedora Cloud images are preconfigured filesystem images with very few "`
		`+ "packages installed by default. They include special tools for interacting "`
		`+ "with cloud platforms, and are not intended to be used outside of cloud "`
		`+ "environments."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:53`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Fedora Cloud comes in several varieties. The Fedora Cloud Base image is a "`
		`+ "minimal base for cloud deployments. The Fedora Cloud Atomic image is a "`
		`+ "Docker container host that uses "`
		`+ "link:++http://www.projectatomic.io/++[Project Atomic] technology for "`
		`+ "updates. A Docker base image for Fedora is also available."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:55`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Cloud images are preconfigured and do not require installation as described "`
		`+ "in this guide. Get started using Fedora Cloud at "`
		`+ "link:++http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Cloud++[]"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:56`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Boot Images"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:57`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The tiny images at link:++https://boot.fedoraproject.org/++[] are written to "`
		`+ "CDs, USB drives, or even floppy disks. The BFO image loads installation "`
		`+ "media from Fedora's servers and directly loads an installation environment, "`
		`+ "like the netinstall ISO."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:58`
		`+ msgid "BFO images work like PXE deployments, without having to set up a server."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/Introduction.fr.po

file added

+146

		`@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:6`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Introduction"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:9`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This guide covers installation of Fedora, a Linux distribution built on free "`
		`+ "and open source software. This manual helps you install Fedora on desktops, "`
		`+ "laptops, and servers. The installation system is easy to use even if you "`
		`+ "lack previous knowledge of Linux or computer networks. If you select default "`
		`+ "options, Fedora provides a complete desktop operating system, including "`
		`+ "productivity applications, Internet utilities, and desktop tools."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:11`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This document details the full range of installation options, including "`
		`+ "those that apply only in limited or unusual circumstances. Understanding of "`
		`+ "all topics described in this document is not necessary to successfully "`
		`+ "perform the installation in most cases."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:13`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Background"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:16`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "About Fedora"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:19`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To find out more about {PRODUCT}, visit the "`
		`+ "link:++http://fedoraproject.org/++[{PRODUCT} Project Website]. Other "`
		`+ "documentation describing additional topics related to {PRODUCT} is available "`
		`+ "at link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[{PRODUCT} Documentation]. Also "`
		`+ "see the "`
		`+ "link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Fedora_Project_Wiki++[{PRODUCT} "`
		`+ "Project Wiki]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:21`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Getting Additional Help"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:24`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you encounter any problems which are not described in documentation, you "`
		`+ "might get help from members of the community - developers, users, and "`
		`+ "others. There are many ways to get help: the Ask Fedora website, mailing "`
		`+ "lists, forums, or IRC. For a summary of available resources, see the "`
		`+ "link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Communicating_and_getting_help++[Communicating "`
		`+ "and Getting Help] page on the {PRODUCT} wiki."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:26`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "About This Document"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:29`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Goals"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:32`
		`+ msgid "This guide helps a reader:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:34`
		`+ msgid "Understand how to locate the {PRODUCT} distribution online"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:36`
		`+ msgid "Create configuration data that allows a computer to boot {PRODUCT}"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:38`
		`+ msgid "Understand and interact with the {PRODUCT} installation program"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:40`
		`+ msgid "Complete basic post-installation configuration of a {PRODUCT} system"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:45`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This guide does not cover use of {PRODUCT}. To learn how to use an "`
		`+ "installed {PRODUCT} system, see the other manuals available at "`
		`+ "link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[Fedora Documentation]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:49`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Target Audience"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:51`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This guide is intended for {PRODUCT} users of all levels of "`
		`+ "experience. However, it describes the installation process and its many "`
		`+ "options in far greater detail than most users are likely to require. You do "`
		`+ "not need to read and understand this entire document to install {PRODUCT} on "`
		`+ "a computer. This document is most likely to help experienced users perform "`
		`+ "advanced and unusual installations."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/Preface.fr.po

file added

+38

		`@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Preface.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Preface"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Preface.adoc:9`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Acknowledgments"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Preface.adoc:11`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Certain portions of this text first appeared in the [citetitle]_Red Hat "`
		`+ "Enterprise Linux Installation Guide_, copyright © 2014 Red Hat, Inc. and "`
		`+ "others, published by Red Hat at "`
		`+ "link:++https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/++[]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/Revision_History.fr.po

file added

+218

		`@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Revision History"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Note that revision numbers relate to the edition of this manual, not to "`
		`+ "version numbers of Fedora."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:9`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "`1.4-0`"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid "Mon Jun 20 2016, Clayton Spicer (cspicer@redhat.com)"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:12`
		`+ msgid "Fedora 24 Final release"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:14`
		`+ msgid "Added boot option [option]#inst.nosave=#"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:16`
		`+ msgid "Typo fixes"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:17`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "`1.3-0`"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:18`
		`+ msgid "Mon Nov 02 2015, Petr Bokoč (pbokoc@redhat.com)"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:20`
		`+ msgid "Fedora 23 Final release"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:22`
		`+ msgid "Kickstart commands and boot options updated for F23"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:24`
		`+ msgid "Many typo fixes"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:25`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "`1.2-0`"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:26`
		`+ msgid "Mon May 25 2015, Petr Bokoč (pbokoc@redhat.cogm)"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:28`
		`+ msgid "Fedora 22 Final release"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:30`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "References to [application]Yum replaced with [application]DNF (the new "`
		`+ "default package manager)"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:32`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Updates in boot options: [option]#inst.dnf# replaced with "`
		`+ "[option]#inst.nodnf#, added [option]#inst.kdump_addon=#"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:34`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Updates in Kickstart: [command]#%anaconda#, [command]#%addon#, "`
		`+ "[command]#sshkey#, [command]#pwpolicy#"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:36`
		+ msgid "Added the `Kdump` screen to the GUI docs"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:37`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "`1.1-2`"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:38`
		`+ msgid "Sun Dec 21 2014, Zach Oglesby (zach@oglesby.co)"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:40`
		`+ msgid "Fixed Windows checksum steps, BZ#1175759"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:41`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "`1.1-1`"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:42`
		`+ msgid "Mon Dec 15 2014, Petr Bokoč (pbokoc@redhat.com)"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:44`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Fixes in Boot Options: inst.headless is deprecated, inst.askmethod moved "`
		`+ "from removed to Installation Source"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:46`
		`+ msgid "Parts of the network boot setup chapter have been updated with correct URLs"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:48`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Updates in Recommended Partitioning Scheme and Advice on Partitions in the "`
		`+ "Manual Partitioning section of the installation chapter"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:49`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "`1.1-0`"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:50`
		`+ msgid "Mon Dec 8 2014, Petr Bokoč (pbokoc@redhat.com)"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:52`
		`+ msgid "Publishing for Fedora 21"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:53`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "`1.0-1`"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:54`
		`+ msgid "Mon Dec 8 2014, Pete Travis (immanetize@fedoraproject.org)"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:56`
		`+ msgid "added info on media types"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:57`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "`1.0-0`"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:58`
		`+ msgid "Tue Dec 17 2013, Petr Bokoč (pbokoc@redhat.com)"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:59`
		`+ msgid "Publishing for Fedora 20"`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/Author_Group.fr.po

file added

+28

		`@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Author_Group.adoc:2`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Fedora Documentation Project"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Author_Group.adoc:4`
		`+ msgid "{blank}"`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/Feedback.fr.po

file added

+82

		`@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "We want feedback"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "indexterm:[feedback,contact information for this manual] If you find errors "`
		`+ "or have suggestions for improvement, we want your advice. Submit a report in "`
		+ "Bugzilla against the product `{PRODUCT}` and the component `{BOOKID}`. The "
		`+ "following link automatically loads this information for you: {BZURL}."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid "In Bugzilla:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:12`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Provide a short summary of the error or your suggestion in the `Summary` "
		`+ "field."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:14`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Copy the following template into the `Description` field and give us the "
		`+ "details of the error or suggestion as specifically as you can. If possible, "`
		`+ "include some surrounding text so we know where the error occurs or the "`
		`+ "suggestion fits."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Document URL:\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Section number and name:\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:22`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Error or suggestion:\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:24`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Additional information:\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:27`
		`+ msgid "Click the btn:[Submit Bug] button."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.fr.po

file added

+93

		`@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:5`
		`+ msgid "Copyright {YEAR} {HOLDER}."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:7`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The text of and illustrations in this document are licensed by Red Hat under "`
		`+ "a Creative Commons Attribution–Share Alike 3.0 Unported license "`
		`+ "(\"CC-BY-SA\"). An explanation of CC-BY-SA is available at "`
		`+ "link:++http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/++[]. The original "`
		`+ "authors of this document, and Red Hat, designate the Fedora Project as the "`
		`+ "\"Attribution Party\" for purposes of CC-BY-SA. In accordance with CC-BY-SA, "`
		`+ "if you distribute this document or an adaptation of it, you must provide the "`
		`+ "URL for the original version."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:9`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Red Hat, as the licensor of this document, waives the right to enforce, and "`
		`+ "agrees not to assert, Section 4d of CC-BY-SA to the fullest extent permitted "`
		`+ "by applicable law."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:11`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Red Hat, Red Hat Enterprise Linux, the Shadowman logo, JBoss, MetaMatrix, "`
		`+ "Fedora, the Infinity Logo, and RHCE are trademarks of Red Hat, Inc., "`
		`+ "registered in the United States and other countries."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:13`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "For guidelines on the permitted uses of the Fedora trademarks, refer to "`
		`+ "link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Legal:Trademark_guidelines++[]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:15`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Linux (R) is the registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United "`
		`+ "States and other countries.\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:17`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Java (R) is a registered trademark of Oracle and/or its affiliates.\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:19`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "XFS (R) is a trademark of Silicon Graphics International Corp. or its "`
		`+ "subsidiaries in the United States and/or other countries.\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:21`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "MySQL (R) is a registered trademark of MySQL AB in the United States, the "`
		`+ "European Union and other countries.\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:22`
		`+ msgid "All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/entities.fr.po

file added

+18

		`@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.fr.po

file added

+252

		`@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Manual Partitioning"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Manual Partitioning` screen allows you to create a storage "
		`+ "configuration for your {PRODUCT} system manually, giving you a greater "`
		`+ "control over your system's storage."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In most other installers for both Linux and other operating systems, disk "`
		`+ "partitioning usually takes a \"bottom-up\" approach. In these installers, "`
		`+ "you first create underlying devices such as LVM physical volumes, then you "`
		`+ "create a layout such as LVM on top of them, then you create file systems on "`
		`+ "top of logical volumes, and the last step is usually assigning a mount point "`
		`+ "to each volume as needed."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:12`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "[application]Anaconda uses an opposite approach. First, you create all "`
		`+ "separate mount points you need, and everything needed to create them "`
		`+ "(creating a volume group, logical volumes inside it, and physical volumes "`
		`+ "where the volume group will reside) is performed automatically. You can then "`
		`+ "adjust the automatic settings as you require."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:17`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "No permanent changes will be made to your disks during the actual "`
		`+ "partitioning process. The configuration you have selected will only be "`
		+ "written to your system after you press the `Begin installation` button in "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "`
		`+ "Summary]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:22`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The Manual Partitioning screen. At this point"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:22`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/CustomSpoke.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "When you first open the `Manual Partitioning` screen, the column on the left "
		`+ "side will display all previously existing partitions on all drives which you "`
		`+ "selected as installation targers in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation "`
		`+ "Destination]. If none of the selected drives contain any existing "`
		`+ "partitions, then a message informing you that no mount points currently "`
		`+ "exist will appear."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:27`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Here, you can choose a partitioning scheme such as `LVM` or `BTRFS` and "
		+ "click the `Click here to create them automatically` to prompt the installer "
		`+ "to create a basic partitioning layout; this layout follows the guidelines "`
		`+ "described in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "`
		`+ "Partitioning Scheme]. The created layout is a basic layout where "`
		`+ "partition/volume sizes are determined automatically based on the total "`
		`+ "amount of available space."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:29`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Click the `+` button to add a mount point. In the dialog window that opens, "
		+ "choose a mount point such as `/` or `/home`, and the desired capacity for "
		+ "the mount point (such as `10GB` or `500MB`). Note that specifying the mount "
		`+ "point is mandatory, but you do not have to specify the capacity at this "`
		`+ "point; this is useful when adding a mount point which you want to make "`
		+ "larger than the current available space permits. Then, click `Add mount "
		+ "point` to add it to the list using the default settings, which means it will "
		`+ "be created as a logical volume, and a new volume group will be created for "`
		`+ "it unless one already exists."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:31`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Then, select the newly created mount point in the list on the left side. A "`
		`+ "set of controls will display on the right side of the screen, allowing you "`
		`+ "to change its mount point, the device on which it will physically reside, "`
		+ "its capacity, file system, etc. When you change any settings, press `Update "
		+ "Settings` on the bottom right. This will save the adjusted configuration; "
		`+ "you can now create another mount point, or select a different existing one "`
		`+ "and adjust its settings as well."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:36`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "For a description of available device and file system types, see "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, "`
		`+ "File System and RAID Types]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:40`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "To remove a mount point, select it in the list and press the `-` button "
		`+ "below."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:42`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The exact steps for configuring your storage depend on your specific needs "`
		`+ "and your system configuration. Procedures for creating specific layouts are "`
		`+ "described further in this chapter. Before you start, you should also review "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "`
		`+ "Partitioning Scheme] and "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-advice[Advice "`
		`+ "on Partitions] for a list of requirements and tips for partitioning your "`
		`+ "disks for {PRODUCT}."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:44`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Below the list of existing mount points are two fields, showing you how much "`
		`+ "free space is left on your storage devices and how much total space they "`
		`+ "have."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:46`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Click the `pass:attributes[{blank}]_X_ storage devices selected` to view a "
		`+ "summary of currently selected storage devices; this may help you with "`
		`+ "orientation in more complicated storage schemas. Devices displayed here are "`
		`+ "the ones you have selected in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation "`
		`+ "Destination]. If you want to add or remove any storage devices from your "`
		`+ "configuration, return to that screen and change your selection."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:48`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "You can press the `Reset All` button in the bottom right corner at any time "
		`+ "to reset the storage configuration to the state it was in when you last "`
		+ "opened the `Manual Partitioning` screen. This means that if you modify the "
		`+ "storage configuration, leave the screen, and then come back, the Reset "`
		`+ "button will reset the configuration back to the already modified state, "`
		`+ "discarding only the changes you have made recently, not all changes to the "`
		`+ "storage configuration since you booted the installer."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:50`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To discard all changes, and to also detect any new drives which have not "`
		`+ "been detected when the installer started (usually when you attached a new "`
		`+ "drive after you started), press the button marked by a circular arrow in the "`
		`+ "set of controls below the list of mount points on the left side of the "`
		+ "screen. In the dialog window that opens, press `Rescan Disks` and wait until "
		+ "the scanning process completes. Then, press `OK` to return to "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation "`
		`+ "Destination]; all detected disks including any new ones will be displayed in "`
		+ "the `Local Standard Disks` section."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:51`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Rescan Disks"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:53`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The Rescan Disks dialog"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:53`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/CustomSpoke_RescanDisks.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:56`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "After you finish configuring your system storage, press `Done` in the top "
		+ "left corner to save the configuration and return to the `Installation "
		+ "Summary` screen. At this point, the installer will check if your storage "
		`+ "configuration is valid. If an error was detected, a message will be "`
		`+ "displayed at the bottom of the screen. Click the message to open a dialog "`
		`+ "window explaining what kind of error has been detected (for example, you put "`
		+ "`/boot` on a Btrfs subvolume, or you did not create a BIOS Boot partition "
		`+ "when your system requires one)."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:58`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If such a message is displayed, go back and fix any issues found by the "`
		`+ "installer; otherwise you will not be able to proceed with the "`
		+ "installation. You can also press `Done` again to return to the `Installation "
		+ "Summary` anyway, but a storage configuration error will prevent you from "
		`+ "starting the actual installation process."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:60`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If no error message is displayed and if you made any changes since the last "`
		`+ "time you have visited this screen, a summary dialog will appear, displaying "`
		+ "a detailed list of the changes you made. Review the list and click `Accept "
		+ "Changes` to proceed with "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "`
		+ "Summary], or click `Cancel & Return to Custom Partitioning` if you want to "
		`+ "make any more changes."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.fr.po

file added

+215

		`@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Creating a Btrfs Layout"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "_Btrfs_ is a type of file system, but it has several features characteristic "`
		`+ "of a storage device. It is designed to make the file system tolerant of "`
		`+ "errors, and to facilitate the detection and repair of errors when they "`
		`+ "occur. It uses checksums to ensure the validity of data and metadata, and "`
		`+ "maintains snapshots of the file system that can be used for backup or "`
		`+ "repair."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Creating a Btrfs layout is somewhat similar to LVM (described in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-lvm[Creating "`
		`+ "a Logical Volume Managament (LVM) Layout]) with slightly different "`
		`+ "terminology. A Btrfs _volume_ is the equivalent of an LVM volume group, and "`
		`+ "a Btrfs _subvolume_ is similar to a LVM logical volume. An important "`
		`+ "difference to note is how [application]Anaconda reports sizes for separate "`
		`+ "mount points: For LVM, the exact size of each logical volume is shown next "`
		`+ "to each mount point in the left pane, while with Btrfs, the total size of "`
		`+ "the entire volume is shown next to each subvolume."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:15`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Some partition types - notably the `/boot` and `/usr` directories and the "
		`+ "BIOS Boot and EFI partitions - can not be placed on Btrfs subvolumes. Use "`
		`+ "standard physical volumes for them (or an LVM logical volume for "`
		+ "`/usr`). See "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "`
		`+ "Partitioning Scheme] for more information."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Create Btrfs Subvolume"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The Manual Partitioning screen"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:23`
		`+ msgid "Follow the procedure below to create Btrfs volumes and subvolumes:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:24`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Creating Btrfs Subvolumes and Volumes"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:26`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Click the `+` button at the bottom of the list showing existing mount "
		`+ "points. A new dialog window will open."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:28`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In the new dialog window, specify a mount point for which you want to create "`
		+ "a separate logical volume - for example, `/`. Optionally, specify a size for "
		`+ "the volume using standard units such as MB or GB (for example, "`
		+ "`50GB`). Then, click `Add mount point` to add the volume and return to the "
		`+ "main partitioning screen."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:33`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "When creating a mount point for swap on Btrfs, specify the mount point as "`
		+ "`swap`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:37`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The mount point has now been created using the default settings, which means "`
		`+ "it has been created as an LVM logical volume. Select the newly created mount "`
		`+ "point in the left pane to configure it further, and convert it to a Btrfs "`
		+ "subvolume by changing the `Device Type` option to `Btrfs`. Then, click "
		+ "`Update Settings` in the bottom right corner of the screen."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:39`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "In the `Volume` menu, you can see that the subvolume has been assigned to an "
		`+ "automatically created volume, which is named after the {PRODUCT} variant you "`
		+ "are installing (for example, `fedora-server00`. Click the `Modify` button "
		`+ "under the drop-down menu to access the volume settings."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:41`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "In the `Configure Volume` dialog, you can change the volume's name, its "
		+ "`RAID level` (see "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, "`
		`+ "File System and RAID Types] for information about available RAID types), and "`
		`+ "you can also specify which physical devices (disks) this volume should "`
		`+ "reside on. You can select one or more disks which will be used to hold this "`
		`+ "volume by holding down kbd:[Ctrl] and clicking each disk in the list."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:46`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "If you select a redundant RAID type (such as `RAID1 (Redundancy)`), the "
		`+ "volume will take up twice its actual size on your disks. A 5 GB volume with "`
		`+ "RAID1 will take up 10 GB of space."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:50`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can also make sure that the volume is encrypted by selecting the "`
		+ "`Encrypt` option; this will enable LUKS encryption for the entire "
		`+ "volume. See the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Security Guide_, available at "`
		`+ "link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for information about LUKS disk "`
		`+ "encryption."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:52`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Additionally, you can set a fixed size for the volume by selecting the "`
		+ "`Fixed` option from the `Size policy` menu and entering a size for the "
		`+ "volume group."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:54`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "After you finish configuring the Btrfs volume settings, click `Save` to "
		+ "return to the main `Manual Partitioning` screen."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:56`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "If you need to create more than one Btrfs volume, open the `Volume` "
		+ "drop-down menu and select the `Create a new volume group` option. A new "
		`+ "dialog window will open, identical to the one described in the previous "`
		`+ "step. Again, select a name, storage devices, encryption settings, RAID level "`
		+ "and size policy for the new volume, and click `Save`. The new volume will "
		+ "then become available in the `Volume Group` drop-down menu; you can then go "
		`+ "through your existing mount points and change this setting to assign them to "`
		`+ "a different volume."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:58`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Configure other settings specific to the subvolume - its `Mount Point`, "
		+ "`Desired Capacity`, `File System`, and `Name`. Press `Update Settings` to "
		`+ "apply any changes to the configuration."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:60`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Repeat this procedure for any additional Btrfs subvolumes you want to "`
		`+ "create. Note that when creating additional subvolumes, a new volume is not "`
		`+ "automatically created each time; instead, any additional subvolumes are "`
		`+ "assigned to an existing volume."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:61`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "For each mount point you create, review its settings and make sure that it "`
		`+ "is assigned to the correct volume, that it has sufficient capacity, and that "`
		`+ "it has a descriptive name so you can identify the subvolume later if you "`
		`+ "need to."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.fr.po

file added

+222

		`@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Creating a Logical Volume Managament (LVM) Layout"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "_Logical Volume Management_ (LVM) presents a simple logical view of "`
		`+ "underlying physical storage space, such as hard drives or LUNs. Partitions "`
		`+ "on physical storage are represented as _physical volumes_ that can be "`
		`+ "grouped together into _volume groups_. Each volume group can be divided into "`
		`+ "multiple _logical volumes_, each of which is analogous to a standard disk "`
		`+ "partition. Therefore, LVM logical volumes function as partitions which can "`
		`+ "span multiple physical disks."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "See "`
		`+ "xref:../appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc#appe-lvm-overview[Understanding "`
		`+ "LVM] for additional information about the concepts behind Logical Volume "`
		`+ "Management."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:15`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Some partition types - notably the `/boot` directory and the BIOS Boot and "
		`+ "EFI partitions - can not be placed on logical volumes. Use standard physical "`
		`+ "volumes for them. See "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "`
		`+ "Partitioning Scheme] for more information."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Create LVM Logical Volume"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The Manual Partitioning screen"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:23`
		`+ msgid "Follow the procedure below to create LVM logical volumes and volume groups."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:24`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Creating LVM Logical Volumes and Groups"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:26`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Click the `+` button at the bottom of the list showing existing mount "
		`+ "points. A new dialog window will open."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:28`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In the new dialog window, specify a mount point for which you want to create "`
		+ "a separate logical volume - for example, `/`. Optionally, specify a size for "
		`+ "the volume using standard units such as MB or GB (for example, "`
		+ "`50GB`). Then, click `Add mount point` to add the volume and return to the "
		`+ "main partitioning screen."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:33`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "When creating a mount point for swap on LVM, specify the mount point as "`
		+ "`swap`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:37`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The mount point has now been created using the default settings, which means "`
		`+ "it has been created as an LVM logical volume, and a volume group has been "`
		`+ "created to contain it. Select the newly created mount point in the left pane "`
		`+ "to configure it further. If you want to use thin provisioning for this "`
		+ "volume, change the `Device Type` option to `LVM Thin Provisioning`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:39`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "In the `Volume Group` menu, you can see that the volume has been assigned to "
		`+ "an automatically created volume group, which is named after the {PRODUCT} "`
		+ "variant you are installing (for example, `fedora-server`. Click the `Modify` "
		`+ "button under the drop-down menu to access the volume group settings."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:41`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "In the `Configure Volume Group` dialog, you can change the volume group's "
		+ "name, its `RAID level` (see "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, "`
		`+ "File System and RAID Types] for information about available RAID types), and "`
		`+ "you can also specify which physical devices (disks) this volume group should "`
		`+ "reside on. You can select one or more disks which will be used to hold this "`
		`+ "volume group by holding down kbd:[Ctrl] and clicking each disk in the list."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:46`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "If you select a redundant RAID type (such as `RAID1 (Redundancy)`), the "
		`+ "volume group will take up twice its actual size on your disks. A 5 GB volume "`
		`+ "group with RAID1 will take up 10 GB of space."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:50`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can also make sure that the volume group is encrypted by selecting the "`
		+ "`Encrypt` option; this will enable LUKS encryption for the entire volume "
		`+ "group. See the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Security Guide_, available at "`
		`+ "link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for information about LUKS disk "`
		`+ "encryption."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:52`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Additionally, you can set a fixed size for the volume group by selecting the "`
		+ "`Fixed` option from the `Size policy` menu and entering a size for the "
		`+ "volume group."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:54`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "After you finish configuring the volume group settings, click `Save` to "
		+ "return to the main `Manual Partitioning` screen."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:59`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The configuration dialog does not allow you to specify the size of the "`
		`+ "volume group's _physical extents_. The size will always be set to the "`
		`+ "default value of 4 MiB. If you want to create a volume group with different "`
		`+ "physical extents, create it manually by switching to an interactive shell "`
		`+ "and using the [command]#vgcreate# command, or use a Kickstart file with the "`
		`+ "[command]#volgroup "`
		`+ "--pesize=pass:attributes[{blank}]_size_pass:attributes[{blank}]# command."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:63`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "If you need to create more than one volume group, open the `Volume Group` "
		+ "drop-down menu and select the `Create a new volume group` option. A new "
		`+ "dialog window will open, identical to the one described in the previous "`
		`+ "step. Again, select a name, storage devices, encryption settings, RAID level "`
		+ "and size policy for the new group, and click `Save`. The new volume group "
		+ "will then become available in the `Volume Group` drop-down menu; you can "
		`+ "then go through your existing mount points and change this setting to assign "`
		`+ "them to a different volume group."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:65`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Configure other settings specific to the logical volume - its `Mount Point`, "
		+ "`Desired Capacity`, `File System`, and `Name`. Press `Update Settings` to "
		`+ "apply any changes to the configuration."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:67`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Repeat this procedure for any additional logical volumes you want to "`
		`+ "create. Note that when creating additional LVM logical volumes, a new volume "`
		`+ "group is not automatically created each time; instead, any additional "`
		`+ "volumes are assigned to an existing group."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:68`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "For each mount point you create, review its settings and make sure that it "`
		`+ "is assigned to the correct group, that it has sufficient capacity, and that "`
		`+ "it has a descriptive name so you can identify the volume later if you need "`
		`+ "to."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.fr.po

file added

+155

		`@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:17`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Creating Standard Partitions"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "_Standard partitions_ are the most common type of partition, with the widest "`
		`+ "support across operating systems. For example, Microsoft Windows uses "`
		`+ "exclusively physical partitions and can not natively work with LVM or "`
		`+ "Btrfs. Most {PRODUCT} partitioning setups will also require at least one "`
		+ "standard partition for the `/boot` directory, and possibly also another "
		`+ "standard partition with the BIOS Boot or EFI System file system to store the "`
		`+ "boot loader."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "See xref:../appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc#appe-disk-partitions-overview[An "`
		`+ "Introduction to Disk Partitions] for additional information about the "`
		`+ "concepts behind physical partitions."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:11`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Create Standard Partition"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:13`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The Manual Partitioning screen"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:13`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:16`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Follow the procedure below to create mount points on standard physical "`
		`+ "partitions:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:19`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Click the `+` button at the bottom of the list showing existing mount "
		`+ "points. A new dialog window will open."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:21`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In the new dialog window, specify a mount point for which you want to create "`
		+ "a separate mount point - for example, `/`. Optionally, specify a size for "
		`+ "the partition using standard units such as MB or GB (for example, "`
		+ "`50GB`). Then, click `Add mount point` to add the mount point and return to "
		`+ "the main partitioning screen."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:26`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "When creating a swap partition, specify the mount point as `swap`. For a "
		+ "BIOS Boot partition, use `biosboot`. For an EFI System Partition, use "
		+ "`/boot/efi`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:28`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "For information about these partition types, see "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "`
		`+ "Partitioning Scheme]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:32`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The mount point has now been created using the default settings, which means "`
		`+ "it has been created as an LVM logical volume. Select the newly created mount "`
		`+ "point in the left pane to configure it further, and convert it to a physical "`
		+ "partition by changing the `Device Type` option to `Standard "
		+ "Partition`. Then, click `Update Settings` in the bottom right corner of the "
		`+ "screen."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:34`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "In the `Device(s)` section on the right side of the screen, you can see that "
		`+ "the partition has been assigned to one or more hard drives. Click the "`
		+ "`Modify` button to configure on which drive this partition will be created."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:36`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "In the `Configure Mount Point` dialog, you can specify which physical "
		`+ "devices (disks) this volume may reside on. You can select one or more "`
		`+ "disks which will be used to hold this volume by holding down kbd:[Ctrl] and "`
		`+ "clicking each disk in the list. If you select multiple disks here, "`
		`+ "[application]Anaconda will determine where exactly the partition should be "`
		`+ "created based on how you configured the rest of the installation. If you "`
		`+ "want to make sure that this partition is placed on a specific hard drive, "`
		`+ "select only that drive and unselect all others."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:38`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "After you finish configuring the partition's location, click `Save` to "
		+ "return to the main `Manual Partitioning` screen."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:40`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Configure other settings specific to the partition - its `Mount Point`, "
		+ "`Desired Capacity`, and `File System`. Press `Update Settings` to apply any "
		`+ "changes to the configuration."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:41`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Repeat this procedure for any additional standard partitions you want to "`
		`+ "create."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.fr.po

file added

+281

		`@@ -0,0 +1,281 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Device, File System and RAID Types"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "{PRODUCT} supports multiple types of devices and file systems. The lists "`
		`+ "below offer a short description of each available device, file system and "`
		`+ "RAID type and notes on their usage."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To select a device type or a file system of a partition or a logical volume, "`
		`+ "select it in the list in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning[Manual "`
		+ "Partitioning] and select a `Device Type` and a `File System` from their "
		`+ "respective drop-down menus on the right side of the screen. Then, click "`
		+ "`Update Settings` and repeat this process for all mount points you want to "
		`+ "modify."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:12`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To configure software RAID, make sure that you have enough physical hard "`
		`+ "drives selected as installation targets (the number of separate drives "`
		`+ "required for each type of RAID is noted in its description). Then, choose a "`
		`+ "RAID level when creating or modifying a Btrfs volume or LVM volume group, or "`
		+ "select `Software RAID` as the device type to create software RAID with "
		`+ "standard partitions. For detailed instructions, see "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-btrfs[Creating "`
		`+ "a Btrfs Layout], "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-lvm[Creating "`
		`+ "a Logical Volume Managament (LVM) Layout], and "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-swraid[Creating "`
		`+ "Software RAID] as needed."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:13`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Device Types"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:16`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`Standard Partition` - A standard partition can contain a file system or "
		+ "swap space. Standard partitions are most commonly used for `/boot` and the "
		`+ "BIOS Boot and EFI System partitions. LVM logical volumes or Btrfs subvolumes "`
		`+ "are recommended for most other uses. See "`
		`+ "xref:../appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc#appe-disk-partitions-overview[An "`
		`+ "Introduction to Disk Partitions] for additional information about the "`
		`+ "concepts behind physical partitions."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:18`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`LVM` - Choosing `LVM` as the `Device Type` creates an LVM logical volume "
		`+ "and a volume group to contain it (unless one already exists, in which case "`
		`+ "the new volume is assigned to the existing group). LVM can improve "`
		`+ "performance when using physical disks and allows you to use multiple disks "`
		`+ "for a single mount point. For information on how to create a logical volume, "`
		`+ "see "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-lvm[Creating "`
		`+ "a Logical Volume Managament (LVM) Layout]. Also see "`
		`+ "xref:../appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc#appe-lvm-overview[Understanding "`
		`+ "LVM] for some additional information about LVM in general."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:20`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`LVM Thin Provisioning` - Using thin provisioning, you can manage a storage "
		`+ "pool of free space, known as a _thin pool_, which can be allocated to an "`
		`+ "arbitrary number of devices when needed by applications. The thin pool can "`
		`+ "be expanded dynamically when needed for cost-effective allocation of storage "`
		`+ "space."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:22`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`RAID` - Creating two or more software RAID partitions allows you to create "
		`+ "a software RAID device. One RAID partition is assigned to each disk on the "`
		`+ "system. See "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-swraid[Creating "`
		`+ "Software RAID] for instructions on creating software RAID."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:24`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`BTRFS` - Btrfs is a file system with several device-like features. It is "
		`+ "capable of addressing and managing more files, larger files, and larger "`
		`+ "volumes than the ext2, ext3, and ext4 file systems. See "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-btrfs[Creating "`
		`+ "a Btrfs Layout] for more information about creating Btrfs volumes."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:25`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "File Systems"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:28`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`ext4` - The ext4 file system is based on the ext3 file system and features "
		`+ "a number of improvements. These include support for larger file systems and "`
		`+ "larger files, faster and more efficient allocation of disk space, no limit "`
		`+ "on the number of subdirectories within a directory, faster file system "`
		`+ "checking, and more robust journaling. Ext4 is the default and recommended "`
		`+ "file system used by {PRODUCT} Workstation and Cloud. The maximum supported "`
		`+ "size of a single ext4 file system is 50 TB."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:30`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`ext3` - The ext3 file system is based on the ext2 file system and has one "
		`+ "main advantage - journaling. Using a journaling file system reduces time "`
		`+ "spent recovering a file system after a crash, as there is no need to check "`
		`+ "the file system for metadata consistency by running the [command]#fsck# "`
		`+ "utility every time a crash occurs."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:32`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`ext2` - An ext2 file system supports standard Unix file types, including "
		`+ "regular files, directories, or symbolic links. It provides the ability to "`
		`+ "assign long file names, up to 255 characters."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:34`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`swap` - Swap partitions are used to support virtual memory. In other words, "
		`+ "data is written to a swap partition when there is not enough RAM to store "`
		`+ "the data your system is processing. A swap partition should always be "`
		`+ "created; see "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "`
		`+ "Partitioning Scheme] for details such as the recommended size."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:36`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`xfs` - XFS is a highly scalable, high-performance file system that supports "
		`+ "file systems up to 16 exabytes (approximately 16 million terabytes), files "`
		`+ "up to 8 exabytes (approximately 8 million terabytes), and directory "`
		`+ "structures containing tens of millions of entries. XFS also supports "`
		`+ "metadata journaling, which facilitates quicker crash recovery. The maximum "`
		`+ "supported size of a single XFS file system is 500 TB. Starting with "`
		`+ "{PRODUCT}{nbsp}22, XFS is the default and recommended file system on "`
		`+ "{PRODUCT} Server."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:41`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Note that the size of an XFS file system can not currently be reduced "`
		`+ "without destroying and recreating the file system. If you expect that you "`
		`+ "will need to adjust the sizes of your file systems often, using XFS is not "`
		`+ "recommended, as it makes administration substantially more time-consuming."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:45`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`vfat` - The VFAT file system is a Linux file system that is compatible with "
		`+ "Microsoft Windows long file names on the FAT file system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:47`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`BIOS Boot` - A very small partition required for booting from a device with "
		`+ "a GUID partition table (GPT) on BIOS systems and UEFI systems in BIOS "`
		`+ "compatibility mode. See "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "`
		`+ "Partitioning Scheme] for details."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:49`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`EFI System Partition` - A small partition required for booting a device "
		`+ "with a GUID partition table (GPT) on a UEFI system. See "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "`
		`+ "Partitioning Scheme] for details."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:50`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Software RAID Types"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:53`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`RAID0 (Performance)` - Distributes data across multiple disks. Level 0 RAID "
		`+ "offers increased performance over standard partitions and can be used to "`
		`+ "pool the storage of multiple disks into one large virtual device. Note that "`
		`+ "Level 0 RAIDs offer no redundancy and that the failure of one device in the "`
		`+ "array destroys data in the entire array. RAID 0 requires at least two disks."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:55`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`RAID1 (Redundancy)` - Mirrors all data from one partition onto one or more "
		`+ "other disks. Additional devices in the array provide increasing levels of "`
		`+ "redundancy. RAID 1 requires at least two disks."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:57`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`RAID4 (Error Checking)` - Distributes data across multiple disks and uses "
		`+ "one disk in the array to store parity information which safeguards the array "`
		`+ "in case any disk within the array fails. Because all parity information is "`
		`+ "stored on one disk, access to this disk creates a \"bottleneck\" in the "`
		`+ "array's performance. Level 4 RAID requires at least three disks."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:59`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`RAID5 (Distributed Error Checking)` - Distributes data and parity "
		`+ "information across multiple disks. Level 5 RAIDs therefore offer the "`
		`+ "performance advantages of distributing data across multiple disks, but do "`
		`+ "not share the performance bottleneck of level 4 RAIDs because the parity "`
		`+ "information is also distributed through the array. RAID 5 requires at least "`
		`+ "three disks."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:61`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`RAID6 (Redundant Error Checking)` - Level 6 RAIDs are similar to level 5 "
		`+ "RAIDs, but instead of storing only one set of parity data, they store two "`
		`+ "sets. RAID 6 requires at least four disks."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:62`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`RAID10 (Performance, Redundancy)` - Level 10 RAIDs are nested RAIDs or "
		`+ "hybrid RAIDs. They are constructed by distributing data over mirrored sets "`
		`+ "of disks. For example, a level 10 RAID array constructed from four RAID "`
		`+ "partitions consists of two mirrored pairs of striped partitions. RAID 10 "`
		`+ "requires at least four disks."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.fr.po

file added

+179

		`@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Advice on Partitions"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "There is no best way to partition every system; the optimal setup depends on "`
		`+ "how you plan to use the system being installed. However, the following tips "`
		`+ "may help you find the optimal layout for your needs:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Consider encrypting any partitions and volumes which might contain sensitive "`
		`+ "data. Encryption prevents unauthorized people from accessing the data on the "`
		`+ "partitions, even if they have access to the physical storage device. In most "`
		+ "cases, you should at least encrypt the `/home` partition, which contains "
		`+ "user data."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:12`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In some cases, creating separate mount points for directories other than "`
		+ "`/`, `/boot` and `/home` may be useful; for example, on a server running a "
		`+ "[application]MySQL database, having a separate mount point for "`
		+ "`/var/lib/mysql` will allow you to preserve the database during a "
		`+ "reinstallation without having to restore it from backup afterwards. However, "`
		`+ "having unnecessary separate mount points will make storage administration "`
		`+ "more difficult."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:14`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Some special restrictions apply to certain directories with regards on which "`
		+ "partitioning layouts can they be placed. Notably, the `/boot` directory must "
		`+ "always be on a physical partition (not on an LVM volume or a Btrfs "`
		+ "subvolume), and `/usr` can not be on a Btrfs subvolume."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:16`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you are new to Linux, consider reviewing the [citetitle]_Linux Filesystem "`
		`+ "Hierarchy Standard_ at "`
		`+ "link:++http://refspecs.linuxfoundation.org/FHS_2.3/fhs-2.3.html++[] for "`
		`+ "information about various system directories and their contents."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:18`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Each kernel installed on your system requires approximately 20 MB on the "`
		+ "`/boot` partition. The default partition size of 500 MB for `/boot` should "
		`+ "suffice for most common uses; increase the size of this partition if you "`
		`+ "plan to keep many kernels installed at the same time."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:20`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `/var` directory holds content for a number of applications, including "
		`+ "the [application]Apache web server, and is used by the [application]DNF "`
		`+ "package manager to temporarily store downloaded package updates. Make sure "`
		+ "that the partition or volume containing `/var` has at least 3 GB."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:22`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The contents of the `/var` directory usually change very often. This may "
		`+ "cause problems with older solid state drives (SSDs), as they can handle a "`
		`+ "lower number of read/write cycles before becoming unusable. If your system "`
		+ "root is on an SSD, consider creating a separate mount point for `/var` on a "
		`+ "classic (platter) HDD."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:24`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `/usr` directory holds the majority of software on a typical {PRODUCT} "
		`+ "installation. The partition or volume containing this directory should "`
		`+ "therefore be at least 5 GB for minimal installations, and at least 10 GB for "`
		`+ "installations with a graphical environment."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:26`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "If `/usr` or `/var` is partitioned separately from the rest of the root "
		`+ "volume, the boot process becomes much more complex because these directories "`
		`+ "contain boot-critical components. In some situations, such as when these "`
		`+ "directories are placed on an iSCSI drive or an FCoE location, the system may "`
		+ "either be unable to boot, or it may hang with a `Device is busy` error when "
		`+ "powering off or rebooting."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:28`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "This limitation only applies to `/usr` or `/var`, not to directories below "
		+ "them. For example, a separate partition for `/var/www` will work without "
		`+ "issues."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:30`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Consider leaving a portion of the space in an LVM volume group "`
		`+ "unallocated. This unallocated space gives you flexibility if your space "`
		`+ "requirements change but you do not wish to remove data from other "`
		+ "volumes. You can also select the `Thin provisioning` device type for the "
		`+ "partition to have the unused space handled automatically by the volume."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:32`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The size of an `XFS` file system can not be reduced - if you need to make a "
		`+ "partition or volume with this file system smaller, you must back up your "`
		`+ "data, destroy the file system, and create a new, smaller one in its "`
		`+ "place. Therefore, if you expect needing to manipulate your partitioning "`
		+ "layout later, you should use the `ext4` file system instead."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:34`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Use Logical Volume Management (LVM) if you anticipate expanding your storage "`
		`+ "by adding more hard drives after the installation. With LVM, you can create "`
		`+ "physical volumes on the new drives, and then assign them to any volume group "`
		`+ "and logical volume as you see fit - for example, you can easily expand your "`
		+ "system's `/home` (or any other directory residing on a logical volume)."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:36`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Creating a BIOS Boot partition or an EFI System Partition may be necessary, "`
		`+ "depending on your system's firmware, boot drive size, and boot drive disk "`
		`+ "label. See "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "`
		`+ "Partitioning Scheme] for information about these partitions. Note that the "`
		`+ "graphical installer will not let you create a BIOS Boot or EFI System "`
		`+ "Partition if your system does not require one - in that case, they will be "`
		`+ "hidden from the menu."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:37`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you need to make any changes to your storage configuration after the "`
		`+ "installation, {PRODUCT} repositories offer several different tools which can "`
		`+ "help you do this. If you prefer a command line tool, try "`
		`+ "[package]system-storage-manager."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.fr.po

file added

+326

		`@@ -0,0 +1,326 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Recommended Partitioning Scheme"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid "In most cases, at least the following mount points should always be created:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:9`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "`/boot` - 500 MB"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This partition contains the operating system kernel, which allows {PRODUCT} "`
		`+ "to boot. It also contains other files used during the bootstrap process. Due "`
		`+ "to the limitations of most firmware, creating a separate, small standard "`
		`+ "partition for this directory is recommended. In most scenarios, a 500 MB "`
		+ "`/boot` partition is adequate."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:15`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If your system has a hardware RAID controller, be aware that some BIOS types "`
		+ "do not support booting from it. In that case, the `/boot` partition must be "
		`+ "created on a partition outside of the RAID array, such as on a separate hard "`
		`+ "drive."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:17`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Also note that the `/boot` directory can not be placed on a LVM logical "
		`+ "volume or a Btrfs subvolume. Use a standard partition."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "`/` (root) - 10 GB"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:21`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This is where the root directory is located. The root directory is the top "`
		`+ "level of the directory structure. By default, all files are written to this "`
		`+ "partition unless a different partition is mounted in the path being written "`
		+ "to (for example, `/boot` or `/home`). If you follow the recommended scheme "
		`+ "described in this section, this will be the partition where most software "`
		`+ "packages will be installed."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:23`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "For a minimal installation, a 5 GB root partition will be "`
		`+ "sufficient. However, for most common installations which include extra "`
		`+ "packages and a graphical user interface, the root partition should be at "`
		`+ "least 10 GB; with 20 GB being sufficient for most common use cases."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:28`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `/` mount point is the top of the Linux Filesystem Hierarchy, and is "
		+ "referred to as the _root file system_, or root. The `/root` directory, "
		`+ "sometimes pronounced "`
		`+ "\"pass:attributes[{blank}]_slash-root_pass:attributes[{blank}]\", is the "`
		+ "home directory for the `root` user."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:31`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "`/home` - at least 10 GB"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:32`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To store user data separately from system data, create a dedicated mount "`
		+ "point for the `/home` directory. This partition should be sized based on the "
		`+ "amount of data that will be stored locally, number of users, and so on. This "`
		`+ "will allow you to upgrade or reinstall {PRODUCT} without erasing user data "`
		+ "files. During the installation, a separate `/home` partition will be created "
		`+ "if there are 50 GB or more free space for your {PRODUCT} installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:34`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "When using {PRODUCT} as a workstation for normal use with a graphical "`
		`+ "environment, this mount point should have the most disk space assigned to "`
		`+ "it, as it will likely hold the most data (user settings, images, videos, "`
		`+ "etc)."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:35`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "swap - based on your system parameters"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:36`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Swap partitions support virtual memory; data is written to them when there "`
		`+ "is not enough RAM to store the data your system is processing. This "`
		`+ "partition's size is a function of system memory workload, not total system "`
		`+ "memory, and therefore is not equal to the total system memory "`
		`+ "size. Therefore, it is important to analyze what applications a system will "`
		`+ "be running and the load those applications will serve in order to determine "`
		`+ "the system memory workload. Application providers and developers should be "`
		`+ "able to provide some guidance."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:38`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "When the system runs out of swap space, the kernel terminates processes as "`
		`+ "the system RAM memory is exhausted. Configuring too much swap space results "`
		`+ "in storage devices being allocated but idle and is a poor use of "`
		`+ "resources. Too much swap space can also hide memory leaks. The maximum size "`
		`+ "for a swap partition and other additional information can be found in the "`
		+ "`mkswap(8)` man page."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:40`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The table below provides the recommended size of a swap partition depending "`
		`+ "on the amount of RAM in your system and whether you want sufficient memory "`
		`+ "for your system to hibernate. If you let the installation program partition "`
		`+ "your system automatically, the swap partition size will be established using "`
		`+ "these guidelines. Automatic partitioning setup assumes hibernation is not in "`
		`+ "use, and the maximum size of the swap partition is limited to 10% of the "`
		`+ "total size of the hard drive. If you want to set up enough swap space to "`
		`+ "allow for hibernation, or if you want to set the swap partition size to more "`
		`+ "than 10% of the system's storage space, you must edit the partitioning "`
		`+ "layout manually."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:41`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Recommended System Swap Space"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block \|`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:50`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "\|Amount of RAM in the system\|Recommended swap space\|Recommended swap space "`
		`+ "if allowing for hibernation\n"`
		`+ "\|less than 2 GB\|2 times the amount of RAM\|3 times the amount of RAM\n"`
		`+ "\|2 GB - 8 GB\|Equal to the amount of RAM\|2 times the amount of RAM\n"`
		`+ "\|8 GB - 64 GB\|0.5 times the amount of RAM\|1.5 times the amount of RAM\n"`
		`+ "\|more than 64 GB\|workload dependent\|hibernation not recommended\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:53`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "At the border between each range listed above (for example, a system with 2 "`
		`+ "GB, 8 GB, or 64 GB of system RAM), discretion can be exercised with regard "`
		`+ "to chosen swap space and hibernation support. If your system resources allow "`
		`+ "for it, increasing the swap space may lead to better performance."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:55`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Distributing swap space over multiple storage devices - particularly on "`
		`+ "systems with fast drives, controllers and interfaces - also improves swap "`
		`+ "space performance."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:56`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "BIOS Boot (1 MB) or EFI System Partition (200 MB)"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:57`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The [application]GRUB2 boot loader can be installed either in the _Master "`
		`+ "Boot Record_ (MBR) or the _GUID Partition Table_ (GPT) of the boot "`
		`+ "device. In order to determine which of these methods to use, the "`
		`+ "installation program considers the following variations:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:58`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Systems with BIOS firmware and UEFI systems in BIOS compatibility mode:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:59`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If the disk is already formatted, the partitioning scheme is retained. If "`
		`+ "the disk is not formatted, or you have erased all existing partitions from "`
		`+ "the disk, the installer will choose the following:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:61`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "*** MBR if the size of the disk is less than 2 TB (terabytes)\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:63`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "*** GPT if the size of the disk is more than 2 TB\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:68`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can force the installer to use GPT on disks smaller than 2 TB by using "`
		`+ "the [option]#inst.gpt# boot option as described in "`
		`+ "xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#chap-anaconda-boot-options[Boot "`
		`+ "Options]. However, the opposite is not possible - you can not use MBR on "`
		`+ "disks larger than 2 TB."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:72`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You need to create a _BIOS Boot_ partition with a size of 1 MB to install on "`
		`+ "a system with BIOS firmware if the disk containing the boot loader uses "`
		`+ "GPT. If the disk uses a MBR, no special partition is necessary on a BIOS "`
		`+ "system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:73`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Systems with UEFI firmware:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:74`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Only GPT is allowed on UEFI systems. In order to install on a formatted disk "`
		`+ "with a MBR, it must be reformated and relabeled. All data currently on the "`
		`+ "disk will be lost."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:76`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "UEFI-based systems require an _EFI System Partition_ at least 50 MB in size "`
		`+ "(recommended size is 200 MB), regardless of the partitioning scheme."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:81`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If your system requires either a BIOS Boot partition or an EFI System "`
		`+ "Partition based on the requirements detailed above, this partition must be "`
		`+ "created as a standard physical partition. It can not reside on an LVM volume "`
		`+ "or a Btrfs subvolume."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:83`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Also note that if your system does not require any of these partitions, they "`
		+ "will not be shown in the `File System` menu in mount point options."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:87`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Many systems have more partitions than the minimum listed above. Choose "`
		`+ "partitions based on your particular needs. See "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-advice[Advice "`
		`+ "on Partitions] for additional information and advice."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:92`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Only assign storage capacity to those partitions you require "`
		`+ "immediately. You may allocate free space at any time, to meet needs as they "`
		`+ "occur."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:95`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you are not sure how best to configure the partitions for your computer, "`
		`+ "accept the automatic default partition layout provided by the installation "`
		`+ "program as described in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation "`
		`+ "Destination]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.fr.po

file added

+174

		`@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:31`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Creating Software RAID"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "_Redundant arrays of independent disks_ (RAIDs) are constructed from "`
		`+ "multiple storage devices that are arranged to provide increased performance "`
		`+ "and, in some configurations, greater fault tolerance. See "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, "`
		`+ "File System and RAID Types] a description of different kinds of RAIDs."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "A RAID device is created in one step, and disks are added or removed as "`
		`+ "necessary. One RAID partition per physical disk is allowed for each device, "`
		`+ "so the number of disks available to the installation program determines "`
		`+ "which levels of RAID device are available to you. For example, if your "`
		`+ "system has two hard drives, the installation program will not allow you to "`
		`+ "create a RAID10 device, which requires 4 separate partitions."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:15`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This section only explains how to create software RAID with standard "`
		`+ "(physical) partitions. However, you can also configure LVM volume groups and "`
		`+ "Btrfs volumes to use RAID and place their logical volumes or Btrfs "`
		`+ "subvolumes on top of this RAID array. See "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-lvm[Creating "`
		`+ "a Logical Volume Managament (LVM) Layout] and "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-btrfs[Creating "`
		`+ "a Btrfs Layout] for instructions on creating RAID in LVM and Btrfs."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Create Software RAID"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The Manual Partitioning screen"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:26`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "RAID configuration options are only visible if you have selected two or more "`
		`+ "disks for installation. At least two disks are required to create a RAID "`
		`+ "device, and some RAID layouts will require more. Requirements for different "`
		`+ "types of RAID are described in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, "`
		`+ "File System and RAID Types]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:30`
		`+ msgid "Follow the procedure below to create software RAID:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:33`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Click the `+` button at the bottom of the list showing existing mount "
		`+ "points. A new dialog window will open."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:35`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In the new dialog window, specify a mount point for which you want to create "`
		+ "a separate software RAID partition - for example, `/`. Optionally, specify a "
		`+ "size for the new partition using standard units such as MB or GB (for "`
		+ "example, `50GB`). Then, click `Add mount point` to add the mount point and "
		`+ "return to the main partitioning screen."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:40`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "When creating a mount point for swap on software RAID, specify the mount "`
		+ "point as `swap`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:44`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The mount point has now been created using the default settings, which means "`
		`+ "it has been created as an LVM logical volume. Select the newly created mount "`
		`+ "point in the left pane to configure it further, and convert it to a software "`
		+ "RAID partition by changing the `Device Type` option to `RAID`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:46`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Choose a RAID type from the `RAID Level` drop-down menu. Available RAID "
		`+ "types and their requirements are described in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, "`
		`+ "File System and RAID Types]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:48`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "In the `Device(s)` section on the right side of the screen, you can see that "
		`+ "the partition has been assigned to several physical disks. Click the "`
		+ "`Modify` button to configure on which drives this partition will be created."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:50`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "In the `Configure Mount Point` dialog, you can specify which physical "
		`+ "devices (disks) this partition may reside on. You can select one or more "`
		`+ "disks which will be used to hold this partition by holding down kbd:[Ctrl] "`
		`+ "and clicking each disk in the list. If you want to make sure that this "`
		`+ "partition is placed on a specific set of hard drives, select only those "`
		`+ "drives and unselect all others."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:52`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "After you finish configuring the partition's location, click `Save` to "
		+ "return to the main `Manual Partitioning` screen."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:54`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Configure other settings specific to the partition - its `Mount Point`, "
		+ "`Desired Capacity`, and `File System`. Press `Update Settings` to apply any "
		`+ "changes to the configuration."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:55`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Repeat this procedure for any additional standard partitions with software "`
		`+ "RAID you want to create."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.fr.po

file added

+122

		`@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:9`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Date & Time"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Date & Time` screen allows you to configure time and date-related "
		`+ "settings for your system. This screen is automatically configured based on "`
		`+ "the settings you selected in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-welcome[Welcome "`
		`+ "Screen and Language Selection], but you can change your date, time and "`
		`+ "location settings before you begin the installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:11`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Screenshot of the Date & Time screen"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:11`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/DateTimeSpoke.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:14`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "First, select your `Region` using the drop-down menu in the top left corner "
		+ "of the screen. Then, select your `City`, or the city closest to your "
		`+ "location in the same time zone. Selecting a specific location helps "`
		`+ "{PRODUCT} ensure that your time is always set correctly including automatic "`
		`+ "time changes for daylight savings time if applicable."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:16`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can also select a time zone relative to Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) "`
		+ "without setting your location to a specific region. To do so, select `Etc` "
		`+ "as your region."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:21`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The list of cities and regions comes from the Time Zone Database "`
		`+ "([package]tzdata) public domain, which is maintained by the Internet "`
		`+ "Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA). The Fedora Project can not add cities or "`
		`+ "regions into this database. You can find more information at the "`
		`+ "link:++http://www.iana.org/time-zones++[IANA official website]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The switch labeled `Network Time` in the top right corner of the screen can "
		`+ "be used to enable or disable network time synchronization using the Network "`
		`+ "Time Protocol (NTP). Enabling this option will keep your system time correct "`
		`+ "as long as the system can access the internet. By default, four NTP _pools_ "`
		`+ "are configured; you can add others and disable or remove the default ones by "`
		`+ "clicking the gear wheel button next to the switch."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:26`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The Add and mark for usage NTP servers dialog"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:28`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "A dialog window allowing you to add or remove NTP pools from your system "`
		`+ "configuration"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:28`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/DateTimeSpoke_AddNTP.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:31`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you disable network time synchronization, the controls at the bottom of "`
		`+ "the screen will become active, and you will be able to set the current time "`
		`+ "and date manually."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:32`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "After configuring your time and date settings, press the `Done` button in "
		`+ "the top left corner to return to "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "`
		`+ "Summary]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.fr.po

file added

+195

		`@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installation Destination - Specialized & Network Disks"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "This part of the `Installation Destination` screen allows you to configure "
		`+ "non-local storage devices, namely iSCSI and FCoE storage. This section will "`
		`+ "mostly be useful to advanced users who have a need for networked disks. For "`
		`+ "instructions on setting up local hard drives, see "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation "`
		`+ "Destination]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:13`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This section only explains how to make existing network disks available "`
		`+ "inside the installer. It does not explain how to set up your network or a "`
		`+ "storage server, only how to connect to them."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:16`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installation Destination - Network Storage Filters"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "A list of currently configured network storage devices"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/FilterSpoke.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:21`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The screen contains a list of all currently available (discovered) network "`
		`+ "storage devices. When the screen is opened for the first time, the list will "`
		`+ "be empty in most cases because no network storage has been discovered - the "`
		`+ "installer makes no attempt at discovering this unless you configure network "`
		`+ "disks using a Kickstart file."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:23`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To add one or more storage devices to the screen so you can search them and "`
		+ "use them in the installation, click `Add iSCSI Target` or `Add FCoE SAN` in "
		`+ "the bottom right corner of the screen, and follow the instructions in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination-add-iscsi[Add "`
		`+ "iSCSI Target] or "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination-add-fcoe[Add "`
		`+ "FCoE SAN], depending on which type of network storage you want to add."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Network storage devices successfully discovered and configured by the "`
		`+ "installer will then be displayed in the main list, along with identifying "`
		+ "information such as `Name`, `WWID`, `Model` and `Target`. To sort the list "
		+ "by a specific column (for example `WWID`), click the column's heading."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:30`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "On lower display resolutions, the list may be too wide to fit on the screen, "`
		`+ "and some of the columns or buttons may be hidden initially. Use the "`
		`+ "horizontal scroll bar at the bottom of the list to move your view and see "`
		`+ "all available table columns and controls."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:34`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "There are three tabs on the top of the list, which display different "`
		`+ "information:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:35`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Search"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:36`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Displays all available devices, regardless of their type, and allows you to "`
		`+ "filter them either by their _World Wide Identifier_ (WWID) or by the port, "`
		`+ "target, or logical unit number (LUN) at which they are accessed."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:37`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Multipath Devices"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:38`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Storage devices accessible through more than one path, such as through "`
		`+ "multiple SCSI controllers or Fiber Channel ports on the same system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:43`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The installation program only detects multipath storage devices with serial "`
		`+ "numbers that are 16 or 32 characters long."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:46`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Other SAN Devices"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:47`
		`+ msgid "Devices available on a Storage Area Network (SAN)."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:49`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Depending on the tab you are currently in, you can filter the discovered "`
		+ "devices by using the `Filter By` field. Some of the filtering options are "
		`+ "automatically populated based on discovered devices (for example, if you "`
		+ "select `Filter By:` `Vendor`, another drop-down menu will appear showing all "
		`+ "vendors of all discovered devices). Other filters require your input (for "`
		`+ "example when filtering by WWID), and present you with a text input field "`
		`+ "instead of a drop-down menu."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:51`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In the list (regardless of how it is filtered), each device is presented on "`
		`+ "a separate row, with a check box to its left. Mark the check box to make the "`
		`+ "device available during the installation process; this will cause this "`
		+ "device (node) to be shown in the `Specialized & Network Disks` section in "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation "`
		`+ "Destination]. There, you can select the disk as an installation target and "`
		`+ "proceed with either manual or automatic partitioning."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:56`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Devices that you select here are not automatically wiped by the installation "`
		`+ "process. Selecting a device on this screen does not, in itself, place data "`
		`+ "stored on the device at risk. Also note that any devices that you do not "`
		`+ "select here to form part of the installed system can be added to the system "`
		+ "after installation by modifying the `/etc/fstab` file."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:60`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "When you have selected the storage devices to make available during "`
		+ "installation, click `Done` to return to "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation "`
		`+ "Destination]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.fr.po

file added

+103

		`@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Add FCoE SAN"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The following procedure explains how to add _Fibre Channel over Ethernet_ "`
		`+ "(FCoE) storage devices and make them available during the installation:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:10`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Add FCoE Target"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:12`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Click the `Add FCoE SAN` button in the bottom right corner of "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination[Installation "`
		`+ "Destination - Specialized & Network Disks]. A new dialog window will open."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:14`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Select the network interface (`NIC`) which is connected to your FCoE switch "
		`+ "from the drop-down menu. Note that this network interface must be configured "`
		`+ "and connected - see "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration[Network "`
		`+ "& Hostname]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:16`
		+ msgid "Below the `NIC` drop-down menu are two choices:"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:17`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "`Use DCB`"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:18`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "_Data Center Bridging_ (DCB) is a set of enhancements to the Ethernet "`
		`+ "protocols designed to increase the efficiency of Ethernet connections in "`
		`+ "storage networks and clusters. This option should only be enabled for "`
		`+ "network interfaces that require a host-based DCBX client. Configurations on "`
		`+ "interfaces that implement a hardware DCBX client should leave this check box "`
		`+ "empty."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:19`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "`Use auto vlan`"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:20`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This option indicates whether VLAN discovery should be performed. If this "`
		`+ "box is checked, then the _FCoE Initiation Protocol_ (FIP) VLAN discovery "`
		`+ "protocol will run on the Ethernet interface once the link configuration has "`
		`+ "been validated. If they are not already configured, network interfaces for "`
		`+ "any discovered FCoE VLANs will be automatically created and FCoE instances "`
		`+ "will be created on the VLAN interfaces. This option is enabled by default."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:21`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "After you select which interface and options to use, click `Add FCoE "
		+ "Disk(s)`. Discovered FCoE storage devices will be displayed under the `Other "
		+ "SAN Devices` tab in "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination[Installation "`
		`+ "Destination - Specialized & Network Disks]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.fr.po

file added

+212

		`@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:14`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Add iSCSI Target"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To use iSCSI storage devices, the installer must be able to discover them as "`
		`+ "_iSCSI targets_ and be able to create an iSCSI session to access them. Both "`
		`+ "of these steps may require a user name and password for _Challenge Handshake "`
		`+ "Authentication Protocol_ (CHAP) authentication."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can also configure an iSCSI target to authenticate the iSCSI initiator "`
		`+ "on the system to which the target is attached (_reverse CHAP_), both for "`
		`+ "discovery and for the session. Used together, CHAP and reverse CHAP are "`
		`+ "called _mutual CHAP_ or _two-way CHAP_. Mutual CHAP provides the greatest "`
		`+ "level of security for iSCSI connections, particularly if the user name and "`
		`+ "password are different for CHAP authentication and reverse CHAP "`
		`+ "authentication."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:12`
		`+ msgid "Follow the procedure below to add an iSCSI storage target to your system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:16`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Click the `Add iSCSI Target` button in the bottom right corner of the "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination[Installation "`
		`+ "Destination - Specialized & Network Disks] screen. A new dialog window "`
		+ "titled `Add iSCSI Storage Target` will open."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:18`
		+ msgid "Enter the IP address of the iSCSI target in the `Target IP Address` field."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:20`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Provide a name in the `iSCSI Initiator Name` field for the iSCSI initiator "
		`+ "in _iSCSI Qualified Name_ (IQN) format. A valid IQN entry contains:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:22`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "** The string `iqn.` (including the period).\n"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:24`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "** A date code specifying the year and month in which your organization's "`
		`+ "Internet domain or subdomain name was registered, represented as four digits "`
		`+ "for the year, a dash, and two digits for the month, followed by a "`
		+ "period. For example, represent September 2010 as `2010-09.`\n"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:26`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "** Your organization's Internet domain or subdomain name, presented in "`
		`+ "reverse order (with the top-level domain first). For example, represent "`
		+ "the subdomain storage.example.com as `com.example.storage`.\n"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:28`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "** A colon (`:`) followed by a string which uniquely identifies this "
		`+ "particular iSCSI initiator within your domain or subdomain. For example, "`
		+ "`:diskarrays-sn-a8675309`\n"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:30`
		`+ msgid "A complete IQN will therefore look as follows:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:34`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "`iqn.2010-09.com.example.storage:diskarrays-sn-a8675309`\n"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:37`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "An example using the correct format is also displayed below the input field "`
		`+ "for reference."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:39`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "For more information about IQNs, see [citetitle]_3.2.6. iSCSI Names in RFC "`
		`+ "3720 - Internet Small Computer Systems Interface (iSCSI)_, available from "`
		`+ "link:++http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3720#section-3.2.6++[] and "`
		`+ "[citetitle]_1. iSCSI Names and Addresses in RFC 3721 - Internet Small "`
		`+ "Computer Systems Interface (iSCSI) Naming and Discovery_, available from "`
		`+ "link:++http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3721#section-1++[]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:41`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Specify the type of authentication to use for iSCSI discovery using the "`
		+ "`Discovery Authentication Type` drop-down menu. Depending on which type of "
		+ "authentication you selected, additional input fields (such as `CHAP "
		+ "Username` and `CHAP Password` may then become visible. Fill in your "
		`+ "authentication credentials; these should be provided by your organization."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:43`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Click the `Start Discovery` button. The installer will now attempt to "
		`+ "discover an iSCSI target based on the information you provided, and if the "`
		`+ "target requires CHAP or reverse CHAP authentication, it will attempt to use "`
		`+ "the credentials you provided. This process may take some time (generally "`
		`+ "less than 30 seconds), depending on your network."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:45`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If the discovery was not successful, an error message will be displayed in "`
		`+ "the dialog window. This message will vary based on which part of the "`
		`+ "discovery failed. If the installer did not find the target you specified at "`
		`+ "all, you should check the IP address; if the problem is an authentication "`
		`+ "error, make sure you entered all CHAP and reverse CHAP credentials correctly "`
		`+ "and that you have access to the iSCSI target."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:50`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `No nodes discovered` error message may also mean that all nodes on the "
		`+ "address you specified are already configured. During discovery, "`
		`+ "[application]Anaconda ignores nodes which have already been added."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:54`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If the discovery was successful, you will see a list of all discovered "`
		`+ "nodes."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:56`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Select one or more nodes you want to log in to by marking or unmarking the "`
		`+ "check box next to each node discovered on the target. Below the list, select "`
		`+ "again the type of authentication you want to use; you can also select the "`
		+ "`Use the credentials from discovery` option if the CHAP/reverse CHAP user "
		`+ "name and password you used to discover the target are also valid for logging "`
		`+ "in to it."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:58`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "After selecting all nodes you want to use, click `Log In` to initiate an "
		`+ "iSCSI session. [application]Anaconda will attempt to log in to all "`
		+ "selected nodes. If the login process is succesful, the `Add iSCSI Storage "
		+ "Target` dialog will close, and all nodes you have configured will now be "
		`+ "shown in the list of network disks in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination[Installation "`
		`+ "Destination - Specialized & Network Disks]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:59`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can repeat this procedure to discover additional iSCSI targets, or to "`
		`+ "add more nodes from a previously configured target. However, note that once "`
		+ "you click the `Start Discovery` button for the first time, you will not be "
		+ "able to change the `iSCSI Initiator Name`. If you made an error when "
		`+ "configuring the initiator name, you must restart the installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.fr.po

file added

+150

		`@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:17`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Initial Setup"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Initial Setup` screen is shown after the installation finishes and the "
		`+ "installed system boots for the first time, before the first login, assuming "`
		`+ "the following conditions have been met:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Your software selection contained a graphical environment (for example, you "`
		`+ "installed the system using a {PRODUCT} Workstation live image)."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:12`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The graphical environment you have installed is not [application]*GNOME "`
		`+ "Desktop Environment* (it provides its own initial setup utility which is "`
		`+ "described in xref:After_Installation.adoc#sect-gnome-initial-setup[GNOME "`
		`+ "Initial Setup])."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:14`
		`+ msgid "The [package]initial-setup package has been installed."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:16`
		`+ msgid "You have not configured every screen available in the graphical installer."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:19`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The main Initial Setup screen. This example shows all options; not all of "`
		`+ "them may be shown"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:19`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/InitialSetupHub.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:22`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "[application]Initial Setup allows you to configure several system "`
		`+ "settings. All of these can also be configured during the installation, but "`
		`+ "they are not required to finish it. Only the settings which have not been "`
		`+ "configured during the installation will be shown; for example, if you did "`
		+ "not create a non-`root` user account during the installation, "
		`+ "[application]Initial Setup will start after the first reboot, and you will "`
		`+ "be able to configure one. If you configured all available options during the "`
		`+ "instalaltion, [application]Initial Setup will not be displayed at all."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:24`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To configure any aspect of the system available in the utility, click any of "`
		+ "the links available in the main window (for example, `Create User`). Each "
		`+ "link leads to a separate screen with separate options; these screens are the "`
		`+ "same ones which were available during the graphical installation. If you "`
		+ "need help, press `Help` in the top left corner to open a new window "
		`+ "containing directions for that screen."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:26`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "After you finish configuring any screen, press the `Done` button in the top "
		`+ "left corner to return to the main [application]Initial Setup menu. After "`
		+ "you finish configuring all settings, click `Finish Configuration` in the "
		`+ "bottom right corner to save all configured settings. The configuration "`
		`+ "utility will close and you will be able to log in to the system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:31`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "It is possible to configure [application]Initial Setup to display all "`
		`+ "available options, even if they have been already configured during the "`
		`+ "installation. To do so, you must use a Kickstart file at the start of the "`
		`+ "installation, and this file must contain the following command:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:35`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "# [command]firstboot --enable --reconfig#\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:38`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The [option]#--reconfig# option specifies that all options should be "`
		`+ "displayed. See "`
		`+ "xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#chap-kickstart-installations[Automating "`
		`+ "the Installation with Kickstart] for information about Kickstart "`
		`+ "installations."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:45`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Normally, it is not possible to return to [application]Initial Setup after "`
		`+ "you close it and log in to the system. You can make it display again (after "`
		`+ "the next reboot, before a login prompt is displayed), by executing the "`
		+ "following command as `root`:"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:49`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "# systemctl enable initial-setup-graphical.service\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:52`
		`+ msgid "Then, reboot your system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.fr.po

file added

+115

		`@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:16`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Kdump"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:11`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This screen is disabled by default. To enable it during the installation, "`
		`+ "you must use the [option]#inst.kdump_addon=on# option at the boot menu. See "`
		`+ "xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-advanced[Advanced "`
		`+ "Installation Options] for details, and "`
		`+ "xref:Booting_the_Installation.adoc#sect-boot-menu[The Boot Menu] for "`
		`+ "instructions on using custom boot options."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:15`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Use this screen to select whether or not [application]Kdump will be "`
		`+ "activated on the installed system, and how much memory will be reserved for "`
		`+ "it if enabled."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The Kdump configuration screen"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/KdumpSpoke.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:21`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "[application]Kdump is a kernel crash dumping mechanism which, in the event "`
		`+ "of a system crash, captures the contents of the system memory at the moment "`
		`+ "of failure. This captured memory can then be analyzed to find the cause of "`
		`+ "the crash. If [application]Kdump is enabled, it must have a small portion "`
		`+ "of the system's memory (RAM) reserved to itself. This reserved memory will "`
		`+ "not be accessible to the main kernel."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:23`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To enable [application]Kdump on the installed system, check "`
		+ "`Enabled`. Then, select either `Automatic` or `Manual` memory reservation "
		+ "settings, and if you selected `Manual`, enter the amount of memory to be "
		+ "reserved in megabytes into the `Memory to be reserved` field."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The amount of memory which you should reserve is determined based on your "`
		`+ "system's architecture (AMD64 and Intel{nbsp}64 will have different "`
		`+ "requirements than IBM Power, for example) as well as the total amount of "`
		`+ "system memory. In most cases, automatic reservation will be satisfactory. If "`
		`+ "you insist on manual settings, see the "`
		`+ "link:++https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/7/html/Kernel_Crash_Dump_Guide/appe-supported-kdump-configurations-and-targets.html#sect-kdump-memory-requirements++[Red{nbsp}Hat "`
		`+ "Enterprise{nbsp}Linux{nbsp}7 Kernel Crash Dump Guide] for guidelines. This "`
		`+ "document also contains more in-depth information about how "`
		`+ "[application]Kdump works, how to configure additional settings, and how to "`
		`+ "analyze a saved crash dump."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:27`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Usable System Memory` readout below the reservation input field shows "
		`+ "how much memory will be accessible to your main system once your selected "`
		`+ "amount of RAM is reserved."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:32`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Additional settings, such as the location where kernel crash dumps will be "`
		`+ "saved, can only be configured after the installation using either the "`
		+ "`system-config-kdump` graphical interface, or manually in the "
		+ "`/etc/kdump.conf` configuration file."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:35`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "After configuring [application]Kdump settings, click btn:[Done] in the top "`
		`+ "left corner to return to "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "`
		`+ "Summary]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.fr.po

file added

+146

		`@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Keyboard Layout"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Keyboard Layout` screen allows you to set up one or more keyboard "
		`+ "layouts for your system and a way to switch between them. One keyboard "`
		`+ "layout is configured automatically based on your selection in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-welcome[Welcome "`
		`+ "Screen and Language Selection], but you can change this layout and add "`
		`+ "additional ones before you begin the installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Keyboard layouts are a separate setting from system languages, and these two "`
		`+ "settings can be mixed as you see fit."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:15`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "All settings configured in this screen will be available on the installed "`
		`+ "system, and they will also become immediately available inside the "`
		`+ "installer. You can use the keyboard icon in the top right corner of any "`
		`+ "screen, or the keyboard switch you configured in this screen, to cycle "`
		`+ "between your configured layouts."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The keyboard layout configuration screen"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/KeyboardSpoke.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:23`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The left half of the screen contains a window listing all currently "`
		`+ "configured layouts. The order in which the layouts are displayed is "`
		`+ "important - the same order will be used when switching between layouts, and "`
		`+ "the first listed layout will be the default on your system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The text field on the right side of the screen can be used to test the "`
		`+ "currently selected layout."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:27`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can click a layout in the list to highlight it. At the bottom of the "`
		`+ "list, there is a set of buttons:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:29`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `+` button adds a new layout. When you press this button, a new window "
		`+ "opens with a list of all available layouts, grouped by language. You can "`
		`+ "find a layout by browsing the list, or you can use the search bar at the "`
		`+ "bottom of this window. When you find the layout you want to add, highlight "`
		+ "it and press `Add`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:31`
		+ msgid "The `-` button removes the currently highlighted layout."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:33`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The up and down buttons can be used to move the highlighted layout up or "`
		`+ "down in the list."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:35`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The keyboard button opens a new window which offers a visual representation "`
		`+ "of the highlighted layout."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:40`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "If you use a layout that cannot accept Latin characters, such as `Russian`, "
		+ "you are advised to also add the `English (United States)` layout and "
		`+ "configure a keyboard combination to switch between the two layouts. If you "`
		`+ "only select a layout without Latin characters, you may be unable to enter a "`
		+ "valid `root` password and user credentials later in the installation "
		`+ "process. This may prevent you from completing the installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:44`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can also optionally configure a keyboard switch which can be used to "`
		+ "cycle between available layouts. To do so, click the `Options` button on the "
		+ "right side of the screen. The `Layout Switching Options` dialog will open, "
		`+ "allowing you to configure one or more keys or key combinations for "`
		`+ "switching. Select one or more key combinations using the check boxes next to "`
		+ "them, and click `OK` to confirm your selection."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:45`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "After you finish configuring keyboard layouts and switches, click `Done` in "
		`+ "the top left corner to return to "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "`
		`+ "Summary]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.fr.po

file added

+108

		`@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Language Support"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Language Support` screen allows you to configure language settings for "
		`+ "your system. The default language is determined by your selection in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-welcome[Welcome "`
		`+ "Screen and Language Selection] and support for this language can not be "`
		`+ "removed. You can only add additional languages, which will be available on "`
		`+ "the installed system - not during the installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you want to change the default language, or the language used during the "`
		`+ "installation, you must reboot your system, start the installer again, and "`
		`+ "select a different language in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-welcome[Welcome "`
		`+ "Screen and Language Selection]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:15`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Adding support for another language does not automatically configure the "`
		`+ "corresponding keyboard layout. Layouts are a separate setting configured in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-keyboard-layout[Keyboard "`
		`+ "Layout]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The language configuration screen. The left side shows that at least one "`
		`+ "variant of English and French have been selected; the right column shows "`
		`+ "that French (France) and French (Canada) are selected in the currently "`
		`+ "highlighted French group."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/LangSupportSpoke.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:23`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The left panel contains a list of available language groups such as "`
		+ "`English` or `Bulgarian`. If at least one language from a group is selected, "
		`+ "a check mark will be displayed next to the group, and the list entry will be "`
		`+ "highlighted. This allows you to easily see which languages you have "`
		`+ "configured support for."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To add support for one or more additional languages, click a group in the "`
		`+ "left panel, and then select one or more regional variations in the right "`
		`+ "panel using check boxes next to list entries. Repeat this process for all "`
		`+ "languages you want to install support for."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:30`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Enabling support for some languages (typically languages which use non-Latin "`
		`+ "script) will install additional packages - for example, enabling support for "`
		+ "one or more languages from the `Arabic` group will also install the "
		+ "`arabic-support` package group. For more information about packages, see "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-software-selection[Software "`
		`+ "Selection]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:33`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Once you have made your selections, click `Done` in the top left corner to "
		`+ "return to "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "`
		`+ "Summary]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.fr.po

file added

+105

		`@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:16`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Network & Hostname"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Network & Hostname` screen is used to configure network "
		`+ "interfaces. Options selected here will be available both during the "`
		`+ "installation (if needed for tasks such as downloading packages from a remote "`
		`+ "location) and on the installed system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:13`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Network configuration is an expansive topic and many of the options "`
		`+ "available during the installation are beyond the scope of this document. For "`
		`+ "detailed information about networking, including both theoretical topics and "`
		`+ "specific instructions and examples, see the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} "`
		`+ "Networking{nbsp}Guide_, available at "`
		`+ "link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The Network & Hostname screen. In the left pane"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/NetworkSpoke.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:21`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Locally accessible interfaces are automatically detected by the installation "`
		`+ "program and cannot be manually added or deleted. All detected interfaces are "`
		`+ "listed on the left side of the screen. Click an interface in the list to "`
		`+ "display its current configuration (such as IP and DNS address); the details "`
		`+ "are displayed on the right side of the screen."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:23`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Below the list of interfaces are two buttons. Use the `+` button to add a "
		`+ "virtual network interface (Team, Bond or VLAN) as described in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration-virtual-interface[Adding "`
		`+ "a Virtual Network Interface]. To remove a previously created virtual "`
		+ "interface, select it in the list and click the `-` button."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To change settings such as IP addresses, DNS servers, or routing "`
		`+ "configuration for an existing interface (both virtual and physical), select "`
		+ "the interface in the left pane and click `Configure` in the bottom right "
		`+ "corner of the screen. Available settings are described in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration-advanced[Editing "`
		`+ "Network Interface Configuration]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:27`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Use the `ON`pass:attributes[{blank}]/pass:attributes[{blank}]`OFF` switch in "
		`+ "the top right corner to enable or disable the currently selected interface."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:29`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Below the list of connections, enter a host name for this computer in the "`
		+ "`Hostname` input field. The host name can be either a _fully-qualified "
		`+ "domain name_ (FQDN) in the format _hostname_._domainname_, or a short host "`
		`+ "name with no domain name. Many networks have a _Dynamic Host Configuration "`
		+ "Protocol_ (`DHCP`) service that automatically supplies connected systems "
		+ "with a domain name; to allow the `DHCP` service to assign the domain name to "
		`+ "this machine, only specify the short host name."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.fr.po

file added

+204

		`@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Editing Network Interface Configuration"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This section only details the most important settings for a typical wired "`
		`+ "connection used during installation. Many of the available options do not "`
		`+ "have to be changed in most installation scenarios and are not carried over "`
		`+ "to the installed system. Configuration of other types of networks is broadly "`
		`+ "similar, although the specific configuration parameters may be different. To "`
		`+ "learn more about network configuration after installation, see the "`
		`+ "[citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Networking{nbsp}Guide_, available at "`
		`+ "link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To configure a network connection manually, select that connection in the "`
		+ "list on the left side of the screen, and click the `Configure` button. A "
		`+ "dialog will appear that allows you to configure the selected connection. The "`
		`+ "configuration options presented depends on the connection type - the "`
		`+ "available options will be slightly different depending on whether it is a "`
		`+ "physical interface (wired or wireless network interface controller) or a "`
		`+ "virtual interface (Bond, Team or Vlan) which you previously configured in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration-virtual-interface[Adding "`
		`+ "a Virtual Network Interface].. A full description of all configuration "`
		`+ "settings for all connection types is beyond the scope of this document; see "`
		`+ "the [citetitle]_Networking Guide_ for details."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:12`
		`+ msgid "The most common and useful options in the configuration dialog are:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:13`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Enable or disable the connection by default"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:14`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "In the `General` tab of the configuration dialog, you can select or unselect "
		+ "the `Automatically connect to this network when it is available` check box "
		`+ "to allow or disallow this connection to connect by default. When enabled on "`
		`+ "a wired connection, this means the system will typically connect during "`
		`+ "startup (unless you unplug the network cable); on a wireless connection, it "`
		`+ "means that the interface will attempt to connect to any known wireless "`
		`+ "networks in range."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:16`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Additionally, you can allow or disallow all users on the system from "`
		+ "connecting to this network using the `All users may connect to this network` "
		+ "option. If you disable this option, only `root` will be able to connect to "
		`+ "this network."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:21`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "It is not possible to only allow a specific user other than `root` to use "
		`+ "this interface, because no other users are created at this point during the "`
		`+ "installation. If you need a connection for a different user, you must "`
		`+ "configure it after the installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:24`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Set up static IPv4 or IPv6 settings"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "By default, both `IPv4` and `IPv6` are set to automatic configuration "
		`+ "depending on current network settings. This means that addresses such as the "`
		`+ "local IP address, DNS address, and other settings will be detected "`
		`+ "automatically each time the interface connects to a network. In many cases, "`
		`+ "this is sufficient, but you can also provide static configuration in the "`
		+ "`IPv4 Settings` and `IPv6 Settings`, respectively."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:27`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To set static network configuration, navigate to one of the settings tabs "`
		+ "and select a method other than `Automatic` (for example, `Manual`) from the "
		+ "`Method` drop-down menu. This will enable the `Addresses` field below."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:32`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "In the `IPv6 Settings` tab, you can also set the method to `Ignore` to "
		+ "disable `IPv6` on this interface."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:36`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Then, click `Add` on the right side and add a set of settings: `Address`, "
		+ "`Netmask` (for `IPv4`), `Prefix` (for `IPv6`), and `Gateway`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:38`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `DNS servers` field accepts one or more IP addresses of DNS servers - "
		+ "for example, `10.0.0.1,10.0.0.8`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:40`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The final option in both tabs is `Require IPvpass:attributes[{blank}]_X_ "
		+ "addressing for this connection to complete`. Select this option in the "
		+ "`IPv4` tab to only allow this connection if `IPv4` was successful; the same "
		+ "principle applies to this setting in the `IPv6` tab. If this option remains "
		+ "disabled for both `IPv4` and `IPv6`, the interface will be able to connect "
		`+ "if configuration succeeds on either IP protocol."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:41`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Configure routes"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:42`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "In the `IPv4 Settings` and `IPv4 Settings` tabs, click the `Routes` button "
		`+ "in the bottom right corner to configure routing settings for a specific IP "`
		+ "protocol on an interface. A new dialog will open, allowing you to `Add` a "
		`+ "specific route."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:44`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you confire at least one static route, you can disallow all routes not "`
		+ "specifically configured here by enabling the `Ignore automatically obtained "
		+ "routes`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:46`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Select `Use this connection only for resources on its network` to prevent "
		`+ "this connection from becoming the default route. This option can be selected "`
		`+ "even if you did not configure any static routes. Enabling this option means "`
		`+ "that this route will only be used when necessary to access certain "`
		`+ "resources, such as intranet pages which require a local or VPN "`
		`+ "connection. Another (default) route will be used for publicly available "`
		`+ "resources if possible. Note that unlike the additional routes configured in "`
		`+ "this dialog, this setting will be transferred to the installed system. Also "`
		`+ "note that this option is only useful when more than one interface is "`
		`+ "configured."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:48`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "When you finish configuring the interface's routing settings, click `OK` to "
		`+ "return to the configuration dialog."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:49`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Once you finish configuring the interface, click `Save` in the configuration "
		`+ "window's bottom right corner to save your settings and return to "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration[Network "`
		`+ "& Hostname]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.fr.po

file added

+75

		`@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Adding a Virtual Network Interface"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "To add a virtual network interface, click the `+` button at the bottom of "
		`+ "the interface list. A new window will open, prompting you to select one of "`
		`+ "the three available types of virtual interfaces:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`Bond` - NIC (_Network Interface Controller_) Bonding, a method to bind "
		`+ "multiple physical network interfaces together into a single bonded channel."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:12`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`Team` - NIC Teaming, a new implementation to aggregate links, designed to "
		`+ "provide a small kernel driver to implement the fast handling of packet "`
		`+ "flows, and various applications to do everything else in user space."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:14`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`Vlan` (_Virtual LAN_) - A method to create multiple distinct broadcast "
		`+ "domains which are mutually isolated."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:16`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Select the interface type you want to add, and click `Add`. Another dialog "
		`+ "window will open, allowing you to edit any available settings for your "`
		`+ "chosen interface type. For information about available settings, see the "`
		`+ "respective sections of the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Networking{nbsp}Guide_, "`
		`+ "available at link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]. Basic documentation "`
		`+ "is also available in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration-advanced[Editing "`
		`+ "Network Interface Configuration]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:21`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To access the settings dialog again after you closed it, select the same "`
		+ "interface in the list of configured interfaces and click `Configure` in the "
		`+ "bottom right corner of the screen. To remove a virtual interface, select it "`
		+ "in the list and click the `-` button below."
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.fr.po

file added

+113

		`@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Root Password"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Root Password` screen is used to configure the `root` password for your "
		`+ "system. This password will be used to log into the administrator (also known "`
		`+ "as superuser) account, which is used for system administration tasks such as "`
		`+ "installing and updating software packages and changing system-wide "`
		`+ "configuration such as network and firewall settings, storage options and "`
		`+ "adding or modifying users, groups and file permissions."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `root` account will always be created during the installation. However, "
		`+ "you should always also create a normal user accont in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-create-user[Create "`
		`+ "User] and use that account to log in to the system. Only switch to the "`
		`+ "administrator account only when you need to perform a task which requires "`
		`+ "administrator access."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:15`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `root` account has complete control over the system. If an unauthorized "
		`+ "person gains access to this account, they can access or delete all users' "`
		`+ "personal files or otherwise exploit the machine for their own nefarious "`
		`+ "purposes. See the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Security Guide_, available at "`
		`+ "link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for detailed documentation about "`
		`+ "account security and guidelines for choosing a strong password."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The Root Password screen. Use the text input fields to provide your root "`
		`+ "password."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/PasswordSpoke.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:23`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Once you choose a strong password, enter it in the `Root Password` "
		`+ "field. The characters you write will be displayed as dots for "`
		+ "security. Then, type the same password into the `Confirm` field to ensure "
		`+ "you entered it properly. Both entered passwords must be the same."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "As you enter the password, it will be evaluated and the installer will "`
		`+ "determine the password's strength. If the installer considers your password "`
		`+ "weak, a message will appear at the bottom of the screen, explaining which "`
		`+ "aspect of your chosen password is considered insuficient. For example:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:29`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`The password you have provided is weak:` `The password is shorter than 5 "
		+ "characters.`\n"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:32`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If a message similar to the above appears, it is highly recommended to "`
		`+ "choose a different, stronger password."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:33`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Once you configure the superuser password, click `Done` in the top left "
		`+ "corner to return to "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-progress[Configuration "`
		`+ "and Installation Progress]. If you selected a weak password, you must press "`
		`+ "the button twice."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.fr.po

file added

+82

		`@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:9`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Configuration and Installation Progress"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Configuration` screen is displayed after you finish configuring all "
		`+ "required items in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "`
		+ "Summary] and press the `Begin installation` button. After this point, the "
		`+ "installation process actually starts and changes are being made to your "`
		+ "selected disks. It is not possible to go back to the `Installation Summary` "
		`+ "and change any settings configured there; if you need to do so, you must "`
		`+ "wait for the installation process to finish, reboot your system, log in and "`
		`+ "change your settings on the installed system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:11`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The Configuration screen. Two more screens at the top require "`
		`+ "configuration. Installation progress is displayed at the bottom."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:11`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/ProgressHub.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:14`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In the top part of the screen, two additional options are available, "`
		+ "allowing you to configure authentication settings - the `root` password and "
		+ "an additional user account. Configuring the `root` password is required to "
		`+ "finish the installation; creating a user account can be skipped. If you do "`
		`+ "so, you will be prompted to create a non-root user account after the "`
		`+ "installation finishes and your system reboots."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:16`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The bottom of the screen shows a progress bar and a message informing you of "`
		`+ "the current progress of the installation. When the installation finishes and "`
		+ "the `root` password has been set, you can press the `Finish configuration` "
		`+ "button to reboot your computer and log in to your newly installed {PRODUCT} "`
		`+ "system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:21`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Before you finish the installation and reboot, either remove the media (CD, "`
		`+ "DVD or a USB drive) which you used to start the installation, or make sure "`
		`+ "that your system tries to boot from the hard drive before trying removable "`
		`+ "media. Otherwise, your computer will start the installer again instead of "`
		`+ "the installed system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.fr.po

file added

+117

		`@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Software Selection"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Software Selection` screen allows you to choose a _Base Environment_ "
		`+ "and _Add-ons_. These options control which software packages will be "`
		`+ "installed on your system during the installation process."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This screen is only available if "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-source[Installation "`
		`+ "Source] is properly configured and only after the installer has downloaded "`
		`+ "package metadata from the source."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:15`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "It is not possible to select specific packages during a manual "`
		`+ "installation. You can only select pre-defined environments and add-ons. If "`
		`+ "you need to control exactly which packages are installed, you must use a "`
		`+ "Kickstart file and define the packages in the [command]#%packages# "`
		`+ "section. See "`
		`+ "xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#chap-kickstart-installations[Automating "`
		`+ "the Installation with Kickstart] for information about Kickstart "`
		`+ "installations."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:19`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The availability of environments and add-ons depends on your installation "`
		`+ "source. By default, the selection depends on the installation media you used "`
		`+ "to start the installation; Fedora{nbsp}Server installation image will have "`
		`+ "different environments and add-ons available for selection than, for "`
		`+ "example, the Fedora{nbsp}Cloud image. You can change this by configuring a "`
		`+ "different installation source containing different environments."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:22`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The Software Selection screen. On the left side"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:22`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/SoftwareSpoke.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To configure your software selection, first choose an environment on the "`
		`+ "left side of the screen. Only one environment can be chosen, even if more "`
		`+ "are available. Then, on the right side of the screen, select one or more "`
		`+ "add-ons which you want to install by marking the check boxes next to each "`
		`+ "add-on."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:27`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The list of add-ons is divided into two parts by a horizontal line. Add-ons "`
		`+ "above this line are defined as part of your chosen environment; if you "`
		`+ "select a different environment, the add-ons available here will change. The "`
		`+ "add-ons displayed below the separator are not specific to your chosen "`
		`+ "environment."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:29`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Environments and add-ons are defined using a `comps.xml` file in your "
		+ "installation source (for example, in the `repodata/` directory on the full "
		`+ "Fedora{nbsp}Server installation DVD). Review this file to see exactly which "`
		`+ "packages will be installed as part of a certain environment or add-on. For "`
		+ "more information about the `comps.xml` file, see "
		`+ "xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-packages[%packages "`
		`+ "(required) - Package Selection]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:30`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "After you finish configuring your software selection, click `Done` in the "
		`+ "top left corner to return to "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "`
		`+ "Summary]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.fr.po

file added

+198

		`@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:16`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installation Source"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Installation Source` screen allows you to specify a location (local or "
		`+ "on the network) from which packages will be downloaded and installed on your "`
		`+ "system. This screen will be configured automatically in most cases, but you "`
		`+ "can change your settings or add additional sources."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:13`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Normally, when you first enter the `Installation Summary` screen, the "
		`+ "installer will attempt to configure an installation source based on the type "`
		`+ "of media you used to boot. The full {PRODUCT} Server DVD will configure the "`
		`+ "source as local media, the netinst ISO image will configure the closest "`
		`+ "network mirror, etc. This process takes some time, especially if the default "`
		`+ "source is a network mirror. If you plan to use a custom installation source, "`
		`+ "use the [option]#inst.askmethod# boot option to skip the initial "`
		`+ "configuration; this will allow you to enter this screen immediately. See "`
		`+ "xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-sources[Specifying the "`
		`+ "Installation Source] for information about boot options."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The Installation Source screen"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/SourceSpoke.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:21`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The following options are available. Note that not all of them may be "`
		`+ "displayed."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:22`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Auto-detected installation media"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:23`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This is the option selected by default if you started the installer from "`
		`+ "media containing an installation source, such as a live DVD. No additional "`
		+ "configuration is necessary. You can click the `Verify` button check the "
		`+ "media integrity."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:24`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "ISO file"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This option will appear if the installation program detected a partitioned "`
		`+ "hard drive with mountable file systems during boot. Select this option, "`
		`+ "click the btn:[Choose an ISO] button, and browse to the installation ISO "`
		+ "file's location on your system. You can click the `Verify` button to check "
		`+ "the file's integrity."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:26`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "On the network"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:27`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Use this option to download packages to be installed from a network location "`
		`+ "instead of local media. This is the default selection on network "`
		`+ "installation media."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:29`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "In most cases, the `Closest mirror` option available from the protocol "
		`+ "selection drop-down menu is preferable. If this option is selected, packages "`
		`+ "for your system will be downloaded from the most suitable location (mirror)."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:31`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To manually configure a network-based installation source, use the drop-down "`
		`+ "menu to specify the protocol to be used when downloading packages. This "`
		`+ "setting depends on the server you want to use. Then, type the server address "`
		`+ "(without the protocol) into the address field. If you choose NFS, a second "`
		+ "input field will appear where you can specify custom `NFS mount options`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:36`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "When selecting an NFS installation source, you must specify the address with "`
		+ "a colon (`:`) character separating the host name from the path. For example:"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:40`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "`pass:attributes[{blank}]_server.example.com_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_/path/to/directory_pass:attributes[{blank}]`\n"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:45`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To configure a proxy for an HTTP or HTTPS source, click the btn:[Proxy "`
		+ "setup] button. Check `Enable HTTP proxy` and type the URL into the `Proxy "
		+ "URL` box. If the proxy server requires authentication, check `Use "
		+ "Authentication` and enter your user name and password. Click btn:[OK] to "
		`+ "finish the configuration."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:47`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If your HTTP or HTTPS URL refers to a repository mirror list, mark the check "`
		`+ "box under the address field."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:49`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "You can also specify additional repositories in the `Additional "
		+ "repositories` section to gain access to more installation environments and "
		`+ "software add-ons. All environments and add-ons will be available for "`
		`+ "selection in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-software-selection[Software "`
		`+ "Selection] once you finish configuring the sources."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:51`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To add a repository, click the btn:[+] button. To delete a repository, "`
		`+ "select one in the list and click the btn:[-] button. Click the arrow icon to "`
		`+ "revert to the previous list of repositories, i.e. to replace current entries "`
		+ "with those that were present at the time you entered the `Installation "
		+ "Source` screen. To activate or deactivate a repository, click the check box "
		+ "in the `Enabled` column at each entry in the list."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:53`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can name your additional repository and configure it the same way as the "`
		`+ "primary repository on the network using the input fields on the right side "`
		`+ "of the section."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:54`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Once you have selected your installation source, click `Done` in the top "
		`+ "left corner to return to "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "`
		`+ "Summary]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.fr.po

file added

+308

		`@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:4 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:17`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installation Destination"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:7`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Installation Destination` screen allows you to configure storage "
		`+ "options - namely, which disks will be used as the installation target for "`
		`+ "your {PRODUCT} installation. At least one disk must always be selected for "`
		`+ "the installation to proceed."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:9`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "For information about the theory and concepts behind disk partitioning in "`
		`+ "Linux, see "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "`
		`+ "Partitioning Scheme]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:14`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you plan to use a disk which already contains some data - for example, if "`
		`+ "you want to shrink an existing Microsoft Windows partition and install "`
		`+ "{PRODUCT} as a second system or if you are upgrading a previous release of "`
		`+ "{PRODUCT}, make sure to back up any important data first. Manipulating "`
		`+ "partitions always carries a risk - if the process is interrupted or fails "`
		`+ "for any reason (installer error, hardware failure, power outage, etc.), any "`
		`+ "data already on the disk may become impossible to recover."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:19`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The Installation Destination screen. There are two local standard disks "`
		`+ "available"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:19`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/StorageSpoke.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:22`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In the top part of the screen, all locally available storage devices (SATA, "`
		`+ "IDE and SCSI hard drives, USB flash drives, etc.) are displayed in the "`
		+ "`Local Standard Disks` section. Local disks are detected when the installer "
		`+ "starts - any storage devices connected after the installation has started "`
		`+ "will not be shown."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:24`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "If you need to configure additional local storage devices, select `I will "
		+ "configure partitioning` and press `Done` to move to "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning[Manual "`
		`+ "Partitioning]. Then, connect any new hard drives you want to make available "`
		`+ "during the installation, and press the button marked by a circular arrow in "`
		`+ "the set of controls below the list of mount points on the left side of the "`
		+ "screen. In the dialog window that opens, press `Rescan Disks` and wait until "
		+ "the scanning process completes. Then, press `OK` to return to "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation "`
		`+ "Destination]; all detected disks including any new ones will be displayed in "`
		+ "the `Local Standard Disks` section."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:26`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Specialized & Network Disks` section below shows advanced network "
		`+ "storage (such as iSCSI and FCoE disks) currently configured. When you first "`
		`+ "open this screen, no such devices will be displayed because they can not be "`
		+ "automatically detected; to search for network storage devices, press `Add a "
		+ "disk` button and proceed with "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination[Installation "`
		`+ "Destination - Specialized & Network Disks]. Any network storage you "`
		+ "configure will then show up in the `Specialized & Network Disks` the same "
		`+ "way local disks are shown above."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:28`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "All storage devices which will be used to install {PRODUCT} have a black "`
		`+ "circle icon with a white check mark on them. Disks not marked by this icon "`
		`+ "will not be used during the installation - they will be ignored if you "`
		`+ "choose automatic partitioning, and they will not be available in manual "`
		`+ "partitioning."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:33`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "USB storage devices such as flash drives and external disks will be shown in "`
		+ "the `Local Standard Disks` as well, and they will be available for selection "
		`+ "the same way internal hard drives are. Make sure to not select any "`
		`+ "removable storage as installation targets unless you really want to do "`
		`+ "so. If you accidentally use a removable drive to install {PRODUCT} and then "`
		`+ "unplug it, your system will likely become unusable."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:36`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Unselected and Selected Disk"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:38`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Disk selection in the Installation Destination screen. Two disks are "`
		`+ "displayed; only the one on the right side will be used"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:38`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/StorageSpoke_Selected.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:41`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "After you select all disks you want to install {PRODUCT}, select one of the "`
		+ "two options in the `Other Storage Options` section:"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:43`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`Automatically configure partitioning` - If this option is selected, then "
		+ "after you press `Done` in the top left corner of the screen, the installer "
		`+ "will determine the total amount of space on all selected disks, and it will "`
		`+ "create a _Logical Volume Management_ (LVM) layout suitable for your "`
		`+ "system. The specifics of this layout depend on whether your system uses BIOS "`
		`+ "or UEFI firmware, the total amount of free space on your disks, and the "`
		`+ "amount of RAM on your system (which determines the size of your swap space)."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:45`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "With automatic partitioning, you can also select the `I would like to make "
		+ "additional space available` option below. Use this option if you want to "
		`+ "reclaim space from an existing partitioning layout - for example, if a disk "`
		`+ "you want to use already contains a different operating system, and you want "`
		`+ "to make this system's partitions smaller to allow more room for "`
		+ "{PRODUCT}. The `Reclaim space` dialog which opens if this option is selected "
		`+ "is described later in this section."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:47`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`I will configure partitioning` - Select this option and press `Done` in the "
		`+ "top left corner of the screen to configure your system's partitioning layout "`
		`+ "manually. This requires some knowledge of the theory behind disk partitions "`
		`+ "and related concepts, but gives you full control over the way the system "`
		`+ "will be installed. For instructions for manual partitioning, see "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning[Manual "`
		`+ "Partitioning]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:49`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Additionally, you can select `Encrypt my data`pass:attributes[{blank}]; this "
		`+ "will encrypt all partitions except the ones needed to boot the system (such "`
		+ "as `/boot`) using _Linux Unified Key Setup_ (LUKS). Encrypting your hard "
		`+ "drive is recommended. For detailed information about LUKS encryption, see "`
		`+ "the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Security{nbsp}Guide_, available at "`
		`+ "link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:54`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you lose the LUKS passphrase, any encrypted partitions and the data on "`
		`+ "them will become completely inaccessible. There is no way to recover a lost "`
		`+ "passphrase. However, if you perform a Kickstart installation, you can save "`
		`+ "encryption passphrases and create backup encryption passphrases during the "`
		`+ "installation. See "`
		`+ "xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#chap-kickstart-installations[Automating "`
		`+ "the Installation with Kickstart] for information about Kickstart "`
		`+ "installations."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:58`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To control which one of your selected storage devices will contain the _boot "`
		+ "loader_, click the `Full disk summary and bootloader` link in the bottom "
		`+ "left corner of the screen, and follow the instructions in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning-bootloader[Boot "`
		`+ "Loader Installation]. Note that while in most cases it is sufficient to "`
		`+ "leave the boot loader in the default location, some configurations (for "`
		`+ "example, systems which require _chain loading_ from another boot loader) "`
		`+ "will require the boot drive to be specified manually."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:60`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "After you select storage devices, choose between automatic and manual "`
		+ "partitioning, configure encryption and boot loader location, press `Done` in "
		`+ "the top left corner of the screen. Then, depending on your settings, the "`
		`+ "following will happen:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:62`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "If you chose to encrypt your hard drive, the `Disk Encryption Passphrase` "
		+ "dialog will appear. Enter your chosen passphrase into the `Passphrase` and "
		+ "`Confirm` fields. When you do so, the passphrase will be automatically "
		`+ "evaluated and its strength will be displayed, along with suggestions on how "`
		`+ "to make it stronger if the installer has determined it to be weak. For "`
		`+ "information about creating strong passwords, see [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} "`
		`+ "Security{nbsp}Guide_."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:64`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "If you selected automatic partitioning and the `I would like to make "
		+ "additional space available`, or if there is not enough free space on your "
		+ "selected hard drives to install {PRODUCT}, the `Reclaim Space` dialog will "
		`+ "appear. This dialog lists all disk devices you have configured and all "`
		`+ "partitions on those devices. The bottom right corner of the dialog displays "`
		`+ "information about how much space the system needs for at least a minimal "`
		`+ "installation and how much space you have reclaimed."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:69`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "If you use the `Reclaim Space` dialog to delete a partition, all data on "
		`+ "that partition will be lost. If you want to preserve your data, use the "`
		+ "`Shrink` option, not the `Delete` option."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:73`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "First, review the displayed list of available storage devices. The "`
		+ "`Reclaimable Space` column shows how much space can be reclaimed from each "
		`+ "entry. To reclaim space, select a disk or partition, and press either the "`
		+ "`Delete` button to delete that partition (or all partitions on a selected "
		+ "disk), or `Shrink` to use free space on a partition while preserving "
		+ "existing data. Alternatively, you can press `Delete all` in the bottom right "
		`+ "corner; this will delete all existing partitions on all disks and make this "`
		`+ "space available to {PRODUCT}, but all existing data on all disks will be "`
		`+ "lost."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:75`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "After you free enough space for your {PRODUCT} installation, press `Reclaim "
		+ "space` to finish."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:80`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "No changes to any disks will be made until you press `Begin Installation` in "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "`
		+ "Summary]. The `Reclaim Space` dialog only marks partitions for resizing or "
		`+ "deletion, but no such action is performed immediately."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:84`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "If you selected the `I will configure partitioning` option, pressing `Done` "
		+ "will open the `Manual Partitioning` screen. See "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning[Manual "`
		`+ "Partitioning] for further instructions."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.fr.po

file added

+121

		`@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Boot Loader Installation"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "{PRODUCT} uses [application]GRUB2 (GRand Unified Bootloader version 2) as "`
		`+ "its boot loader. The boot loader is the first program that runs when the "`
		`+ "computer starts and is responsible for loading and transferring control to "`
		`+ "an operating system. [application]GRUB2 can boot any compatible operating "`
		`+ "system (including Microsoft Windows) and can also use chain loading to "`
		`+ "transfer control to other boot loaders for unsupported operating systems."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:13`
		`+ msgid "Installing [application]GRUB2 may overwrite your existing boot loader."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:17`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you have other operating systems already installed, the {PRODUCT} "`
		`+ "installer will attempt to automatically detect and configure the boot loader "`
		`+ "to start them. You can manually configure any additional operating systems "`
		`+ "after you finish the installation, if they are not detected properly. For "`
		`+ "instructions on editing [application]GRUB2 configuration, see the "`
		`+ "[citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System{nbsp}Administrator's{nbsp}Guide_, available at "`
		`+ "link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:19`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you are installing Fedora system with more than one disk, you may want to "`
		+ "manually specify where the bootloader should be installed. Click the `Full "
		+ "disk summary and bootloader` link at the bottom of the `Installation "
		+ "Destination` screen. The `Selected Disks` dialog will appear. The bootloader "
		`+ "will be installed on the device of your choice, or on a UEFI system, the "`
		+ "`EFI system partition` will be created on that device during guided "
		`+ "partitioning."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Boot Device Selection"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:22`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The Selected Disks dialog"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:22`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "In the `Boot` column, a \"tick\" icon marks one of the devices as the "
		`+ "intended boot device. To change the boot device, select a device from the "`
		+ "list and click the `Set as Boot Device` button to install the boot loader "
		`+ "there instead. Only one device can be set as the boot device."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:27`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To decline installation of a new boot loader, select the device currently "`
		+ "marked for boot and click the `Do not install bootloader` button. This will "
		`+ "remove the tick and ensure [application]GRUB2 is not installed on any "`
		`+ "device."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:32`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you choose not to install a boot loader for any reason, you will not be "`
		`+ "able to boot the system directly, and you must use another boot method, such "`
		`+ "as a stand-alone commercial boot loader application. Use this option only if "`
		`+ "you are sure you have another way to boot your system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:35`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The boot loader may also require a special partition to be created, "`
		`+ "depending on whether your system uses BIOS or UEFI firmware and also "`
		`+ "depending on whether the boot drive has a _GUID Partition Table_ (GPT) or a "`
		+ "`Master Boot Record` (MBR, also known as msdos) label. If you use automatic "
		`+ "partitioning, the installer will create this partition if needed. For "`
		`+ "details, see "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "`
		`+ "Partitioning Scheme]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.fr.po

file added

+161

		`@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:9`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installation Summary"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Installation Summary` screen is the central location for setting up an "
		`+ "installation. Most of the options which can be configured during the "`
		`+ "installation can be accessed from here."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:11`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The Installation Summary screen"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:11`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/SummaryHub.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:17`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you used a Kickstart option or a boot option to specify an installation "`
		`+ "repository on a network, but no network is available at the start of the "`
		+ "installation, the installer will display the `Network Configuration` screen "
		+ "for you to set up a network connection prior to displaying the `Installation "
		+ "Summary` screen."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:21`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The summary screen consists of several links to other screens, separated "`
		`+ "into categories. These links can be in several different states, which are "`
		`+ "graphically indicated:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:23`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "A warning symbol (yellow triangle with an exclamation mark) next to an "`
		`+ "icon means that a screen requires your attention before you start the "`
		+ "installation. This typically happens with the `Installation Destination` "
		`+ "screen, because even though there is a default automatic partitioning "`
		`+ "variant, you always have to at least confirm this selection, even if you do "`
		`+ "not want to make any changes."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If a link is greyed out, it means that the installer is currently "`
		`+ "configuring this section, and you must wait for the configuration to finish "`
		`+ "before accessing that screen. This typically happens when you change the "`
		+ "installation source in the `Installation Source` screen and the installer is "
		`+ "probing the new source location and gathering a list of available packages."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:27`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Screens with black text and no warning symbol mean that this screen does "`
		`+ "not require your attention. You can still change your settings in these "`
		`+ "screens, but it is not necessary to do so to complete the installation. This "`
		`+ "typically happens with localization settings, as these are either detected "`
		`+ "automatically, or set up on the previous screen where you select your "`
		`+ "language and locale."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:29`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "A warning message is displayed at the bottom of the summary screen, and the "`
		+ "`Begin Installation` button is greyed out, as long as at least one item has "
		`+ "not been configured yet."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:30`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Icon States in Installation Summary"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:32`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "A screenshot of several icons in the Installation Summary screen"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:32`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/SummaryHub_States.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:35`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Each screen also has an explanatory text below its title, showing settings "`
		`+ "currently configured in that screen. This text may be concatenated; in that "`
		`+ "case, move your mouse cursor over it and wait until a tooltip with the full "`
		`+ "text appears."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:36`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Tooltip in the Installation Summary"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:38`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "An entry in the Installation Summary shows a truncated description and a "`
		`+ "tooltip with full text."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:38`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/SummaryHub_Mouseover.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:40`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Once you configure everything required for the installation, you can press "`
		+ "the `Begin Installation` button to start installing {PRODUCT}. This will "
		`+ "take you to "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-progress[Configuration "`
		`+ "and Installation Progress]. Note that as the text below this button says, "`
		`+ "nothing will be written to your hard drive before you press this button. You "`
		+ "can press `Quit` at any point; this will discard all changes you made in the "
		`+ "installer so far and reboot the system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.fr.po

file added

+195

		`@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:16`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Create User"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Create User` screen can be used to create and configure one normal "
		+ "(non-`root`) user account during the installation. Only one user account can "
		`+ "be configured here; if you require more accounts, wait until the "`
		`+ "installation completes, reboot your system and then create other accounts "`
		`+ "using either the [command]#useradd# command in a terminal, or a graphical "`
		+ "utility for managing user accounts (for example, the `Users` screen in the "
		`+ "Settings menu in [application]GNOME)."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:13`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Creating a normal user account is not required to finish the installation; "`
		`+ "however, it is highly recommended. If you do not create one, you will have "`
		+ "to log in to the system as `root` directly, which is not recommended."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The Create screen. Use the text input fields to create a user account and "`
		`+ "configure its settings."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/UserSpoke.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:21`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "To configure a user account, fill out the `Full name` (for example, `John "
		+ "Smith`) and `Username` (for example, `jsmith`). The `username` will used to "
		`+ "log in from a command line; if you install a graphical environment, then "`
		+ "your graphical login manager will use `Full name`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:23`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Make sure that the `Require a password to use this account` check box is "
		`+ "enabled, enter a password you want to use for this account into the "`
		+ "`Password` field. The characters you write will be displayed as dots for "
		+ "security. Then, repeat the same password in the `Confirm password` field "
		`+ "below to ensure you entered it properly. Both entered passwords must be the "`
		`+ "same."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "As you enter the password, it will be evaluated and the installer will "`
		`+ "determine the password's strength. If the installer considers your password "`
		`+ "weak, a message will appear at the bottom of the screen, explaining which "`
		`+ "aspect of your chosen password is considered insuficient. For example:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:29`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`The password you have provided is weak:` `The password is shorter than 5 "
		+ "characters.`\n"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:32`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If a message similar to the above appears, it is highly recommended to "`
		`+ "choose a different, stronger password."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:34`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Make this user administrator` check box gives the user you are creatng "
		+ "administrative rights (by adding this user into the `wheel` group), allowing "
		`+ "this user to use the [command]#sudo# command to perform tasks normally only "`
		+ "available to `root` using only the user password, instead of the `root` "
		`+ "password. This may be more convenient, but can also pose a security risk."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:39`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you give administrator privileges to an user, make sure that the account "`
		`+ "is protected by a strong password. Never give an user administrator "`
		`+ "privileges without requiring any password for the account."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:41`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "See the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Security Guide_, available at the "`
		`+ "link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for detailed information about "`
		`+ "password security including guidelines for selecting strong passwords."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:45`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "To additional settings, click the `Advanced` button below the password input "
		+ "fields. A new dialog window titled `Advanced User Configuration` will "
		`+ "open. This dialog is described in the following section."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:47 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:51`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Advanced User Configuration"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:50`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Advanced User Configuration` dialog allows you to change the following "
		`+ "settings for the new user account."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:53`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Advanced settings for the new user account."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:53`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/UserSpoke_Advanced.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:56`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The user's `Home directory` "
		+ "(`/home/pass:attributes[{blank}]_username_pass:attributes[{blank}]` by "
		`+ "default)."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:58`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The user's ID (UID). The default value is 1000. UIDs 0-999 are reserved by "`
		`+ "the system so they can not be assigned to an user."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:60`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The the group ID (GID) of the user's default group. The default group name "`
		`+ "will be the same as the user name, and its default GID is 1000. GIDs 0-999 "`
		`+ "are reserved by the system so they can not be assigned to an user's group."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:61`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The user's group membership. The user account you are creating will always "`
		`+ "have one default group membership (the user's default group with an ID set "`
		+ "in the `Specify a group ID manually` field). In the `Group Membership` "
		`+ "field, you can specify additional groups as a comma-separated list. Groups "`
		`+ "which do not already exist will be created; you can specify custom GIDs for "`
		`+ "them in parentheses. If you do not specify a custom GID for a new group, it "`
		`+ "will be assigned automatically."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.fr.po

file added

+98

		`@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Welcome Screen and Language Selection"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The first screen displayed immediately after the graphical installer starts "`
		`+ "is the Welcome screen."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:9`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Welcome Screen"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:11`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Screenshot of the Welcome screen showing language selection options."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:11`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/WelcomeSpoke.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:14`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "First, select your preferred language in the left hand side column, and then "`
		`+ "select your locale from the right hand side column. You can use the text "`
		`+ "input field in the bottom left corner to search for your language instead of "`
		`+ "looking for it in the full list of more than 70 languages."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:16`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The language you select on this screen will be used during the installation, "`
		`+ "and it will also be used on the installed system by default. You can change "`
		+ "the language for the installed system later, but once you click `Continue` "
		`+ "on this screen, you will not be able to go back and change the language used "`
		`+ "inside the installer itself."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:18`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "One language is pre-selected by default on top of the list. If network "`
		`+ "access is configured at this point (for example, if you booted from a "`
		`+ "network server instead of local media), the pre-selected language will be "`
		`+ "determined based on automatic location detection using the GeoIP "`
		`+ "module. Alternatively, if you used the [option]#inst.lang=# option on the "`
		`+ "boot command line or in your PXE server configuration, this language will be "`
		`+ "selected by default, but you will still be able to change it."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:20`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "After you select your language and locale, click `Continue` to confirm your "
		`+ "selection and proceed to "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "`
		`+ "Summary]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you are installing a pre-release version of {PRODUCT}, a message will be "`
		+ "shown after you click `Continue` warning you about the pre-release status of "
		+ "your installation media. Click `I accept my fate` to continue with the "
		+ "installation, or `Get me out of here` to quit the installation and reboot "
		`+ "your system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.fr.po

file added

+1992

The added file is too large to be shown here, see it at: l10n/po/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.fr.po

l10n/po/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.fr.po

file added

+320

		`@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:6`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Automating the Installation with Kickstart"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:9`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Kickstart installations offer a means to automate the installation process, "`
		`+ "either partially or fully. Kickstart files contain answers to all questions "`
		`+ "normally asked by the installation program, such as what time zone do you "`
		`+ "want the system to use, how should the drives be partitioned or which "`
		`+ "packages should be installed. Providing a prepared Kickstart file when the "`
		`+ "installation begins therefore allows the you to perform the installation "`
		`+ "automatically, without need for any intervention from the user. This is "`
		`+ "especially useful when deploying {PRODUCT} on a large number of systems at "`
		`+ "once."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:11`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "All Kickstart scripts and the log files of their execution are stored in the "`
		+ "`/tmp` directory to assist with debugging installation issues."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:13`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "How to Perform a Kickstart Installation"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:16`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Kickstart installations can be performed using a local DVD, a local hard "`
		`+ "drive, or via NFS, FTP, HTTP, or HTTPS."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:18`
		`+ msgid "To use Kickstart, you must:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:20`
		`+ msgid "Create a Kickstart file."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:22`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Create boot media or configure a network boot (PXE) server which will be "`
		`+ "used to begin the installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:24`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Make the Kickstart file available on removable media, a hard drive, or a "`
		`+ "network location."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:26`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Start the Kickstart installation by booting the installer and using a boot "`
		`+ "option to tell the installer where to find the Kickstart file."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:28`
		`+ msgid "This chapter explains these steps in detail."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:30`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Creating a Kickstart File"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:33`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The Kickstart file itself is a plain text file, containing keywords listed "`
		`+ "in "`
		`+ "xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#appe-kickstart-syntax-reference[Kickstart "`
		`+ "Syntax Reference], which serve as directions for the installation. Any text "`
		`+ "editor able to save files as ASCII text (such as [application]Gedit or "`
		`+ "[application]vim on Linux systems or [application]Notepad on Windows "`
		`+ "systems) can be used to create and edit Kickstart files."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:35`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The recommended approach to creating Kickstart files is to perform a manual "`
		`+ "installation on one system first. After the installation completes, all "`
		`+ "choices made during the installation are saved into a file named "`
		+ "`anaconda-ks.cfg`, located in the `/root/` directory on the installed "
		`+ "system. You can then copy this file, make any changes you need, and use the "`
		`+ "resulting configuration file in further installations."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:37`
		`+ msgid "When creating a Kickstart file, keep in mind the following:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:39`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Lines starting with a pound sign (`#`) are treated as comments and are "
		`+ "ignored."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:41`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Sections must be specified in order. Items within the sections do not have "`
		`+ "to be in a specific order unless otherwise specified. The correct section "`
		`+ "order is:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:43`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "** The command section which contains actual Kickstart commands and options "`
		`+ "as listed in "`
		`+ "xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#appe-kickstart-syntax-reference[Kickstart "`
		`+ "Syntax Reference]. Note that some commands, such as [command]#install#, are "`
		`+ "mandatory, but most commands are optional.\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:45`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "** The [command]#%packages# section which contains a list of packages and "`
		`+ "package groups to be installed. See "`
		`+ "xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-packages[%packages "`
		`+ "(required) - Package Selection] for details.\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:47`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "** The [command]#%pre# and [command]#%post# sections, containing a "`
		`+ "pre-installation and post-installation scripts. These two sections can be in "`
		`+ "any order and are not mandatory. See "`
		`+ "xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-preinstall[%pre "`
		`+ "(optional) - Pre-installation Script] and "`
		`+ "xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-postinstall[%post "`
		`+ "(optional) - Post-installation Script] for details.\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:52`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The [command]#%packages#, [command]#%pre# and [command]#%post# sections must "`
		`+ "end with [command]#%end#, otherwise the installation program will refuse the "`
		`+ "Kickstart file. The main command section has no special ending statement."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:56`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Omitting any required item results in the installation program prompting the "`
		`+ "user for an answer to the related item, just as the user would be prompted "`
		`+ "during a typical installation. Once the answer is given, the installation "`
		`+ "will continue. Note that if the system you are installing has no display, "`
		`+ "you will not be able to see the prompt, and the installation will appear to "`
		`+ "have failed."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:58`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Verifying the Kickstart File"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:61`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "When creating or customizing your kickstart file, it is useful to verify "`
		`+ "that it is valid before attempting to use it in an installation. {PRODUCT} "`
		`+ "includes the [application]ksvalidator command line utility which can be "`
		`+ "used to do this. This tool is a part of the [package]pykickstart "`
		`+ "package. To install this package, execute the following command:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:65`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "# dnf install pykickstart\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:68`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "After installing the package, you can validate a Kickstart file using the "`
		`+ "following command:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:72`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "$ [command]#ksvalidator _/path/to/kickstart.ks_#\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:75`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Replace _/path/to/kickstart.ks_ with the path to the Kickstart file you want "`
		`+ "to verify."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:77`
		+ msgid "For more information about this tool, see the `ksvalidator(1)` man page."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:82`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Keep in mind that the validation tool has its limitations. The Kickstart "`
		`+ "file can be very complicated; [application]ksvalidator can make sure the "`
		`+ "syntax is correct and that the file does not include removed options, but it "`
		`+ "cannot guarantee the installation will be successful. It also does not "`
		`+ "attempt to validate the [command]#%pre#, [command]#%post# and "`
		`+ "[command]#%packages# sections of the Kickstart file."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:86`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Making the Kickstart File Available"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:89`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Once you create a Kickstart file, you can place it in one of the following "`
		`+ "locations:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:91`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "On removable media, such as a DVD or USB flash drive connected to the "`
		`+ "installation system"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:93`
		`+ msgid "On a hard drive connected to the installation system"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:95`
		`+ msgid "On a network share reachable from the installation system"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:97`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Normally, a Kickstart file is copied to removable media or a hard drive, or "`
		`+ "made available on the network. Placing the file in a network location "`
		`+ "complements the usual approach to Kickstart installations, which is also "`
		`+ "network-based: the system is booted using a PXE server, the Kickstart file "`
		`+ "is downloaded from a network share, and software packages specified in the "`
		`+ "file are downloaded from remote repositories."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:99`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "xref:Network_based_Installations.adoc#chap-pxe-server-setup[Setting Up an "`
		`+ "Installation Server] offers some additional information about preparing for "`
		`+ "a network-based installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:101`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Starting the Kickstart Installation"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:103`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Once you have everything ready - you have created a valid Kickstart file and "`
		`+ "you have either local boot media or a PXE server available, you can start "`
		`+ "the Kickstart installation. You need to use the [option]#inst.ks=# boot "`
		`+ "option either in the boot menu (when booting from local media), or add this "`
		`+ "option to your PXE server configuration. For information about boot options "`
		`+ "used in Kickstart installations, see "`
		`+ "xref:Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-kickstart[Kickstart Boot Options]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.fr.po

file added

+610

		`@@ -0,0 +1,610 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:6`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Setting Up an Installation Server"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:12`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This appendix is intended for users with previous Linux experience. If you "`
		`+ "are a new user, you may want to install using minimal boot media or the "`
		`+ "distribution DVD instead."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:16`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "PXE Installation Overview"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:19`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Preboot Execution Environment, or PXE, is a techonology that allows "`
		`+ "computers to boot directly from resources provided over the "`
		`+ "network. Installing Fedora over the network means you don't have to create "`
		`+ "media, and you can install to multiple computers or virtual machine "`
		`+ "simultaneously. The process involves a number of components and features "`
		`+ "working together to provide the resources required."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "PXE-capable computer"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:22`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Most modern computers have the capability to network boot. Typically, a "`
		`+ "function key pressed during boot will bring up a boot selection menu. In "`
		`+ "environments designed for unattended administration, systems will often be "`
		`+ "configured to first attempt booting from the network, then boot from local "`
		`+ "storage, and the installation server is configured to only offer the "`
		`+ "installation when required. Your computer's manual will provide specific "`
		`+ "instructions on setting boot priorities."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:23`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "DHCP Server"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "When a system requests an address during network booting, the DHCP server "`
		`+ "also provides the location of files to boot. A network should have only one "`
		`+ "DHCP server."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:26`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "TFTP Server"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:28`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Because the pre-boot environment is very simple, files must be provided in a "`
		`+ "very simple way. Trivial File Transfer Protocol, or TFTP, provides the "`
		`+ "system with the bootloader required to continue the installation process."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:29`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Bootloader"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:31`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Because the job of booting an operating system is too complex for the "`
		`+ "pre-boot environment, a bootloader is used to load the kernel and related "`
		`+ "files. It also provides configuration information to the installer, and can "`
		`+ "offer a menu to select from different configurations."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:32`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Kernel and Initramfs"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:34`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The kernel is the core of any Linux operating system, and the initramfs "`
		`+ "provides the kernel with required tools and resources. These files are also "`
		`+ "provided by tftp."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:35`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Package repository"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:37`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "A Fedora repository must be available for the installation. The example in "`
		`+ "this section uses the public Fedora mirrors as the repository source, but "`
		`+ "you can also use a repo on the local network provided by NFS, FTP, or "`
		`+ "HTTP. Repositories can be configured using the [option]#inst.repo=# boot "`
		`+ "option; see xref:Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-sources[Specifying the "`
		`+ "Installation Source] for details."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. A link to mirrormanager and some instructions to other guides too. All the elaboration on installation methods might be going to far, but we can ref. --Pete`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:41`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. Needs adminition about static IP, reference out to Networking Guide. Example assumes 192.168.1.2 for server.`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:45`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installing and configuring dhcpd"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:47`
		`+ msgid "Install the dhcp server package."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:51`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "# dnf install dhcp\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:54`
		+ msgid "Create a simple configuration for the dhcp server at `/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf`"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:62`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "subnet 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {\n"`
		`+ "authoritative;\n"`
		`+ "default-lease-time 600;\n"`
		`+ "max-lease-time 7200;\n"`
		`+ "ddns-update-style none;\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:65`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "option domain-name-servers 192.168.1.1;\n"`
		`+ "option routers 192.168.1.1;\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:67`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "}\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:70`
		`+ msgid "Test your configuration and address any problems you discover."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:76`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "[command]#systemctl start dhcpd#\n"`
		`+ "[command]#journalctl --unit dhcpd --since -2m --follow#\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:79`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Add entries to point clients to their bootloader and the server that "`
		+ "provides it to your subnet configuration in `/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf`. Because "
		`+ "DHCP clients provide the server with identifying information along with "`
		`+ "their address request, BIOS clients and UEFI clients can each be directed to "`
		`+ "the correct bootloader."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:83`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "# refer to RFC4758 for possible arch option values\n"`
		`+ "option arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16;\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:90`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "subnet 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {\n"`
		`+ "if option arch = 00:07 {\n"`
		`+ "filename \"uefi/shim.efi\";\n"`
		`+ "} else {\n"`
		`+ "filename \"pxelinux.0\";\n"`
		`+ "}\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:92`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "next-server 192.168.1.2;\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:94`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "...\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:97`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Restart the dhcp service to check the configuration and make changes as "`
		`+ "needed."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:103`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "[command]#systemctl restart dhcpd#\n"`
		`+ "[command]#journalctl --unit dhcpd --since -2m --follow#\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:107 ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:109`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installing the tftp server"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:111`
		`+ msgid "Install the tftp server package."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:114`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "# dnf install tftp-server\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:117`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Start and enable the `tftp socket`. `systemd` will automatically start the "
		+ "`tftpd` service when required."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:122`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "# [command]#systemctl start tftp.socket#\n"`
		`+ "# [command]#systemctl enable tftp.socket#\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:125`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Providing and configuring bootloaders for PXE clients"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:127`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Getting the bootloader files"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:129`
		`+ msgid "Get the [package]syslinux bootloader for BIOS clients."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:131`
		`+ msgid "Install the [package]syslinux package."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:134`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "# dnf install syslinux\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:137 ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:154`
		`+ msgid "Create a directory for the bootloader files, and make them available there."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:142`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "# [command]#mkdir -p "`
		+ "`/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg`pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n"
		`+ "# [command]#cp "`
		+ "`/usr/share/syslinux/{pxelinux.0,vesamenu.c32,ldlinux.c32,libcom32.c32,libutil.c32}` "
		+ "`/var/lib/tftpboot/`pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:145`
		`+ msgid "Get the bootloader files for UEFI systems"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:147`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Install the [package]shim and [package]grub2-efi packages. If your "`
		`+ "server is a BIOS system, you *must install the packages to a temporary "`
		`+ "install root*. Installing them directly on a BIOS machine will attempt to "`
		`+ "configure the system for UEFI booting and cause problems."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:151`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "# dnf install shim grub2-efi --installroot=/tmp/fedora --releasever "`
		`+ "{PRODVER}\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:159`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "# [command]#mkdir -p `/var/lib/tftpboot/uefi`pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n"
		+ "# [command]#cp `/tmp/fedora/boot/efi/EFI/fedora/{shim.efi,grubx64.efi}` "
		+ "`/var/lib/tftpboot/uefi/`pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:161`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Configuring client bootloaders"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:163`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Create a boot menu for BIOS clients at "`
		+ "`/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/default`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:171`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "default vesamenu.c32\n"`
		`+ "prompt 1\n"`
		`+ "timeout 600\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:177`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "label linux\n"`
		`+ "menu label ^Install Fedora {PRODVER} 64-bit\n"`
		`+ "menu default\n"`
		`+ "kernel f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz\n"`
		`+ "append initrd=f{PRODVER}/initrd.img "`
		`+ "inst.stage2=http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/ "`
		`+ "ip=dhcp\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:183`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "label server\n"`
		`+ "menu label ^Install Fedora {PRODVER} ( Minimal Image )\n"`
		`+ "menu default\n"`
		`+ "kernel f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz\n"`
		`+ "append initrd=f{PRODVER}/initrd.img "`
		`+ "inst.stage2=http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/ "`
		`+ "ip=dhcp ks=https://example.com/fedora/kickstarts/minimal.ks\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:188`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "label rescue\n"`
		`+ "menu label ^Rescue installed system\n"`
		`+ "kernel f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz\n"`
		`+ "append initrd=f{PRODVER}initrd.img ip=dhcp "`
		`+ "root=live:http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/LiveOS/squashfs.img "`
		`+ "rescue\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:192`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "label local\n"`
		`+ "menu label Boot from ^local drive\n"`
		`+ "localboot 0xffff\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:195`
		+ msgid "Create a boot menu for UEFI clients at `/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux/uefi`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:205`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "function load_video {\n"`
		`+ "\tinsmod efi_gop\n"`
		`+ "\tinsmod efi_uga\n"`
		`+ "\tinsmod video_bochs\n"`
		`+ "\tinsmod video_cirrus\n"`
		`+ "\tinsmod all_video\n"`
		`+ "}\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:209`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "load_video\n"`
		`+ "set gfxpayload=keep\n"`
		`+ "insmod gzio\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:214`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "menuentry 'Install {PRODUCT} 64-bit' --class fedora --class gnu-linux "`
		`+ "--class gnu --class os {\n"`
		`+ "\tlinuxefi f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz ip=dhcp "`
		`+ "inst.repo=http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/\n"`
		`+ "\tinitrdefi f{PRODVER}/initrd.img\n"`
		`+ "}\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:219`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "menuentry 'Install Fedora {PRODVER} Server' --class fedora --class "`
		`+ "gnu-linux --class gnu --class os {\n"`
		`+ "\tkernel f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz\n"`
		`+ "\tappend initrd=f{PRODVER}/initrd.img "`
		`+ "inst.repo=http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/ "`
		`+ "ip=dhcp "`
		`+ "ks=https://git.fedorahosted.org/cgit/spin-kickstarts.git/plain/fedora-install-server.ks?h=f21\n"`
		`+ "}\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:224`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "menuentry 'Rescue installed system' --class fedora --class gnu-linux "`
		`+ "--class gnu --class os {\n"`
		`+ "\tkernel f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz\n"`
		`+ "\tappend f{PRODVER}/initrd=initrd.img "`
		`+ "root=live:http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/LiveOS/squashfs.img "`
		`+ "rescue\n"`
		`+ "}\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:227`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Getting the kernel and initrd"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:229`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Downloading the kernel and initrd"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:231`
		`+ msgid "Create a directory for the files."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:235`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "# [command]#mkdir -p "`
		+ "`/var/lib/tftpboot/f{PRODVER}`pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:238`
		`+ msgid "Download the kernel."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:242`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "# wget "`
		`+ "http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/images/pxeboot/vmlinuz "`
		`+ "-O /var/lib/tftpboot/f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:245`
		`+ msgid "Download the initrd"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:249`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "# wget "`
		`+ "http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/images/pxeboot/initrd.img "`
		`+ "-O /var/lib/tftpboot/f{PRODVER}/initrd.img\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:252`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Providing repositories"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:255`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The examples in this section use the public Fedora mirrors as the package "`
		`+ "source. For faster installations, installing to many systems, or more "`
		`+ "isolated environments, you may wish to maintain a local repository."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:257`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Fedora Infrastructure maintains instructions for a configuring a local "`
		`+ "mirror at "`
		`+ "link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Infrastructure/Mirroring++[]. The "`
		`+ "preferred method for providing repositories is via HTTP, and you can refer "`
		`+ "to the [citetitle]_Fedora System Administrator's Guide_, available at "`
		+ "link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], to configure `httpd`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:259`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Advanced network installations with Cobbler"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:262`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "For more complex environments, {PRODUCT} offers the [package]cobbler "`
		`+ "installation server. Tasks like managing kickstart configurtations, "`
		`+ "coordinating repositories, maintaining dns records, dhcp servers, and even "`
		`+ "puppet manifests are effectively automated by [package]cobbler."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:263`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "While levaraging all of the features provided by cobbler can be relatively "`
		`+ "simple, the full functionality of this powerful tool is too broad to be "`
		`+ "documented in this guide. The cobbler community provides excellent "`
		`+ "documentation at link:++http://www.cobblerd.org/manuals/2.6.0/++[] to "`
		`+ "accompany the packages in the Fedora repository."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.fr.po

file added

+91

		`@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:6`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Upgrading Your Current System"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:9`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This chapter explains how to upgrade your existing {PRODUCT} installation to "`
		`+ "the current release. There are two basic ways to do so:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:10`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Automatic upgrade using [application]dnf system upgrade"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:11`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The preferred way to upgrade your system is an automatic upgrade using the "`
		`+ "[application]dnf system upgrade utility. For information on performing an "`
		`+ "automatic upgrade, see "`
		`+ "link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/DNF_system_upgrade++[Fedora Wiki DNF "`
		`+ "system upgrade]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:12`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Manual Reinstallation"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:13`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can upgrade to the latest version of Fedora manually instead of relying "`
		`+ "on [application]dnf system upgrade. This involves booting the installer as "`
		`+ "if you were performing a clean installation, letting it detect your existing "`
		`+ "Fedora system, and overwriting the root partition while preserving data on "`
		`+ "other partitions and volumes. The same process can also be used to reinstall "`
		`+ "the system, if you need to. For detailed information, see "`
		`+ "xref:Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc#sect-upgrading-fedora-manual-reinstall[Manual "`
		`+ "System Upgrade or Reinstallation]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:18`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Always back up your data before performing an upgrade or reinstalling your "`
		`+ "system, no matter which method you choose."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:22`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Manual System Upgrade or Reinstallation"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:24`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Unfortunately, we have not written this chapter yet, and there is no "`
		`+ "dedicated documentation about a manual reinstall on the Wiki, either. In the "`
		`+ "meantime before we fix this, you can try to start the installation normally "`
		`+ "(from a boot CD/DVD/USB), select manual partitioning in your installer, and "`
		`+ "reuse existing partitions instead of destroying them and creating new "`
		`+ "ones. The instructions at "`
		`+ "xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning[Manual "`
		`+ "Partitioning] should in most cases be easy to adapt for this."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.fr.po

file added

+539

		`@@ -0,0 +1,539 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:6`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installing Using VNC"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:9`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The graphical installation interface is the recommended method of installing "`
		`+ "{PRODUCT}. However, in some cases, accessing the graphical interface "`
		`+ "directly is difficult or impossible. Some systems lack the capability to "`
		`+ "connect a display and a keyboard, making VNC a necessity for manual "`
		`+ "(non-Kickstart) installations."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:11`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To allow manual installations on _headless systems_ (systems without a "`
		`+ "directly connected display, keyboard and mouse), the [application]Anaconda "`
		`+ "installation program includes a _Virtual Network Computing_ (VNC) mode which "`
		`+ "allows the graphical mode of the installation program to run locally, but "`
		`+ "display on another system connected to the network. The VNC installation "`
		`+ "provides you with the full range of installation options."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:13`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This chapter provides instructions on activating VNC mode on the "`
		`+ "installation system and connecting to it using a VNC viewer."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:15`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installing a VNC Viewer"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:18`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Performing a VNC installation requires a VNC viewer running on your "`
		`+ "workstation or another terminal computer. VNC viewers are available in the "`
		`+ "repositories of most Linux distributions; free VNC viewers are also "`
		`+ "available for other operating systems such as Windows. On Linux systems, use "`
		`+ "your package manager to search for a viewer for your distribution."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:20`
		`+ msgid "The following VNC viewers are available in {PRODUCT}:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:22`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "[application]TigerVNC - A basic viewer independent of your desktop "`
		`+ "environment. Installed as the [package]tigervnc package."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:24`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "[application]Vinagre - A viewer for the [application]GNOME desktop "`
		`+ "environment. Installed as the [package]vinagre package."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:26`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "[application]KRDC - A viewer integrated with the [application]KDE "`
		`+ "desktop environment. Installed as the [package]kdenetwork-krdc package."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:28`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To install any of the viewers listed above, execute the following command as "`
		+ "`root`:"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:32`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "# dnf install package\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:35`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Replace _package_ with the package name of the viewer you want to use (for "`
		`+ "example, [package]tigervnc)."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:40`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Procedures in this chapter assume you are using [application]TigerVNC as "`
		`+ "your VNC viewer. Specific instructions for other viewers may differ, but the "`
		`+ "general principles still apply."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:44`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Performing a VNC Installation"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:47`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The [application]Anaconda installation program offers two modes for VNC "`
		`+ "installation: _Direct mode_ and _Connect mode_. The modes differ in the way "`
		`+ "the connection between the server and viewer is established. After you "`
		`+ "successfully connect, the installation will progress the same way regardless "`
		`+ "of the mode you used."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:48`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Direct Mode"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:49`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In this mode, [application]Anaconda is configured to start the "`
		`+ "installation and wait for an incoming connection from VNC viewer before "`
		`+ "proceeding. While waiting for an incoming connection, the system's IP "`
		`+ "address and the port on which the installer expects the connection is "`
		`+ "displayed on the display or console if available; this implies that you need "`
		`+ "at least a serial console to connect using this mode, but you can work "`
		`+ "around this limitation if you know the default VNC port and the system's IP "`
		`+ "address."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:50`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Connect Mode"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:51`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In this mode, the VNC viewer is started on the remote system in _listening "`
		`+ "mode_. The VNC viewer waits for an incoming connection on a specified "`
		`+ "port. Then, [application]Anaconda is started and the host name/IP address "`
		`+ "and port number of the viewer are provided using a boot option or a "`
		`+ "Kickstart command. When the installation begins, the installation program "`
		`+ "establishes a connection with the listening VNC viewer using the specified "`
		`+ "host name/IP address and port number. Connect mode is therefore easier to "`
		`+ "use on systems with no local display or console, but it also may require "`
		`+ "additional preparation, because the viewer system must be able to accept "`
		`+ "incoming connections on the specified port, which usually requires changing "`
		`+ "firewall settings."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:53`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Choosing a VNC Installation Mode"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:56`
		`+ msgid "Visual and Interactive access to the system"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:58`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "** If visual and interactive access to the system being installed is not "`
		`+ "available, then you should use Connect Mode.\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:60`
		`+ msgid "Network Connection Rules and Firewalls"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:62`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "** If the system being installed is not allowed inbound connections by a "`
		`+ "firewall, then you must use Connect Mode or disable the firewall. Disabling "`
		`+ "a firewall may have security implications.\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:64`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "** If the remote system running the VNC viewer is not allowed incoming "`
		`+ "connections by a firewall, then you must use Direct Mode, or disable the "`
		`+ "firewall. Disabling a firewall may have security implications.\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:66`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installing in VNC Direct Mode"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:69`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "VNC Direct Mode is when the VNC viewer initiates a connection to the system "`
		`+ "being installed. [application]Anaconda will tell you when to initiate this "`
		`+ "connection."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:71`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Starting VNC in Direct Mode"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:73`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Open the VNC viewer (for example, [application]TigerVNC) on the "`
		`+ "workstation you will be using to connect to the system being installed. A "`
		`+ "window similar to "`
		`+ "xref:VNC_Installations.adoc#figu-vnc-installations-connection-details[TigerVNC "`
		`+ "Connection Details] will be displayed with an input field allowing you to "`
		`+ "specify an IP address."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:75`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "TigerVNC Connection Details"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:77`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "TigerVNC after startup"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:77`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "vnc/connection-details.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:80`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Boot the installation system and wait for the boot menu to appear. In the "`
		`+ "menu, edit boot options (see "`
		`+ "xref:../install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc#sect-boot-menu[The Boot Menu]) "`
		`+ "and append the [option]#inst.vnc# option to the end of the command line."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:82`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Optionally, if you want to restrict VNC access to the installation system, "`
		`+ "add the "`
		`+ "[option]#inst.vncpassword=pass:attributes[{blank}]_PASSWORD_pass:attributes[{blank}]# "`
		`+ "boot option as well. Replace _PASSWORD_ with the password you want to use "`
		`+ "for the installation. The VNC password must be between 6 and 8 characters "`
		`+ "long."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:87`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Use a temporary password for the [option]#inst.vncpassword=# option. It "`
		`+ "should not be a real or root password you use on any system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:91`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Adding VNC Boot Options"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:93`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Editing boot options to activate VNC"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:93`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "boot/vnc-options.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:96`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Start the installation using the edited options. The system will initialize "`
		`+ "the installation program and start the necessary services. When the system "`
		`+ "is ready, you will see a message on the screen similar to the following:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:100`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`13:14:47 Please manually connect your VNC viewer to 192.168.100.131:5901 to "
		+ "begin the install.`\n"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:103`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Note the IP address and port number (in the above example, "`
		+ "`192.168.100.131:5901`)."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:105`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "On the system running the VNC Viewer, enter the IP address and port number "`
		+ "obtained in the previous step into the `Connection Details` dialog in the "
		`+ "same format as it was displayed on the screen by the installer. Then, click "`
		+ "`Connect`. The VNC viewer will now connect to the installation system. If "
		+ "you set up a VNC password, enter it when prompted and press `OK`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:107 ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:159`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "When the connection is successfully established, a new window will open on "`
		`+ "the system running the VNC viewer, displaying the installation menu. This "`
		`+ "window will provide full remote access to the installer until the "`
		`+ "installation finishes and the system reboots for the first time."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:109 ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:161`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can then proceed with "`
		`+ "xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#chap-installing-using-anaconda[Installing "`
		`+ "Using Anaconda]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:111`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installing in VNC Connect Mode"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:114`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "VNC connect mode is when the system being installed initiates a connection "`
		`+ "to the VNC viewer running on a remote system. Before you start, make sure "`
		`+ "the remote system is configured to accept incoming connection on the port "`
		`+ "you want to use for VNC. The exact way to make sure the connection will not "`
		`+ "be blocked depends on your network and on your workstation's "`
		`+ "configuration. Information about configuring the firewall in {PRODUCT} is "`
		`+ "available in the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Security{nbsp}Guide_, available at "`
		`+ "link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:116`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Starting VNC in Connect Mode"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:118`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Start the VNC viewer on the client system in listening mode. For example, on "`
		`+ "{PRODUCT} using [application]TigerVNC, execute the following command:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:122`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "$ [command]#vncviewer -listen _PORT_#\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:125`
		`+ msgid "Replace _PORT_ with the port number you want to use for the connection."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:127`
		`+ msgid "The terminal will display a message similar to the following example:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:129`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "TigerVNC Viewer Listening"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:138`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "TigerVNC Viewer 64-bit v1.3.0 (20130924)\n"`
		`+ "Built on Sep 24 2013 at 16:32:56\n"`
		`+ "Copyright (C) 1999-2011 TigerVNC Team and many others (see README.txt)\n"`
		`+ "See http://www.tigervnc.org for information on TigerVNC.\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:141`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Thu Feb 20 15:23:54 2014\n"`
		`+ "main: Listening on port 5901\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:146`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "When this message is displayed, the VNC viewer is ready and waiting for an "`
		`+ "incoming connection from the installation system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:148`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Boot the installation system and wait for the boot menu to appear. In the "`
		`+ "menu, edit boot options (see "`
		`+ "xref:../install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc#sect-boot-menu[The Boot Menu]) "`
		`+ "and append the following options to the end of the command line:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:152`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "[option]#inst.vnc "`
		`+ "inst.vncconnect=pass:attributes[{blank}]_HOST_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_PORT_#\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:155`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Replace _HOST_ with the IP address of the system running the listening VNC "`
		`+ "viewer, and _PORT_ with the port number that the VNC viewer is listening on."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:157`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Start the installation. The system will initialize the installation program "`
		`+ "and start the necessary services. Once the initialization is finished, "`
		`+ "[application]Anaconda will attempt to connect to the IP address and port "`
		`+ "you provided in the previous step."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:163`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Kickstart Considerations"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:166`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Commands for using a VNC installation are also available in Kickstart "`
		`+ "installations. Using just the [command]#vnc# command will set up an "`
		`+ "installation using Direct Mode. Options are available to set up an "`
		`+ "installation using Connect Mode. For more information about the "`
		`+ "[command]#vnc# command and options used in Kickstart files, see "`
		`+ "xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#appe-kickstart-syntax-reference[Kickstart "`
		`+ "Syntax Reference]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:168`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Considerations for Headless Systems"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:171`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "When installing headless systems, the only choices are an automated "`
		`+ "Kickstart installation or an interactive VNC installation using connect "`
		`+ "mode. For more information about automated Kickstart installation, see "`
		`+ "xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#appe-kickstart-syntax-reference[Kickstart "`
		`+ "Syntax Reference]. The general process for an interactive VNC installation "`
		`+ "is described below."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:173`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Set up a PXE server that will be used to start the installation. Information "`
		`+ "about installing and performing basic configurating of a PXE server can be "`
		`+ "found in xref:Network_based_Installations.adoc#chap-pxe-server-setup[Setting "`
		`+ "Up an Installation Server]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:175`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Configure the PXE server to use the boot options for a connect mode VNC "`
		`+ "installation. For information on these boot options, see "`
		`+ "xref:VNC_Installations.adoc#sect-vnc-installations-connect-mode[Installing "`
		`+ "in VNC Connect Mode]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:176`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Follow the procedure for a VNC Installation using connect mode as described "`
		`+ "in the "`
		`+ "xref:VNC_Installations.adoc#proc-vnc-installations-connect-mode[Starting VNC "`
		`+ "in Connect Mode]. However, when directed to boot the system, boot it from "`
		`+ "the PXE server."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.fr.po

file added

+1142

The added file is too large to be shown here, see it at: l10n/po/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.fr.po

l10n/po/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.fr.po

file added

+7000

The added file is too large to be shown here, see it at: l10n/po/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.fr.po

l10n/po/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.fr.po

file added

+81

		`@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Understanding LVM"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "LVM (Logical Volume Management) partitions provide a number of advantages "`
		`+ "over standard partitions. LVM partitions are formatted as _physical "`
		`+ "volumes_. One or more physical volumes are combined to form a _volume "`
		`+ "group_. Each volume group's total storage is then divided into one or more "`
		`+ "_logical volumes_. The logical volumes function much like standard "`
		+ "partitions. They have a file system type, such as `ext4`, and a mount point."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:13`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The boot loader cannot read LVM volumes. You must make a standard, non-LVM "`
		+ "disk partition for your `/boot` partition."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:15`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "By default, the installation process always creates the `/` and `swap` "
		+ "partitions within LVM volumes, with a separate `/boot` on a standard "
		`+ "partition. See "`
		`+ "xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "`
		`+ "Partitioning Scheme] for details."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:19`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To understand LVM better, imagine the physical volume as a pile of "`
		`+ "_blocks_. A block is a storage unit used to store data. Several piles of "`
		`+ "blocks can be combined to make a much larger pile, just as physical volumes "`
		`+ "are combined to make a volume group. The resulting pile can be subdivided "`
		`+ "into several smaller piles of arbitrary size, just as a volume group is "`
		`+ "allocated to several logical volumes."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:21`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "An administrator may grow or shrink logical volumes without destroying data, "`
		`+ "unlike standard disk partitions. If the physical volumes in a volume group "`
		`+ "are on separate drives or RAID arrays then administrators may also spread a "`
		`+ "logical volume across the storage devices."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:22`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You may lose data if you shrink a logical volume to a smaller capacity than "`
		`+ "the data on the volume requires. To ensure maximum flexibility, create "`
		`+ "logical volumes to meet your current needs, and leave excess storage "`
		`+ "capacity unallocated. You may safely grow logical volumes to use unallocated "`
		`+ "space, as your needs dictate."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/index.fr.po

file added

+48

		`@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-09-14 19:42+0000\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: Weblate Admin <jean-baptiste@holcroft.fr>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: French <https://translate.holcroft.fr/projects/"`
		`+ "fedora-docs-install-guide/index/fr/>\n"`
		`+ "Language: fr\n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n"`
		`+ "X-Generator: Weblate 3.1.1\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/index.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installation Guide"`
		`+ msgstr "Guide d’installation"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/index.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid "Installing {PRODUCT}{nbsp}{PRODVER} on 32 and 64-bit AMD and Intel"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/index.adoc:13`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This manual explains how to boot the Fedora installation program, "`
		`+ "[application]Anaconda, and how to install Fedora{nbsp}{PRODVER} on 32 and "`
		`+ "64-bit AMD and Intel systems. It also covers advanced installation methods "`
		`+ "such as automated Kickstart installations, booting the installation from a "`
		`+ "network location, remote access to the installation system using VNC, and "`
		`+ "system upgrades from previous versions of Fedora. It also describes common "`
		`+ "post-installation tasks and explains how to troubleshoot common issues "`
		`+ "related to the installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/index.adoc:16`
		`+ msgid "image:title_logo.svg[Fedora Documentation Team]"`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/install/After_Installation.fr.po

file added

+282

		`@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:6`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "After the Installation"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:9`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This chapter describes the initial setup tools which open after you finish "`
		`+ "the installation, reboot the system, and log in for the first time."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:11`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Two separate configuration tools are part of {PRODUCT}. If you installed the "`
		`+ "[application]GNOME desktop environment (the default {PRODUCT} environment, "`
		`+ "installed for example as part of the {PRODUCT} Workstation Edition), the "`
		`+ "[application]GNOME Initial Setup utility will open; for all other "`
		`+ "graphical environments, the [application]Initial Setup tool serves the "`
		`+ "same purpose."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:13`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Both of these tools will allow you to configure user-specific settings which "`
		`+ "have not been configured during the installation. Some of the settings are "`
		`+ "available both in the graphical installer (or as Kickstart commands) as well "`
		`+ "as in the initial-setup utilities; in that case, they will only be displayed "`
		`+ "after the first reboot if you skipped them during the installation. This "`
		`+ "means that, for example, if you configured a user account before the "`
		`+ "installation finished, you will not be prompted to do so again after the "`
		`+ "installation completes."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:17 ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:21`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "GNOME Initial Setup"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:20`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The [application]GNOME Initial Setup utility will be displayed after you "`
		`+ "log in for the first time with any user account, as long as your first login "`
		`+ "is in the [application]GNOME desktop environment."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:23`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "GNOME Initial Setup with language selection displayed."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:23`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "afterinstall/gnome-initial-setup.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:26`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This utility allows you to configure several user-specific settings, such as "`
		+ "system language or the default keyboard layout. Use the `Next` and "
		+ "`Previous` buttons at the top of the window to navigate between "
		+ "screens. Some screens (`Configure online accounts` in particular) are "
		+ "optional and can be skipped using the `Skip` button in the top right corner."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:28`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "After you finish configuring all screens, click `Start using Fedora` to exit "
		+ "the utility. After that, the `Getting Started` page from GNOME help will be "
		`+ "displayed, and you can either browse the help content, or close it and start "`
		`+ "using your desktop."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:30`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Common Post-installation Tasks"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:33`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "After you finish the installation and go through one of the initial setup "`
		`+ "utilities described above, your system is ready for use. However, other "`
		`+ "administrative tasks not covered by the installer or the initial setup "`
		`+ "utilities may still be necessary, depending on how you plan to use your "`
		`+ "system. The list below describes some of the more common tasks usually "`
		`+ "performed immediately after a new installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:34`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "Recover a lost `root` password"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:35`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `root` password, which is configured during the installation, is "
		+ "required for accessing the system as the `root` user. Without this password "
		`+ "you will not be able to configure your system or install additional "`
		+ "software. If you lost or forgot your `root` password, you can reset it by "
		`+ "following the steps described in "`
		`+ "xref:Troubleshooting.adoc#sect-trouble-after-reset-root-password[Resetting "`
		`+ "the Root Password]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:36`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Configure the network"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:37`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In most cases, network access is configured during the installation process, "`
		`+ "either in the [application]Anaconda installation program (see "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration[Network "`
		`+ "& Hostname]) or in a Kickstart file (see "`
		`+ "xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-network[network "`
		`+ "(optional) - Configure Network Interfaces]). For information on configuring "`
		`+ "the network after the installation, see the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Networking "`
		`+ "Guide_, available at link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:38`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Perform an initial system update"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:39`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you installed {PRODUCT} from a full installation ISO image (such as the "`
		`+ "Workstation live image or full Server DVD), it is recommended to perform an "`
		`+ "initial system update, because your installation media likely contained "`
		`+ "older versions of software packages. During the initial update, all "`
		`+ "installed packages are updated to their latest available versions. Updates "`
		`+ "to packages provide security fixes, bug fixes and enhancements."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:41`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The [application]DNF package manager is used for updating installed "`
		`+ "packages. For more information about updating your system with "`
		`+ "[application]DNF, see the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System Administrator's "`
		`+ "Guide_, available at link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:42`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Install driver updates"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:43`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Usually, drivers for system devices are already supported in the kernel "`
		`+ "provided by Red{nbsp}Hat Enterprise{nbsp}Linux. However, occasionally, "`
		`+ "support for devices that have been released recently could be missing. In "`
		`+ "these cases, a driver update enabling your device may be available."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:45`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Devices necessary to complete the installation can have driver updates "`
		`+ "provided before the installation begins. If a device is missing a driver, "`
		`+ "but it is not essential during the installation, it is recommended to wait "`
		`+ "until after the installation completes, and install additional drivers "`
		`+ "afterwards. For instructions on installing and enabling additional drivers "`
		`+ "on the installed system using [application]RPM and [application]DNF, see "`
		`+ "the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System Administrator's Guide_, available at "`
		`+ "link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:46`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Configure additional repositories"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:47`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "New software is installed from _package repositories_. Package repositories "`
		`+ "are organized sets of software and metadata that can be accessed by the "`
		`+ "[application]DNF package manager. By default, several update repositories "`
		`+ "provided by {PRODUCT} are configured automatically and you can install "`
		`+ "updates and additional software from those. However, if you want to set up "`
		`+ "additional repositories, for example ones containing your own software, some "`
		`+ "extra steps are needed."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:49`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "For information about configuring additional software repositories, see the "`
		`+ "[citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System Administrator's Guide_, available at "`
		`+ "link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:50`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Install additional packages"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:51`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can control which packages will be installed by selecting an environment "`
		+ "in the `Software Selection` dialog in the graphical installation (see "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-software-selection[Software "`
		`+ "Selection]). This dialog does not provide a way to choose individual "`
		`+ "packages, only predefined sets. However, you can use the [application]DNF "`
		`+ "package manager to install additional packages after the installation. See "`
		`+ "the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System Administrator's Guide_, available at "`
		`+ "link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for more information."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:52`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Switch to a graphical login"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:53`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Depending on the options you chose during the installation process, it is "`
		`+ "possible that your system does not have a graphical interface, instead "`
		`+ "offering only a text-based prompt. If this is the case and you wish to "`
		`+ "enable a graphical desktop after the installation, you must install the "`
		`+ "[application]X Window System and your preferred desktop environment "`
		`+ "(either [application]GNOME or [application]KDE)."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:54`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "As with all other software, these packages can be installed using the "`
		`+ "[application]DNF package manager. For information about using "`
		`+ "[application]DNF to install new packages, see the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} "`
		`+ "System Administrator's Guide_, available at "`
		`+ "link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]. For information on how to enable "`
		`+ "graphical login by default, see "`
		`+ "xref:Troubleshooting.adoc#sect-trouble-after-graphical-login[Booting into a "`
		`+ "Graphical Environment]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.fr.po

file added

+260

		`@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:6`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Booting the Installation"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:9`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This chapter will explain how to boot the installer from local media or a "`
		`+ "network server as well as how to navigate the boot menu and use custom "`
		`+ "options."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:11`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Preparing to Boot"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:14`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "After you have made a bootable USB flash drive or a CD or DVD using the "`
		`+ "steps described in "`
		`+ "xref:Preparing_for_Installation.adoc#sect-preparing-boot-media[Preparing "`
		`+ "Boot Media], you are ready to boot the installation. Note that the steps "`
		`+ "described below are generic and the exact steps will vary somewhat depending "`
		`+ "on your system - particularly on your motherboard manufacturer."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:19`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "There are no separate media provided for BIOS and UEFI systems; all of them "`
		`+ "can boot from the same ISO image. However, once you install {PRODUCT}, you "`
		`+ "can not switch between UEFI and BIOS. The system must run on the same "`
		`+ "firmware it was installed on; if you, for example, perform the installation "`
		`+ "on an UEFI system in UEFI mode, and then switch it to BIOS compatibility "`
		`+ "mode, {PRODUCT} will no longer boot and will require a reinstallation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:26`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "{PRODUCT} does not support UEFI booting for 32-bit x86 systems. Only BIOS "`
		`+ "boot is supported on these systems."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:28`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Also note that {PRODUCT} only fully supports version 2.2 of the UEFI "`
		`+ "specification. Hardware that supports version 2.3 or later will boot and "`
		`+ "work normally, but the additional functionality defined by these later "`
		`+ "specifications will not be available. The UEFI specifications are available "`
		`+ "from link:++http://www.uefi.org/specs/agreement/++[]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:32`
		`+ msgid "To boot the {PRODUCT} installer, follow these steps:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:33`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Booting the {PRODUCT} Installer"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:35`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Plug in the boot USB drive, or insert the boot CD or DVD into your "`
		`+ "computer's optical disc drive. Alternatively, if you plan on booting from a "`
		`+ "network boot (PXE) server, make sure that the network cable is plugged in."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:37`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Restart the system. Once it starts rebooting, it should display a prompt "`
		`+ "similar to the following (usually at the bottom of the screen):"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:41`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Press F12 to select boot device, or Del to enter SETUP\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:44`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Follow the on-screen instructions to access the boot menu. If no "`
		`+ "instructions are displayed (some systems only display a graphical logo "`
		`+ "during early stages of boot), try pressing kbd:[F12], kbd:[F11], kbd:[F10] "`
		`+ "or kbd:[Del] several times; these are most commonly used keys. Note that "`
		`+ "there is usually a very short time window provided to access the menu; once "`
		`+ "it passes, you need to restart the system and try again."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:49`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Some older systems may not support choosing a boot device at startup. In "`
		`+ "that case, enter the system's SETUP (BIOS), and change the default boot "`
		`+ "order so that your boot media (CD, DVD, USB or network) has higher priority "`
		`+ "than internal hard drives."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:51`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "On Mac hardware, hold down the kbd:[Option] key to enter the boot media "`
		`+ "selection menu."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:55`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "When your system's boot menu opens, select an entry such as `Boot from USB` "
		+ "if you created a bootable USB drive, `Boot from CD/DVD` if you are using an "
		+ "optical disc to install {PRODUCT}, or `Boot from PXE` if you want to boot "
		`+ "from a network location."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:57`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Wait until the boot menu is displayed. The boot menu is described further in "`
		`+ "this chapter."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:59`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The Boot Menu"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:62`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In most cases, when you boot the {PRODUCT} installer from your prepared boot "`
		`+ "media or server, the boot menu will be the first thing that appears. From "`
		`+ "this menu, you can either start the actual installation, or you can use the "`
		`+ "boot media to rescue an existing system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:64`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The way the boot menu will look and function will vary somewhat depending on "`
		`+ "your system's firmware - BIOS systems use the [application]SYSLINUX boot "`
		`+ "loader, and UEFI systems use [application]GRUB2. However, both of the "`
		`+ "menus described below function very similarly from a user's point of view."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:66`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Use arrow keys to select an entry in the menu, and kbd:[Enter] to confirm "`
		`+ "your selection. The first two entries in the list will both proceed with the "`
		`+ "installation; the first one will start the installer directly, and the "`
		`+ "second one will verify the integrity of the boot media before starting the "`
		`+ "installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:68`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The final entry in the list is `Troubleshooting`pass:attributes[{blank}]; "
		`+ "this is a submenu. Selecting this entry and pressing kbd:[Enter] will "`
		`+ "display a new set of selections, where you can choose to install in basic "`
		`+ "graphics mode (useful if you want to do a manual graphical installation but "`
		`+ "your system has issues with the default graphical installer), rescue an "`
		`+ "existing system, or test your system's memory modules for errors (on BIOS "`
		`+ "systems only). The troubleshooting menu also allows you to exit the boot "`
		+ "menu and boot normally from your system's hard drive via the `Boot from "
		+ "local drive` option."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:70`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Every menu entry in the list is a predefined set of boot options, and these "`
		`+ "options can be customized to change some aspects of the installer's "`
		`+ "behavior. To edit the default set of boot options, press kbd:[Tab] on BIOS "`
		`+ "systems, or kbd:[e] on UEFI systems. The key to use is also displayed at the "`
		`+ "bottom of the screen."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:75`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Editing boot options in [application]GRUB2 (on UEFI systems) will display "`
		`+ "the entire configuration for the selected entry. Actual boot options are "`
		+ "configured on the line which starts with the `linux` (or `linux16` or "
		+ "`linuxefi`) keyword. Do not modify any other lines in the configuration."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:77`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "On systems with BIOS firmware, only the actual boot options are displayed "`
		`+ "when you press kbd:[Tab]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:81`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "When editing the default set of options, you can change the existing ones as "`
		`+ "well as append additional ones. Once you finish, press kbd:[Enter] on BIOS "`
		`+ "or kbd:[Ctrl + X] on UEFI to boot the installer using your customized "`
		`+ "options."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:82`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Editing boot options on a system with BIOS firmware"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:84`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The boot menu."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:84`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "boot/boot-menu.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:86`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "All available [application]Anaconda boot options are described in "`
		`+ "xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-available[Available "`
		`+ "Boot Options]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.fr.po

file added

+403

		`@@ -0,0 +1,403 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:6`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installing Using Anaconda"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:9`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This chapter provides step-by-step instructions for installing {PRODUCT} "`
		`+ "using the [application]Anaconda installer. The bulk of this chapter "`
		`+ "describes installation using the graphical user interface. A text mode is "`
		`+ "also available for systems with no graphical display, but this mode is "`
		`+ "limited in certain aspects (for example, custom partitioning is not possible "`
		`+ "in text mode)."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:11`
		`+ msgid "If your system does not have the ability to use the graphical mode, you can:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:13`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Use Kickstart to automate the installation as described in "`
		`+ "xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#chap-kickstart-installations[Automating "`
		`+ "the Installation with Kickstart]"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:15`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Perform the graphical installation remotely by connecting to the "`
		`+ "installation system from another computer with a graphical display using the "`
		`+ "_VNC_ (Virtual Network Computing) protocol - see "`
		`+ "xref:../advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc#chap-vnc-installations[Installing "`
		`+ "Using VNC]"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:17`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Introduction to Anaconda"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:20`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The {PRODUCT} installer, [application]Anaconda, is different from most "`
		`+ "other operating system installation programs due to its parallel "`
		`+ "nature. Most installers follow a fixed path: you must choose your language "`
		`+ "first, then you configure network, then installation type, then "`
		`+ "partitioning, etc. There is usually only one way to proceed at any given "`
		`+ "time."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:22`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In [application]Anaconda you are only required to select your language and "`
		`+ "locale first, and then you are presented with a central screen, where you "`
		`+ "can configure most aspects of the installation in any order you like. This "`
		`+ "does not apply to all parts of the installation process, however - for "`
		`+ "example, when installing from a network location, you must configure the "`
		`+ "network before you can select which packages to install."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:24`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Some screens will be automatically configured depending on your hardware and "`
		`+ "the type of media you used to start the installation. You can still change "`
		`+ "the detected settings in any screen. Screens which have not been "`
		`+ "automatically configured, and therefore require your attention before you "`
		`+ "begin the installation, are marked by an exclamation mark. You can not start "`
		`+ "the actual installation process before you finish configuring these "`
		`+ "settings."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:26`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Additional differences appear in certain screens; notably the custom "`
		`+ "partitioning process is very different from other Linux distributions. These "`
		`+ "differences are described in each screen's subsection."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:28`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Consoles and Logging During the Installation"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:31`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The following sections describe how to access logs and an interactive shell "`
		`+ "during the installation. This is useful when troubleshooting problems, but "`
		`+ "should not be necessary in most cases."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:33`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Accessing Consoles"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:36`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The {PRODUCT} installer uses the [application]tmux terminal multiplexer to "`
		`+ "display and control several windows you can use in addition to the main "`
		`+ "interface. Each of these windows serves a different purpose - they display "`
		`+ "several different logs, which can be used to troubleshoot any issues during "`
		`+ "the installation, and one of the windows provides an interactive shell "`
		+ "prompt with `root` privileges, unless this prompt was specifically disabled "
		`+ "using a boot option or a Kickstart command."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:41`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In general, there is no reason to leave the default graphical installation "`
		`+ "environment unless you need to diagnose an installation problem."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:45`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The terminal multiplexer is running in virtual console 1. To switch from the "`
		`+ "actual installation environment to [application]tmux, press kbd:[Ctrl + "`
		`+ "Alt + F1]. To go back to the main installation interface which runs in "`
		`+ "virtual console 6, press kbd:[Ctrl + Alt + F6]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:50`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you choose text mode installation, you will start in virtual console 1 "`
		`+ "([application]tmux), and switching to console 6 will open a shell prompt "`
		`+ "instead of a graphical interface."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:54`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The console running [application]tmux has 5 available windows; their "`
		`+ "contents are described in the table below, along with keyboard shortcuts "`
		`+ "used to access them. Note that the keyboard shortcuts are two-part: first "`
		`+ "press kbd:[Ctrl + b], then release both keys, and press the number key for "`
		`+ "the window you want to use."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:56`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can also use kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[n] and kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[p] to switch "`
		`+ "to the next or previous [application]tmux window, respectively."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:58`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Available tmux Windows"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block \|`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:68`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "\|Shortcut\|Contents\n"`
		`+ "\|kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[1]\|Main installation program window. Contains "`
		`+ "text-based prompts (during text mode installation or if you use VNC direct "`
		`+ "mode), and also some debugging information.\n"`
		+ "\|kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[2]\|Interactive shell prompt with `root` privileges.\n"
		`+ "\|kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[3]\|Installation log; displays messages stored in "`
		+ "`/tmp/anaconda.log`.\n"
		`+ "\|kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[4]\|Storage log; displays messages related storage "`
		+ "devices from kernel and system services, stored in `/tmp/storage.log`.\n"
		`+ "\|kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[5]\|Program log; displays messages from other system "`
		+ "utilities, stored in `/tmp/program.log`.\n"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:71`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In addition to displaying diagnostic information in [application]tmux "`
		`+ "windows, [application]Anaconda also generates several log files, which can "`
		`+ "be transferred from the installation system. These log files are described "`
		`+ "in xref:Troubleshooting.adoc#sect-troubleshooting-log-files[Log Files "`
		`+ "Generated During the Installation], and directions for transferring them "`
		`+ "from the installation system are available in "`
		`+ "xref:Troubleshooting.adoc#sect-troubleshooting-transferring-logs[Transferring "`
		`+ "Log Files from the Installation System]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:73`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Saving Screenshots"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:76`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can press kbd:[Shift + Print Screen] at any time during the graphical "`
		`+ "installation to capture the current screen. These screenshots are saved to "`
		+ "`/tmp/anaconda-screenshots`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:78`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Additionally, you can use the [command]#autostep --autoscreenshot# command "`
		`+ "in a Kickstart file to capture and save each step of the installation "`
		`+ "automatically. See "`
		`+ "xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-autostep[autostep "`
		`+ "(optional) - Go Through Every Screen] for details."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:80`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installing in Text Mode"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:83`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Text mode installation offers an interactive, non-graphical interface for "`
		`+ "installing {PRODUCT}. This may be useful on systems with no graphical "`
		`+ "capabilities; however, you should always consider the available alternatives "`
		`+ "before starting a text-based installation. Text mode is limited in the "`
		`+ "amount of choices you can make during the installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:85`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "There are two alternatives to text mode which can both be used even if the "`
		`+ "installation system does not have a graphical display. You can either "`
		`+ "connect to the installation system using VNC and perform an interactive "`
		`+ "graphical installation remotely (see "`
		`+ "xref:../advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc#chap-vnc-installations[Installing "`
		`+ "Using VNC]), or you can create a Kickstart file to perform the installation "`
		`+ "automatically (see "`
		`+ "xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#chap-kickstart-installations[Automating "`
		`+ "the Installation with Kickstart])."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:86`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Text Mode Installation"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:88`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The main menu in during a text-based installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:88`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/SummaryHub_TextMode.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:91`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Installation in text mode follows a pattern similar to the graphical "`
		`+ "installation: There is no single fixed progression; you can configure many "`
		`+ "settings in any order you want using the main status screen. Screens which "`
		`+ "have already been configured, either automatically or by you, are marked as "`
		+ "`[x]`, and screens which require your attention before the installation can "
		+ "begin are marked with `[!]`. Available commands are displayed below the list "
		`+ "of available options."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:93`
		`+ msgid "Limits of interactive text mode installation include:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:95`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The installer will always use the English language and the US English "`
		`+ "keyboard layout. You can configure your language and keyboard settings, but "`
		`+ "these settings will only apply to the installed system, not to the "`
		`+ "installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:97`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can not configure any advanced storage methods (LVM, software RAID, "`
		`+ "FCoE, zFCP and iSCSI)."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:99`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "It is not possible to configure custom partitioning; you must use one of the "`
		`+ "automatic partitioning settings. You also cannot configure where the boot "`
		`+ "loader will be installed."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:101`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To start a text mode installation, boot the installation with the "`
		`+ "[option]#inst.text# boot option used either at the boot command line in the "`
		`+ "boot menu, or in your PXE server configuration. See "`
		`+ "xref:Booting_the_Installation.adoc#chap-booting-the-installation[Booting the "`
		`+ "Installation] for information about booting and using boot options."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:103`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installing in the Graphical User Interface"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:106`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The graphical installation interface is the preferred method of manually "`
		`+ "installing {PRODUCT}. It allows you full control over all available "`
		`+ "settings, including custom partitioning and advanced storage configuration, "`
		`+ "and it is also localized to many languages other than English, allowing you "`
		`+ "to perform the entire installation in a different language. The graphical "`
		`+ "mode is used by default when you boot the system from local media (a CD, DVD "`
		`+ "or a USB flash drive)."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:108`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The sections below discuss each screen available in the installation "`
		`+ "process. Note that due to the installer's parallel nature, most of the "`
		`+ "screens do not have to be completed in the order in which they are described "`
		`+ "here."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:110`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Each screen in the graphical interface contains a `Help` button. This button "
		`+ "opens the [application]Yelp help browser displaying the section of the "`
		`+ "_{PRODUCT} Installation Guide_ relevant to the current screen."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:112`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can also control the graphical installer with your keyboard. Use "`
		`+ "kbd:[Tab] and kbd:[Shift + Tab] to cycle through active control elements "`
		`+ "(buttons, check boxes, etc.) on the current screen, kbd:[Up] and kbd:[Down] "`
		`+ "arrow keys to scroll through lists, and kbd:[Left] and kbd:[Right] to scroll "`
		`+ "through horizontal toolbars or table entries. kbd:[Space] or kbd:[Enter] can "`
		`+ "be used to select or remove a highlighted item from selection and to expand "`
		`+ "and collapse drop-down menus."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:114`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Additionally, elements in each screen can be toggled using their respective "`
		`+ "shortcuts. These shortcuts are highlighted (underlined) when you hold down "`
		`+ "the kbd:[Alt] key; to toggle that element, press kbd:[Alt + "`
		`+ "_X_pass:attributes[{blank}]], where _X_ is the highlighted letter."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:116`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Your current keyboard layout is displayed in the top right hand corner. Only "`
		`+ "one layout is configured by default; if you configure more than layout in "`
		+ "the `Keyboard Layout` screen "
		`+ "(xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-keyboard-layout[Keyboard "`
		`+ "Layout]), you can switch between them by clicking the layout indicator."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.fr.po

file added

+813

		`@@ -0,0 +1,813 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:6`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Preparing for Installation"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:9`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This chapter describes the steps you need take before you begin the "`
		`+ "installation. Not every step must be strictly followed - for example, if you "`
		`+ "plan to use the default installation settings, you do not need to gather "`
		`+ "system information such as disk device labels/UUIDs or network information "`
		`+ "such as the system's IP address. However, you should still go through this "`
		`+ "chapter, as it also describes the available types of installation media and "`
		`+ "how to prepare boot media and installation sources."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:11`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Upgrade or Install?"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:14`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you already have Fedora installed and want to upgrade your installation "`
		`+ "to the current version, there are two basic ways to do so:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:15`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Automatic upgrade using [application]dnf system upgrade"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:16`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The preferred way to upgrade your system is an automatic upgrade using the "`
		`+ "[application]dnf system upgrade utility. For information on performing an "`
		`+ "automatic upgrade, see "`
		`+ "link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/DNF_system_upgrade++[Fedora Wiki dnf "`
		`+ "system upgrade]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:17`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Manual Reinstallation"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:18`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can upgrade to the latest version of Fedora manually instead of relying "`
		`+ "on [application]dnf system upgrade. This involves booting the installer as "`
		`+ "if you were performing a clean installation, letting it detect your existing "`
		`+ "Fedora system, and overwriting the root partition while preserving data on "`
		`+ "other partitions and volumes. The same process can also be used to reinstall "`
		`+ "the system, if you need to. For detailed information, see "`
		`+ "xref:../advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc#sect-upgrading-fedora-manual-reinstall[Manual "`
		`+ "System Upgrade or Reinstallation]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:22`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Always back up your data before performing an upgrade or reinstalling your "`
		`+ "system, no matter which method you choose."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:25`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Preparing Boot Media"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:28`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Fedora images are `Hybrid ISOs` and can be used to create installation media "
		`+ "with both optical and USB disks, for booting on both BIOS and UEFI systems."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:29`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Fedora Media Writer"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:33`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "[application]Fedora Media Writer has been significantly improved and is "`
		`+ "now the official, tested and supported way to make bootable "`
		`+ "media. [application]Fedora Media Writer supports Linux, Mac, and "`
		`+ "Windows. It is an easy way to make bootable USB media to install Fedora (or "`
		`+ "other operating systems). Using [application]Fedora Media Writer is "`
		`+ "strongly encouraged, although other USB media creation software can work as "`
		`+ "well."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:35`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Some of the new additions to [application]Fedora Media Writer are that "`
		`+ "Fedora Workstation and Server are easily and quickly accessible from the "`
		`+ "selection on the main screen. Further choices are available if you select "`
		`+ "the button below _Custom OS_. This offers a selection of various Fedora "`
		`+ "Spins, such as XFCE or Mate."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:37`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Historically, universal USB creation tools, such as "`
		`+ "[application]Unetbootin, are a popular way to create USB installers from "`
		`+ "ISOs intended for optical media. They typically create a filesystem on the "`
		`+ "USB drive by extracting files from the image, and writing "`
		`+ "[application]syslinux bootloader to the device."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:39`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "These methods circumvent the boot-loader configuration built into Fedora "`
		`+ "images, which are pre-partitioned and designed to boot on UEFI systems with "`
		`+ "SecureBoot enabled as well as BIOS systems, and thus they do not produce "`
		`+ "consistent results with Fedora images, especially for on UEFI systems."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:41`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The best results are produced by utilities that use a direct write method "`
		`+ "and do not modify the Fedora image."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:46`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Always think twice before writing an image to the device. The media creation "`
		`+ "methods described in this article are destructive. All data on the USB "`
		`+ "stick are deleted during the process, so make sure you have a back up of the "`
		`+ "data on the USB stick. Double check that you have selected correct device to "`
		`+ "write the image to!"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:48`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installing and running Fedora Media Writer"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:50`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "On Fedora"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:54`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "On Fedora 25 or later, [application]Fedora Media Writer is available in "`
		+ "the default repository. You can use `dnf` to install the package."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:56`
		`+ msgid "To install the [application]Fedora Media Writer using:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:60`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "$ [command]#sudo dnf install mediawriter#\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:63`
		`+ msgid "Run the [application]Fedora Media Writer:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:67 ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:84`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "$ [command]#sudo mediawriter#\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:70`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "or in [application]Gnome 3 select Activities, then select Utilities, "`
		`+ "and then click on [application]Fedora Media Writer."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:72`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "On other Linux distributions"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:76`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The best way to install [application]Fedora Media Writer on various Linux "`
		`+ "distributions is to use the pre-built _Flatpak_ package. The package can be "`
		`+ "obtained from the official Flatpak repository "`
		`+ "https://flathub.org/apps/details/org.fedoraproject.MediaWriter[Flathub.org]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:78`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To setup Flatpak on your Linux system, follow the guidelines on the "`
		`+ "https://flatpak.org/setup/[Flatpak documentation] page."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:80`
		`+ msgid "Run the application:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:86`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "On Windows"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:89`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Download the latest Windows Installer file from "`
		`+ "link:++https://getfedora.org++[GetFedora.org]. The server automatically "`
		`+ "detects the running system and offers you the correct installation file for "`
		`+ "your Windows version."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:91`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Run the installation by double clicking the installer, and then continue "`
		`+ "through the set-up wizard. The Wizard lets you customize the software's "`
		`+ "installation if you choose to."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:93`
		`+ msgid "Run the application by clicking on a launcher."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:95`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In Windows 8 and 10, the [application]Fedora Media Writer launcher will be "`
		`+ "placed in the _All apps_ menu under _F_. In Windows 10, you can just type "`
		`+ "[application]Fedora Media Writer in the search box on the task bar."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:97`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "On MacOS"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:100`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Download the latest Macintosh Disk Image (the package will have a .dmg "`
		`+ "extension) from link:++https://getfedora.org++[GetFedora.org]. The server "`
		`+ "automatically detects the running system and offers a correct package for "`
		`+ "your MacOS."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:102`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Open the `.dmg` file and copy the `mediawriter` file into your applications "
		`+ "folder."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:104`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Navigate to your applications directory, and then launch the "`
		`+ "[application]Fedora Media Writer application."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:106`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Select \"Open\" to run the program, when MacOS will ask you to confirm the "`
		`+ "action."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:107`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Writing the ISO image to the USB Media."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:109`
		`+ msgid "Select the Fedora Edition you wish to make a bootable USB drive for."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:111`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Fedora Media Writer Main Screen: Choose your Edition of Fedora"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:113`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Image of Fedora Media Writer Main Screen"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:113`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "fedora_media_writer/main_screen.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:116`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The main selection lets you choose one of the default Fedora editions, "`
		`+ "Fedora Workstation or Server. [application]Fedora Media Writer "`
		`+ "displays more details about the edition before you can proceed with "`
		`+ "downloading the image and the USB creation. You can choose a different "`
		`+ "architecture, if you select _Other variants_."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:118`
		`+ msgid "Select \"Create Live USB\" to proceed."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:120`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Fedora Media Writer Distro Information"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:122`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Image of Fedora Media Writer Distro Information Screen"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:122`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "fedora_media_writer/distro_information.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:125`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Fedora Media Writer will automatically download the ISO for you. If you have "`
		`+ "downloaded the ISO before and placed it in the _Downloads_ directory, it "`
		`+ "will be immediately available to use."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:127`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Fedora Media Writer Automatic Download"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:129`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Image of Fedora Media Writer Automatic Download"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:129`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "fedora_media_writer/automatic_download.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:132`
		`+ msgid "Plug in a USB drive on which you want to create the bootable media."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:134`
		`+ msgid "To write the image onto the media, click the red btn:[Write to disk] button."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:136`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Fedora Media Writer Write to USB Device"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:138`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Image of Fedora Media Writer write to device red button"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:138`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "fedora_media_writer/write_to_device.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:140`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Other methods to create a live USB"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:143`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Using the Fedora Media Writer is highly recommended for everybody, because "`
		`+ "it offers a reliable way to create a live USB stick for Fedora installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:145`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "However, some experienced users may prefer to go through the creation "`
		`+ "process manually. If you decide to do so, you have to download the "`
		`+ "installation images and use an application to write them onto the USB stick."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:149`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you have downloaded and verified the installation images manually, you "`
		`+ "still can write them onto the USB stick using Fedora Media Writer."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:153`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Downloading Boot and Installation Images"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:156`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The Fedora Project offers different Editions tailored for some specific use "`
		`+ "cases. Choose the Fedora Edition best for you, or you can build your own by "`
		`+ "customizing after the installation, or by using a kickstart file as "`
		`+ "described in "`
		`+ "xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#sect-kickstart-file-create[Creating "`
		+ "a Kickstart File]. Kickstart installation requires the `netinstall` media "
		`+ "type, or a direct installation booting method such as PXE; kickstarts are "`
		`+ "not supported with live images."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:158`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Read more about Fedora Workstation, Fedora Cloud, Fedora Server and the "`
		`+ "available media types in "`
		`+ "xref:../Downloading_Fedora.adoc#chap-downloading-fedora[Downloading Fedora]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:160`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can also choose a Fedora _Spin_ featuring favorite alternative desktops "`
		`+ "or tools for specialized tasks at link:++http://spins.fedoraproject.org++[]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:162`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Verifying the Downloaded Image"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:165`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Because transmission errors or other problems may corrupt the Fedora image "`
		`+ "you have downloaded, it is important to verify the file's integrity. After "`
		`+ "the images are created, an operation is performed on the file that produces "`
		+ "a value called a `checksum` using a complex mathematical algorithm. The "
		`+ "operation is sufficiently complex that any change to the original file "`
		`+ "will produce a different checksum."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:167`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "By calculating the image's `checksum` on your own computer and comparing it "
		+ "to the original `checksum`, you can verify the image has not been tampered "
		`+ "with or corrupted. The original checksum values are provided at "`
		`+ "link:++https://fedoraproject.org/verify++[], and are [command]#gpg# signed "`
		`+ "to demonstrate their integrity."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:169`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Verifying checksums on Windows systems"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:172 ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:223`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Download the Fedora image of your choice from "`
		`+ "link:++https://fedoraproject.org/get-fedora++[] and the corresponding "`
		`+ "checksum file from link:++https://fedoraproject.org/verify++[]"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:174`
		`+ msgid "Open a [command]#powershell# session."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:176`
		`+ msgid "Change to the directory containing the downloaded files."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:181`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "> cd $HOME\\Downloads\\\n"`
		`+ "> ls\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:183`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Directory: C:\\Users\\Pete\\Downloads\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:188`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Mode LastWriteTime Length Name\n"`
		`+ "---- ------------- ------ ----\n"`
		`+ "-a--- 11/25/2014 12:39 PM 272 "`
		`+ "Fedora-Server-21-x86_64-CHECKSUM\n"`
		`+ "-a--- 11/25/2014 12:39 PM 2047868928 "`
		`+ "Fedora-Server-DVD-x86_64-21.iso\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:192`
		`+ msgid "Load the resources required to calculate the checksum."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:198`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "> $image = \"Fedora-Server-DVD-x86_64-21.iso\"\n"`
		`+ "> $checksum_file = \"Fedora-Server-21-x86_64-CHECKSUM\"\n"`
		`+ "> $sha256 = New-Object -TypeName "`
		`+ "System.Security.Cryptography.sha256CryptoServiceProvider\n"`
		`+ "> $expected_checksum = ((Get-Content $checksum_file \| Select-String -Pattern "`
		`+ "$image) -split \" \")[0].ToLower()\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:201`
		`+ msgid "Calculate the downloaded image's checksum. This will take a while!"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:204`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "> $download_checksum = "`
		`+ "[System.BitConverter]::ToString($sha256.ComputeHash([System.IO.File]::ReadAllBytes(\"$PWD\\$image\"))).ToLower() "`
		`+ "-replace '-', ''\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:207`
		`+ msgid "Compare the calculated checksum to the expected checksum."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:217`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "> echo \"Download Checksum: $download_checksum\"\n"`
		`+ "> echo \"Expected Checksum: $expected_checksum\"\n"`
		`+ "> if ( $download_checksum -eq \"$expected_checksum\" ) {\n"`
		`+ "echo \"Checksum test passed!\"\n"`
		`+ "} else {\n"`
		`+ "echo \"Checksum test failed.\"\n"`
		`+ "}\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:220`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Verifying checksums on Linux and OSX systems"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:225`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Open a terminal window, and navigate to the directory with the downloaded "`
		`+ "files."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:229`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "$ [command]#cd ~/Downloads#\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:232`
		`+ msgid "Use the appropriate utility to verify the image checksum."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:234`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "** For Linux:\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:238`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "$ sha256sum -c *CHECKSUM\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:241`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "** For OSX:\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:245`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "$ shasum -a 256 -c *CHECKSUM\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:247`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Writing the images to USB media"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:249`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Creating USB media with [application]GNOME Disks"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:251`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "On a system with [application]GNOME, or with the "`
		+ "[package]gnome-disk-utility package installed, open `Disks` using the "
		`+ "system menu."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:253`
		`+ msgid "Click your USB device in the left column."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:255`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Click the menu icon in the upper right corner of the window, and choose the "`
		+ "`Restore Disk Image` option."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:257`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Navigate to your image file and click `Start Restoring`. After a few "
		`+ "minutes, it will report the process is complete and your installation media "`
		`+ "will be ready to use."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:258`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Creating USB Media on the Linux command line"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:260`
		`+ msgid "Open a terminal window and insert the usb drive."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:262`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Find the `device node` assigned to the drive. In the example below, the "
		+ "drive is given `sdd`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:276`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "$ [command]#dmesg\|tail#\n"`
		`+ "[288954.686557] usb 2-1.8: New USB device strings: Mfr=0, Product=1, "`
		`+ "SerialNumber=2\n"`
		`+ "[288954.686559] usb 2-1.8: Product: USB Storage\n"`
		`+ "[288954.686562] usb 2-1.8: SerialNumber: 000000009225\n"`
		`+ "[288954.712590] usb-storage 2-1.8:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"`
		`+ "[288954.712687] scsi host6: usb-storage 2-1.8:1.0\n"`
		`+ "[288954.712809] usbcore: registered new interface driver usb-storage\n"`
		`+ "[288954.716682] usbcore: registered new interface driver uas\n"`
		`+ "[288955.717140] scsi 6:0:0:0: Direct-Access Generic STORAGE DEVICE "`
		`+ "9228 PQ: 0 ANSI: 0\n"`
		`+ "[288955.717745] sd 6:0:0:0: Attached scsi generic sg4 type 0\n"`
		`+ "[288961.876382] sd 6:0:0:0: sdd Attached SCSI removable disk\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:279`
		`+ msgid "Use the [command]#dd# utility to write the image."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:283`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "# dd if=/path/to/Fedora-Live-Security-x86_64-21.iso of=/dev/sdd\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:289`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Pay extreme attention to the source (`if=`) and target (`of=`) device. The "
		+ "`dd` command destroys all data on the target device. If you made a mistake, "
		`+ "you could lose important data."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:291`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Creating a Boot CD or DVD"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:293`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In addition to creating a bootable USB flash drive, you can also use the "`
		`+ "provided ISO images to create bootable optical media (a CD or DVD). This "`
		`+ "approach may be necessary when installing {PRODUCT} on an older system which "`
		`+ "can not boot from USB."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:298`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The exact steps you need to take to burn a bootable CD or DVD from an ISO "`
		`+ "image will vary depending on what disc burning software you use. This "`
		`+ "procedure only offers a general overview."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:302`
		`+ msgid "Insert a blank CD or DVD into your system's CD or DVD burner."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:304`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Open your system's burning software - for example, [application]Brasero on "`
		`+ "{PRODUCT} systems with [application]GNOME desktop environment, or "`
		`+ "[application]Nero on Windows systems. In the software's main menu, find an "`
		`+ "option which lets you burn an ISO image to a disc. For example, in "`
		+ "[application]Brasero, this option is `Burn image` in the main menu on the "
		`+ "left side of the window."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:306`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "When prompted, select the ISO image of {PRODUCT} to be burned, and the CD or "`
		`+ "DVD burner with a blank disc inside (if you have more than one drive)."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:307`
		`+ msgid "Confirm your selection, and wait for the disc to be burned."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/po/pages/install/Troubleshooting.fr.po

file added

+1128

The added file is too large to be shown here, see it at: l10n/po/pages/install/Troubleshooting.fr.po

l10n/po/site.yml.fr.po

file added

+23

		`@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:08+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Hash Value - Key: title`
		`+ #: >site`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Local Preview"`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/nav.pot

file added

+40

		`@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/nav.adoc:21`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "xref:index.adoc[Installation Guide] xref:Preface.adoc[Preface] "`
		`+ "xref:Introduction.adoc[Introduction] ** "`
		`+ "xref:Downloading_Fedora.adoc[Downloading Fedora] Installing Fedora * "`
		`+ "xref:install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc[Preparing for Installation] *** "`
		`+ "xref:install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc[Booting the Installation] *** "`
		`+ "xref:install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc[Installing Using Anaconda] *** "`
		`+ "xref:install/After_Installation.adoc[After the Installation] *** "`
		`+ "xref:install/Troubleshooting.adoc[Troubleshooting] ** Advanced Installation "`
		`+ "Options * xref:advanced/Boot_Options.adoc[Boot Options] * "`
		`+ "xref:advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc[Automating the Installation with "`
		`+ "Kickstart] *** xref:advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc[Setting Up an "`
		`+ "Installation Server] *** xref:advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc[Installing "`
		`+ "Using VNC] *** xref:advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc[Upgrading "`
		`+ "Your Current System] Technical Appendixes * "`
		`+ "xref:appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc[Kickstart Syntax Reference] "`
		`+ "*** xref:appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc[An Introduction to Disk Partitions] "`
		`+ "* xref:appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc[Understanding LVM] "`
		`+ "xref:Revision_History.adoc[Revision History]"`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/Downloading_Fedora.pot

file added

+251

		`@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:6`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Downloading Fedora"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:8`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Fedora Editions"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Fedora provides three primary Editions tailored for some specific use "`
		`+ "cases. link:++https://getfedora.org++[] offers Fedora Cloud for scalable "`
		`+ "infrastructure, Fedora Server for organizational infrastructure, and Fedora "`
		`+ "Workstation for the developer and desktop user."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:12`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "For alternative desktop environments or media built for more niche purposes, "`
		`+ "check out link:++https://spins.fedoraproject.org++[Fedora Spins]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:14`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Each of these downloads provides a different set of default packages, but "`
		`+ "you can add to your system after the initial installation to customize it "`
		`+ "for your needs. The installation process is the same for all spins and "`
		`+ "Editions, so you can use this guide for any choice you make."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:15`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Which Architecture Is My Computer?"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:17`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Most modern systems are 64{nbsp}bit x86 architecture. If your computer was "`
		+ "manufactured after 2007, or you aren't sure, you probably have a `x86_64` "
		`+ "system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:19`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Changing a Fedora installation from one architecture to another is not "`
		`+ "supported. Use the following table to determine the architecture of your "`
		`+ "computer according to the type of processor. Consult your manufacturer's "`
		`+ "documentation for details on your processor, or resources such as "`
		`+ "link:++http://ark.intel.com/++[] or link:++http://products.amd.com/++[], if "`
		`+ "necessary."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:21`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Processor and architecture types"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block \|`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:29`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "\|Processor manufacturer and model\|Architecture type for Fedora\n"`
		`+ "\|some Intel Atom, Core series, Pentium 4, and recent vintage Xeon; AMD "`
		+ "Athlon, Duron, some Semprons; and older; VIA C3, C7\|`i386`\n"
		`+ "\|some Intel Atom, Core 2 series, Core i series and Xeon; \n"`
		`+ "\t\t\t\t\t\tAMD: Athlon 64, Athlon II, Sempron64, Phenom series, Fusion "`
		`+ "series, Bulldozer series and Opteron; Apple MacBook, MacBook Pro, and "`
		+ "MacBook Air\|`x86_64`\n"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:31`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Media Types"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:33`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Several media types are available. Choose the one that best suits your "`
		`+ "requirements."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:34`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Live Image"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:35`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Live images allow you to preview Fedora before installing it. Instead of "`
		`+ "booting directly into the installer, a live image loads the same environment "`
		`+ "you'll get after installation. Fedora Workstation and Fedora Spins are live "`
		`+ "images."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:37`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Use a live image to install your favorite system, test Fedora on new "`
		`+ "hardware, troubleshoot, or share with friends."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:38`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "DVD Image"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:39`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "DVD images boot directly into the installation enviroment, and allow you to "`
		`+ "choose from a variety of packages that are provided with it. In Fedora 21, "`
		`+ "the DVD option is only available in the Fedora Server Edition."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:41`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Use the Fedora Server DVD image when you want customized Fedora Server "`
		`+ "installations using an offline installation source."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:42`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "netinstall Image"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:43`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The netinstall image boots directly into the installation environment, and "`
		`+ "uses the online Fedora package repositories as the installation source. With "`
		`+ "a netinstall image, you can select a wide variety of packages to create a "`
		`+ "customized installation of Fedora."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:45`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The Fedora Server netinstall image is a universal one, and can be used to "`
		`+ "install any Fedora Edition or your own set of favorite packages."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:46`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "ARM images"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:47`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "For many ARM systems, Fedora provides preconfigured filesystem images. Write "`
		`+ "the image to removable media and boot directly into a Fedora installation "`
		`+ "that's ready to use."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:49`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "ARM devices often require special setup procedures that aren't covered in "`
		`+ "this guide. Start learning about Fedora ARM at "`
		`+ "link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Architectures/ARM++[]"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:50`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Cloud Images"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:51`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Fedora Cloud images are preconfigured filesystem images with very few "`
		`+ "packages installed by default. They include special tools for interacting "`
		`+ "with cloud platforms, and are not intended to be used outside of cloud "`
		`+ "environments."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:53`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Fedora Cloud comes in several varieties. The Fedora Cloud Base image is a "`
		`+ "minimal base for cloud deployments. The Fedora Cloud Atomic image is a "`
		`+ "Docker container host that uses "`
		`+ "link:++http://www.projectatomic.io/++[Project Atomic] technology for "`
		`+ "updates. A Docker base image for Fedora is also available."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:55`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Cloud images are preconfigured and do not require installation as described "`
		`+ "in this guide. Get started using Fedora Cloud at "`
		`+ "link:++http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Cloud++[]"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:56`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Boot Images"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:57`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The tiny images at link:++https://boot.fedoraproject.org/++[] are written to "`
		`+ "CDs, USB drives, or even floppy disks. The BFO image loads installation "`
		`+ "media from Fedora's servers and directly loads an installation environment, "`
		`+ "like the netinstall ISO."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:58`
		`+ msgid "BFO images work like PXE deployments, without having to set up a server."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/Introduction.pot

file added

+146

		`@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:6`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Introduction"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:9`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This guide covers installation of Fedora, a Linux distribution built on free "`
		`+ "and open source software. This manual helps you install Fedora on desktops, "`
		`+ "laptops, and servers. The installation system is easy to use even if you "`
		`+ "lack previous knowledge of Linux or computer networks. If you select default "`
		`+ "options, Fedora provides a complete desktop operating system, including "`
		`+ "productivity applications, Internet utilities, and desktop tools."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:11`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This document details the full range of installation options, including "`
		`+ "those that apply only in limited or unusual circumstances. Understanding of "`
		`+ "all topics described in this document is not necessary to successfully "`
		`+ "perform the installation in most cases."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:13`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Background"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:16`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "About Fedora"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:19`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To find out more about {PRODUCT}, visit the "`
		`+ "link:++http://fedoraproject.org/++[{PRODUCT} Project Website]. Other "`
		`+ "documentation describing additional topics related to {PRODUCT} is available "`
		`+ "at link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[{PRODUCT} Documentation]. Also "`
		`+ "see the "`
		`+ "link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Fedora_Project_Wiki++[{PRODUCT} "`
		`+ "Project Wiki]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:21`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Getting Additional Help"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:24`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you encounter any problems which are not described in documentation, you "`
		`+ "might get help from members of the community - developers, users, and "`
		`+ "others. There are many ways to get help: the Ask Fedora website, mailing "`
		`+ "lists, forums, or IRC. For a summary of available resources, see the "`
		`+ "link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Communicating_and_getting_help++[Communicating "`
		`+ "and Getting Help] page on the {PRODUCT} wiki."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:26`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "About This Document"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:29`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Goals"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:32`
		`+ msgid "This guide helps a reader:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:34`
		`+ msgid "Understand how to locate the {PRODUCT} distribution online"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:36`
		`+ msgid "Create configuration data that allows a computer to boot {PRODUCT}"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:38`
		`+ msgid "Understand and interact with the {PRODUCT} installation program"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:40`
		`+ msgid "Complete basic post-installation configuration of a {PRODUCT} system"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:45`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This guide does not cover use of {PRODUCT}. To learn how to use an "`
		`+ "installed {PRODUCT} system, see the other manuals available at "`
		`+ "link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[Fedora Documentation]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:49`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Target Audience"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Introduction.adoc:51`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This guide is intended for {PRODUCT} users of all levels of "`
		`+ "experience. However, it describes the installation process and its many "`
		`+ "options in far greater detail than most users are likely to require. You do "`
		`+ "not need to read and understand this entire document to install {PRODUCT} on "`
		`+ "a computer. This document is most likely to help experienced users perform "`
		`+ "advanced and unusual installations."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/Preface.pot

file added

+38

		`@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Preface.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Preface"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Preface.adoc:9`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Acknowledgments"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Preface.adoc:11`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Certain portions of this text first appeared in the [citetitle]_Red Hat "`
		`+ "Enterprise Linux Installation Guide_, copyright © 2014 Red Hat, Inc. and "`
		`+ "others, published by Red Hat at "`
		`+ "link:++https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/++[]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/Revision_History.pot

file added

+218

		`@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Revision History"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Note that revision numbers relate to the edition of this manual, not to "`
		`+ "version numbers of Fedora."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:9`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "`1.4-0`"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid "Mon Jun 20 2016, Clayton Spicer (cspicer@redhat.com)"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:12`
		`+ msgid "Fedora 24 Final release"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:14`
		`+ msgid "Added boot option [option]#inst.nosave=#"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:16`
		`+ msgid "Typo fixes"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:17`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "`1.3-0`"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:18`
		`+ msgid "Mon Nov 02 2015, Petr Bokoč (pbokoc@redhat.com)"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:20`
		`+ msgid "Fedora 23 Final release"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:22`
		`+ msgid "Kickstart commands and boot options updated for F23"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:24`
		`+ msgid "Many typo fixes"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:25`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "`1.2-0`"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:26`
		`+ msgid "Mon May 25 2015, Petr Bokoč (pbokoc@redhat.cogm)"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:28`
		`+ msgid "Fedora 22 Final release"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:30`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "References to [application]Yum replaced with [application]DNF (the new "`
		`+ "default package manager)"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:32`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Updates in boot options: [option]#inst.dnf# replaced with "`
		`+ "[option]#inst.nodnf#, added [option]#inst.kdump_addon=#"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:34`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Updates in Kickstart: [command]#%anaconda#, [command]#%addon#, "`
		`+ "[command]#sshkey#, [command]#pwpolicy#"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:36`
		+ msgid "Added the `Kdump` screen to the GUI docs"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:37`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "`1.1-2`"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:38`
		`+ msgid "Sun Dec 21 2014, Zach Oglesby (zach@oglesby.co)"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:40`
		`+ msgid "Fixed Windows checksum steps, BZ#1175759"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:41`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "`1.1-1`"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:42`
		`+ msgid "Mon Dec 15 2014, Petr Bokoč (pbokoc@redhat.com)"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:44`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Fixes in Boot Options: inst.headless is deprecated, inst.askmethod moved "`
		`+ "from removed to Installation Source"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:46`
		`+ msgid "Parts of the network boot setup chapter have been updated with correct URLs"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:48`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Updates in Recommended Partitioning Scheme and Advice on Partitions in the "`
		`+ "Manual Partitioning section of the installation chapter"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:49`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "`1.1-0`"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:50`
		`+ msgid "Mon Dec 8 2014, Petr Bokoč (pbokoc@redhat.com)"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:52`
		`+ msgid "Publishing for Fedora 21"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:53`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "`1.0-1`"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:54`
		`+ msgid "Mon Dec 8 2014, Pete Travis (immanetize@fedoraproject.org)"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:56`
		`+ msgid "added info on media types"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:57`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "`1.0-0`"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:58`
		`+ msgid "Tue Dec 17 2013, Petr Bokoč (pbokoc@redhat.com)"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/Revision_History.adoc:59`
		`+ msgid "Publishing for Fedora 20"`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/Author_Group.pot

file added

+28

		`@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Author_Group.adoc:2`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Fedora Documentation Project"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Author_Group.adoc:4`
		`+ msgid "{blank}"`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/Feedback.pot

file added

+82

		`@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "We want feedback"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "indexterm:[feedback,contact information for this manual] If you find errors "`
		`+ "or have suggestions for improvement, we want your advice. Submit a report in "`
		+ "Bugzilla against the product `{PRODUCT}` and the component `{BOOKID}`. The "
		`+ "following link automatically loads this information for you: {BZURL}."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid "In Bugzilla:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:12`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Provide a short summary of the error or your suggestion in the `Summary` "
		`+ "field."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:14`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Copy the following template into the `Description` field and give us the "
		`+ "details of the error or suggestion as specifically as you can. If possible, "`
		`+ "include some surrounding text so we know where the error occurs or the "`
		`+ "suggestion fits."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Document URL:\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Section number and name:\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:22`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Error or suggestion:\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:24`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Additional information:\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:27`
		`+ msgid "Click the btn:[Submit Bug] button."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.pot

file added

+93

		`@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:5`
		`+ msgid "Copyright {YEAR} {HOLDER}."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:7`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The text of and illustrations in this document are licensed by Red Hat under "`
		`+ "a Creative Commons Attribution–Share Alike 3.0 Unported license "`
		`+ "(\"CC-BY-SA\"). An explanation of CC-BY-SA is available at "`
		`+ "link:++http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/++[]. The original "`
		`+ "authors of this document, and Red Hat, designate the Fedora Project as the "`
		`+ "\"Attribution Party\" for purposes of CC-BY-SA. In accordance with CC-BY-SA, "`
		`+ "if you distribute this document or an adaptation of it, you must provide the "`
		`+ "URL for the original version."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:9`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Red Hat, as the licensor of this document, waives the right to enforce, and "`
		`+ "agrees not to assert, Section 4d of CC-BY-SA to the fullest extent permitted "`
		`+ "by applicable law."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:11`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Red Hat, Red Hat Enterprise Linux, the Shadowman logo, JBoss, MetaMatrix, "`
		`+ "Fedora, the Infinity Logo, and RHCE are trademarks of Red Hat, Inc., "`
		`+ "registered in the United States and other countries."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:13`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "For guidelines on the permitted uses of the Fedora trademarks, refer to "`
		`+ "link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Legal:Trademark_guidelines++[]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:15`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Linux (R) is the registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United "`
		`+ "States and other countries.\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:17`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Java (R) is a registered trademark of Oracle and/or its affiliates.\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:19`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "XFS (R) is a trademark of Silicon Graphics International Corp. or its "`
		`+ "subsidiaries in the United States and/or other countries.\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:21`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "MySQL (R) is a registered trademark of MySQL AB in the United States, the "`
		`+ "European Union and other countries.\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:22`
		`+ msgid "All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/entities.pot

file added

+18

		`@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.pot

file added

+252

		`@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Manual Partitioning"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Manual Partitioning` screen allows you to create a storage "
		`+ "configuration for your {PRODUCT} system manually, giving you a greater "`
		`+ "control over your system's storage."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In most other installers for both Linux and other operating systems, disk "`
		`+ "partitioning usually takes a \"bottom-up\" approach. In these installers, "`
		`+ "you first create underlying devices such as LVM physical volumes, then you "`
		`+ "create a layout such as LVM on top of them, then you create file systems on "`
		`+ "top of logical volumes, and the last step is usually assigning a mount point "`
		`+ "to each volume as needed."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:12`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "[application]Anaconda uses an opposite approach. First, you create all "`
		`+ "separate mount points you need, and everything needed to create them "`
		`+ "(creating a volume group, logical volumes inside it, and physical volumes "`
		`+ "where the volume group will reside) is performed automatically. You can then "`
		`+ "adjust the automatic settings as you require."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:17`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "No permanent changes will be made to your disks during the actual "`
		`+ "partitioning process. The configuration you have selected will only be "`
		+ "written to your system after you press the `Begin installation` button in "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "`
		`+ "Summary]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:22`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The Manual Partitioning screen. At this point"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:22`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/CustomSpoke.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "When you first open the `Manual Partitioning` screen, the column on the left "
		`+ "side will display all previously existing partitions on all drives which you "`
		`+ "selected as installation targers in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation "`
		`+ "Destination]. If none of the selected drives contain any existing "`
		`+ "partitions, then a message informing you that no mount points currently "`
		`+ "exist will appear."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:27`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Here, you can choose a partitioning scheme such as `LVM` or `BTRFS` and "
		+ "click the `Click here to create them automatically` to prompt the installer "
		`+ "to create a basic partitioning layout; this layout follows the guidelines "`
		`+ "described in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "`
		`+ "Partitioning Scheme]. The created layout is a basic layout where "`
		`+ "partition/volume sizes are determined automatically based on the total "`
		`+ "amount of available space."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:29`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Click the `+` button to add a mount point. In the dialog window that opens, "
		+ "choose a mount point such as `/` or `/home`, and the desired capacity for "
		+ "the mount point (such as `10GB` or `500MB`). Note that specifying the mount "
		`+ "point is mandatory, but you do not have to specify the capacity at this "`
		`+ "point; this is useful when adding a mount point which you want to make "`
		+ "larger than the current available space permits. Then, click `Add mount "
		+ "point` to add it to the list using the default settings, which means it will "
		`+ "be created as a logical volume, and a new volume group will be created for "`
		`+ "it unless one already exists."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:31`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Then, select the newly created mount point in the list on the left side. A "`
		`+ "set of controls will display on the right side of the screen, allowing you "`
		`+ "to change its mount point, the device on which it will physically reside, "`
		+ "its capacity, file system, etc. When you change any settings, press `Update "
		+ "Settings` on the bottom right. This will save the adjusted configuration; "
		`+ "you can now create another mount point, or select a different existing one "`
		`+ "and adjust its settings as well."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:36`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "For a description of available device and file system types, see "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, "`
		`+ "File System and RAID Types]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:40`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "To remove a mount point, select it in the list and press the `-` button "
		`+ "below."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:42`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The exact steps for configuring your storage depend on your specific needs "`
		`+ "and your system configuration. Procedures for creating specific layouts are "`
		`+ "described further in this chapter. Before you start, you should also review "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "`
		`+ "Partitioning Scheme] and "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-advice[Advice "`
		`+ "on Partitions] for a list of requirements and tips for partitioning your "`
		`+ "disks for {PRODUCT}."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:44`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Below the list of existing mount points are two fields, showing you how much "`
		`+ "free space is left on your storage devices and how much total space they "`
		`+ "have."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:46`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Click the `pass:attributes[{blank}]_X_ storage devices selected` to view a "
		`+ "summary of currently selected storage devices; this may help you with "`
		`+ "orientation in more complicated storage schemas. Devices displayed here are "`
		`+ "the ones you have selected in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation "`
		`+ "Destination]. If you want to add or remove any storage devices from your "`
		`+ "configuration, return to that screen and change your selection."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:48`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "You can press the `Reset All` button in the bottom right corner at any time "
		`+ "to reset the storage configuration to the state it was in when you last "`
		+ "opened the `Manual Partitioning` screen. This means that if you modify the "
		`+ "storage configuration, leave the screen, and then come back, the Reset "`
		`+ "button will reset the configuration back to the already modified state, "`
		`+ "discarding only the changes you have made recently, not all changes to the "`
		`+ "storage configuration since you booted the installer."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:50`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To discard all changes, and to also detect any new drives which have not "`
		`+ "been detected when the installer started (usually when you attached a new "`
		`+ "drive after you started), press the button marked by a circular arrow in the "`
		`+ "set of controls below the list of mount points on the left side of the "`
		+ "screen. In the dialog window that opens, press `Rescan Disks` and wait until "
		+ "the scanning process completes. Then, press `OK` to return to "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation "`
		`+ "Destination]; all detected disks including any new ones will be displayed in "`
		+ "the `Local Standard Disks` section."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:51`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Rescan Disks"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:53`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The Rescan Disks dialog"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:53`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/CustomSpoke_RescanDisks.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:56`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "After you finish configuring your system storage, press `Done` in the top "
		+ "left corner to save the configuration and return to the `Installation "
		+ "Summary` screen. At this point, the installer will check if your storage "
		`+ "configuration is valid. If an error was detected, a message will be "`
		`+ "displayed at the bottom of the screen. Click the message to open a dialog "`
		`+ "window explaining what kind of error has been detected (for example, you put "`
		+ "`/boot` on a Btrfs subvolume, or you did not create a BIOS Boot partition "
		`+ "when your system requires one)."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:58`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If such a message is displayed, go back and fix any issues found by the "`
		`+ "installer; otherwise you will not be able to proceed with the "`
		+ "installation. You can also press `Done` again to return to the `Installation "
		+ "Summary` anyway, but a storage configuration error will prevent you from "
		`+ "starting the actual installation process."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:60`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If no error message is displayed and if you made any changes since the last "`
		`+ "time you have visited this screen, a summary dialog will appear, displaying "`
		+ "a detailed list of the changes you made. Review the list and click `Accept "
		+ "Changes` to proceed with "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "`
		+ "Summary], or click `Cancel & Return to Custom Partitioning` if you want to "
		`+ "make any more changes."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.pot

file added

+215

		`@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Creating a Btrfs Layout"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "_Btrfs_ is a type of file system, but it has several features characteristic "`
		`+ "of a storage device. It is designed to make the file system tolerant of "`
		`+ "errors, and to facilitate the detection and repair of errors when they "`
		`+ "occur. It uses checksums to ensure the validity of data and metadata, and "`
		`+ "maintains snapshots of the file system that can be used for backup or "`
		`+ "repair."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Creating a Btrfs layout is somewhat similar to LVM (described in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-lvm[Creating "`
		`+ "a Logical Volume Managament (LVM) Layout]) with slightly different "`
		`+ "terminology. A Btrfs _volume_ is the equivalent of an LVM volume group, and "`
		`+ "a Btrfs _subvolume_ is similar to a LVM logical volume. An important "`
		`+ "difference to note is how [application]Anaconda reports sizes for separate "`
		`+ "mount points: For LVM, the exact size of each logical volume is shown next "`
		`+ "to each mount point in the left pane, while with Btrfs, the total size of "`
		`+ "the entire volume is shown next to each subvolume."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:15`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Some partition types - notably the `/boot` and `/usr` directories and the "
		`+ "BIOS Boot and EFI partitions - can not be placed on Btrfs subvolumes. Use "`
		`+ "standard physical volumes for them (or an LVM logical volume for "`
		+ "`/usr`). See "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "`
		`+ "Partitioning Scheme] for more information."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Create Btrfs Subvolume"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The Manual Partitioning screen"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:23`
		`+ msgid "Follow the procedure below to create Btrfs volumes and subvolumes:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:24`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Creating Btrfs Subvolumes and Volumes"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:26`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Click the `+` button at the bottom of the list showing existing mount "
		`+ "points. A new dialog window will open."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:28`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In the new dialog window, specify a mount point for which you want to create "`
		+ "a separate logical volume - for example, `/`. Optionally, specify a size for "
		`+ "the volume using standard units such as MB or GB (for example, "`
		+ "`50GB`). Then, click `Add mount point` to add the volume and return to the "
		`+ "main partitioning screen."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:33`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "When creating a mount point for swap on Btrfs, specify the mount point as "`
		+ "`swap`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:37`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The mount point has now been created using the default settings, which means "`
		`+ "it has been created as an LVM logical volume. Select the newly created mount "`
		`+ "point in the left pane to configure it further, and convert it to a Btrfs "`
		+ "subvolume by changing the `Device Type` option to `Btrfs`. Then, click "
		+ "`Update Settings` in the bottom right corner of the screen."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:39`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "In the `Volume` menu, you can see that the subvolume has been assigned to an "
		`+ "automatically created volume, which is named after the {PRODUCT} variant you "`
		+ "are installing (for example, `fedora-server00`. Click the `Modify` button "
		`+ "under the drop-down menu to access the volume settings."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:41`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "In the `Configure Volume` dialog, you can change the volume's name, its "
		+ "`RAID level` (see "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, "`
		`+ "File System and RAID Types] for information about available RAID types), and "`
		`+ "you can also specify which physical devices (disks) this volume should "`
		`+ "reside on. You can select one or more disks which will be used to hold this "`
		`+ "volume by holding down kbd:[Ctrl] and clicking each disk in the list."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:46`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "If you select a redundant RAID type (such as `RAID1 (Redundancy)`), the "
		`+ "volume will take up twice its actual size on your disks. A 5 GB volume with "`
		`+ "RAID1 will take up 10 GB of space."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:50`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can also make sure that the volume is encrypted by selecting the "`
		+ "`Encrypt` option; this will enable LUKS encryption for the entire "
		`+ "volume. See the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Security Guide_, available at "`
		`+ "link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for information about LUKS disk "`
		`+ "encryption."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:52`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Additionally, you can set a fixed size for the volume by selecting the "`
		+ "`Fixed` option from the `Size policy` menu and entering a size for the "
		`+ "volume group."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:54`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "After you finish configuring the Btrfs volume settings, click `Save` to "
		+ "return to the main `Manual Partitioning` screen."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:56`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "If you need to create more than one Btrfs volume, open the `Volume` "
		+ "drop-down menu and select the `Create a new volume group` option. A new "
		`+ "dialog window will open, identical to the one described in the previous "`
		`+ "step. Again, select a name, storage devices, encryption settings, RAID level "`
		+ "and size policy for the new volume, and click `Save`. The new volume will "
		+ "then become available in the `Volume Group` drop-down menu; you can then go "
		`+ "through your existing mount points and change this setting to assign them to "`
		`+ "a different volume."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:58`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Configure other settings specific to the subvolume - its `Mount Point`, "
		+ "`Desired Capacity`, `File System`, and `Name`. Press `Update Settings` to "
		`+ "apply any changes to the configuration."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:60`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Repeat this procedure for any additional Btrfs subvolumes you want to "`
		`+ "create. Note that when creating additional subvolumes, a new volume is not "`
		`+ "automatically created each time; instead, any additional subvolumes are "`
		`+ "assigned to an existing volume."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:61`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "For each mount point you create, review its settings and make sure that it "`
		`+ "is assigned to the correct volume, that it has sufficient capacity, and that "`
		`+ "it has a descriptive name so you can identify the subvolume later if you "`
		`+ "need to."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.pot

file added

+222

		`@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Creating a Logical Volume Managament (LVM) Layout"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "_Logical Volume Management_ (LVM) presents a simple logical view of "`
		`+ "underlying physical storage space, such as hard drives or LUNs. Partitions "`
		`+ "on physical storage are represented as _physical volumes_ that can be "`
		`+ "grouped together into _volume groups_. Each volume group can be divided into "`
		`+ "multiple _logical volumes_, each of which is analogous to a standard disk "`
		`+ "partition. Therefore, LVM logical volumes function as partitions which can "`
		`+ "span multiple physical disks."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "See "`
		`+ "xref:../appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc#appe-lvm-overview[Understanding "`
		`+ "LVM] for additional information about the concepts behind Logical Volume "`
		`+ "Management."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:15`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Some partition types - notably the `/boot` directory and the BIOS Boot and "
		`+ "EFI partitions - can not be placed on logical volumes. Use standard physical "`
		`+ "volumes for them. See "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "`
		`+ "Partitioning Scheme] for more information."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Create LVM Logical Volume"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The Manual Partitioning screen"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:23`
		`+ msgid "Follow the procedure below to create LVM logical volumes and volume groups."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:24`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Creating LVM Logical Volumes and Groups"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:26`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Click the `+` button at the bottom of the list showing existing mount "
		`+ "points. A new dialog window will open."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:28`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In the new dialog window, specify a mount point for which you want to create "`
		+ "a separate logical volume - for example, `/`. Optionally, specify a size for "
		`+ "the volume using standard units such as MB or GB (for example, "`
		+ "`50GB`). Then, click `Add mount point` to add the volume and return to the "
		`+ "main partitioning screen."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:33`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "When creating a mount point for swap on LVM, specify the mount point as "`
		+ "`swap`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:37`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The mount point has now been created using the default settings, which means "`
		`+ "it has been created as an LVM logical volume, and a volume group has been "`
		`+ "created to contain it. Select the newly created mount point in the left pane "`
		`+ "to configure it further. If you want to use thin provisioning for this "`
		+ "volume, change the `Device Type` option to `LVM Thin Provisioning`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:39`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "In the `Volume Group` menu, you can see that the volume has been assigned to "
		`+ "an automatically created volume group, which is named after the {PRODUCT} "`
		+ "variant you are installing (for example, `fedora-server`. Click the `Modify` "
		`+ "button under the drop-down menu to access the volume group settings."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:41`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "In the `Configure Volume Group` dialog, you can change the volume group's "
		+ "name, its `RAID level` (see "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, "`
		`+ "File System and RAID Types] for information about available RAID types), and "`
		`+ "you can also specify which physical devices (disks) this volume group should "`
		`+ "reside on. You can select one or more disks which will be used to hold this "`
		`+ "volume group by holding down kbd:[Ctrl] and clicking each disk in the list."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:46`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "If you select a redundant RAID type (such as `RAID1 (Redundancy)`), the "
		`+ "volume group will take up twice its actual size on your disks. A 5 GB volume "`
		`+ "group with RAID1 will take up 10 GB of space."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:50`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can also make sure that the volume group is encrypted by selecting the "`
		+ "`Encrypt` option; this will enable LUKS encryption for the entire volume "
		`+ "group. See the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Security Guide_, available at "`
		`+ "link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for information about LUKS disk "`
		`+ "encryption."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:52`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Additionally, you can set a fixed size for the volume group by selecting the "`
		+ "`Fixed` option from the `Size policy` menu and entering a size for the "
		`+ "volume group."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:54`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "After you finish configuring the volume group settings, click `Save` to "
		+ "return to the main `Manual Partitioning` screen."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:59`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The configuration dialog does not allow you to specify the size of the "`
		`+ "volume group's _physical extents_. The size will always be set to the "`
		`+ "default value of 4 MiB. If you want to create a volume group with different "`
		`+ "physical extents, create it manually by switching to an interactive shell "`
		`+ "and using the [command]#vgcreate# command, or use a Kickstart file with the "`
		`+ "[command]#volgroup "`
		`+ "--pesize=pass:attributes[{blank}]_size_pass:attributes[{blank}]# command."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:63`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "If you need to create more than one volume group, open the `Volume Group` "
		+ "drop-down menu and select the `Create a new volume group` option. A new "
		`+ "dialog window will open, identical to the one described in the previous "`
		`+ "step. Again, select a name, storage devices, encryption settings, RAID level "`
		+ "and size policy for the new group, and click `Save`. The new volume group "
		+ "will then become available in the `Volume Group` drop-down menu; you can "
		`+ "then go through your existing mount points and change this setting to assign "`
		`+ "them to a different volume group."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:65`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Configure other settings specific to the logical volume - its `Mount Point`, "
		+ "`Desired Capacity`, `File System`, and `Name`. Press `Update Settings` to "
		`+ "apply any changes to the configuration."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:67`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Repeat this procedure for any additional logical volumes you want to "`
		`+ "create. Note that when creating additional LVM logical volumes, a new volume "`
		`+ "group is not automatically created each time; instead, any additional "`
		`+ "volumes are assigned to an existing group."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:68`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "For each mount point you create, review its settings and make sure that it "`
		`+ "is assigned to the correct group, that it has sufficient capacity, and that "`
		`+ "it has a descriptive name so you can identify the volume later if you need "`
		`+ "to."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.pot

file added

+155

		`@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:17`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Creating Standard Partitions"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "_Standard partitions_ are the most common type of partition, with the widest "`
		`+ "support across operating systems. For example, Microsoft Windows uses "`
		`+ "exclusively physical partitions and can not natively work with LVM or "`
		`+ "Btrfs. Most {PRODUCT} partitioning setups will also require at least one "`
		+ "standard partition for the `/boot` directory, and possibly also another "
		`+ "standard partition with the BIOS Boot or EFI System file system to store the "`
		`+ "boot loader."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "See xref:../appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc#appe-disk-partitions-overview[An "`
		`+ "Introduction to Disk Partitions] for additional information about the "`
		`+ "concepts behind physical partitions."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:11`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Create Standard Partition"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:13`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The Manual Partitioning screen"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:13`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:16`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Follow the procedure below to create mount points on standard physical "`
		`+ "partitions:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:19`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Click the `+` button at the bottom of the list showing existing mount "
		`+ "points. A new dialog window will open."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:21`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In the new dialog window, specify a mount point for which you want to create "`
		+ "a separate mount point - for example, `/`. Optionally, specify a size for "
		`+ "the partition using standard units such as MB or GB (for example, "`
		+ "`50GB`). Then, click `Add mount point` to add the mount point and return to "
		`+ "the main partitioning screen."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:26`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "When creating a swap partition, specify the mount point as `swap`. For a "
		+ "BIOS Boot partition, use `biosboot`. For an EFI System Partition, use "
		+ "`/boot/efi`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:28`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "For information about these partition types, see "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "`
		`+ "Partitioning Scheme]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:32`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The mount point has now been created using the default settings, which means "`
		`+ "it has been created as an LVM logical volume. Select the newly created mount "`
		`+ "point in the left pane to configure it further, and convert it to a physical "`
		+ "partition by changing the `Device Type` option to `Standard "
		+ "Partition`. Then, click `Update Settings` in the bottom right corner of the "
		`+ "screen."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:34`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "In the `Device(s)` section on the right side of the screen, you can see that "
		`+ "the partition has been assigned to one or more hard drives. Click the "`
		+ "`Modify` button to configure on which drive this partition will be created."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:36`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "In the `Configure Mount Point` dialog, you can specify which physical "
		`+ "devices (disks) this volume may reside on. You can select one or more "`
		`+ "disks which will be used to hold this volume by holding down kbd:[Ctrl] and "`
		`+ "clicking each disk in the list. If you select multiple disks here, "`
		`+ "[application]Anaconda will determine where exactly the partition should be "`
		`+ "created based on how you configured the rest of the installation. If you "`
		`+ "want to make sure that this partition is placed on a specific hard drive, "`
		`+ "select only that drive and unselect all others."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:38`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "After you finish configuring the partition's location, click `Save` to "
		+ "return to the main `Manual Partitioning` screen."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:40`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Configure other settings specific to the partition - its `Mount Point`, "
		+ "`Desired Capacity`, and `File System`. Press `Update Settings` to apply any "
		`+ "changes to the configuration."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:41`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Repeat this procedure for any additional standard partitions you want to "`
		`+ "create."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.pot

file added

+281

		`@@ -0,0 +1,281 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Device, File System and RAID Types"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "{PRODUCT} supports multiple types of devices and file systems. The lists "`
		`+ "below offer a short description of each available device, file system and "`
		`+ "RAID type and notes on their usage."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To select a device type or a file system of a partition or a logical volume, "`
		`+ "select it in the list in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning[Manual "`
		+ "Partitioning] and select a `Device Type` and a `File System` from their "
		`+ "respective drop-down menus on the right side of the screen. Then, click "`
		+ "`Update Settings` and repeat this process for all mount points you want to "
		`+ "modify."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:12`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To configure software RAID, make sure that you have enough physical hard "`
		`+ "drives selected as installation targets (the number of separate drives "`
		`+ "required for each type of RAID is noted in its description). Then, choose a "`
		`+ "RAID level when creating or modifying a Btrfs volume or LVM volume group, or "`
		+ "select `Software RAID` as the device type to create software RAID with "
		`+ "standard partitions. For detailed instructions, see "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-btrfs[Creating "`
		`+ "a Btrfs Layout], "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-lvm[Creating "`
		`+ "a Logical Volume Managament (LVM) Layout], and "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-swraid[Creating "`
		`+ "Software RAID] as needed."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:13`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Device Types"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:16`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`Standard Partition` - A standard partition can contain a file system or "
		+ "swap space. Standard partitions are most commonly used for `/boot` and the "
		`+ "BIOS Boot and EFI System partitions. LVM logical volumes or Btrfs subvolumes "`
		`+ "are recommended for most other uses. See "`
		`+ "xref:../appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc#appe-disk-partitions-overview[An "`
		`+ "Introduction to Disk Partitions] for additional information about the "`
		`+ "concepts behind physical partitions."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:18`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`LVM` - Choosing `LVM` as the `Device Type` creates an LVM logical volume "
		`+ "and a volume group to contain it (unless one already exists, in which case "`
		`+ "the new volume is assigned to the existing group). LVM can improve "`
		`+ "performance when using physical disks and allows you to use multiple disks "`
		`+ "for a single mount point. For information on how to create a logical volume, "`
		`+ "see "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-lvm[Creating "`
		`+ "a Logical Volume Managament (LVM) Layout]. Also see "`
		`+ "xref:../appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc#appe-lvm-overview[Understanding "`
		`+ "LVM] for some additional information about LVM in general."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:20`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`LVM Thin Provisioning` - Using thin provisioning, you can manage a storage "
		`+ "pool of free space, known as a _thin pool_, which can be allocated to an "`
		`+ "arbitrary number of devices when needed by applications. The thin pool can "`
		`+ "be expanded dynamically when needed for cost-effective allocation of storage "`
		`+ "space."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:22`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`RAID` - Creating two or more software RAID partitions allows you to create "
		`+ "a software RAID device. One RAID partition is assigned to each disk on the "`
		`+ "system. See "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-swraid[Creating "`
		`+ "Software RAID] for instructions on creating software RAID."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:24`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`BTRFS` - Btrfs is a file system with several device-like features. It is "
		`+ "capable of addressing and managing more files, larger files, and larger "`
		`+ "volumes than the ext2, ext3, and ext4 file systems. See "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-btrfs[Creating "`
		`+ "a Btrfs Layout] for more information about creating Btrfs volumes."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:25`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "File Systems"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:28`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`ext4` - The ext4 file system is based on the ext3 file system and features "
		`+ "a number of improvements. These include support for larger file systems and "`
		`+ "larger files, faster and more efficient allocation of disk space, no limit "`
		`+ "on the number of subdirectories within a directory, faster file system "`
		`+ "checking, and more robust journaling. Ext4 is the default and recommended "`
		`+ "file system used by {PRODUCT} Workstation and Cloud. The maximum supported "`
		`+ "size of a single ext4 file system is 50 TB."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:30`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`ext3` - The ext3 file system is based on the ext2 file system and has one "
		`+ "main advantage - journaling. Using a journaling file system reduces time "`
		`+ "spent recovering a file system after a crash, as there is no need to check "`
		`+ "the file system for metadata consistency by running the [command]#fsck# "`
		`+ "utility every time a crash occurs."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:32`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`ext2` - An ext2 file system supports standard Unix file types, including "
		`+ "regular files, directories, or symbolic links. It provides the ability to "`
		`+ "assign long file names, up to 255 characters."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:34`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`swap` - Swap partitions are used to support virtual memory. In other words, "
		`+ "data is written to a swap partition when there is not enough RAM to store "`
		`+ "the data your system is processing. A swap partition should always be "`
		`+ "created; see "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "`
		`+ "Partitioning Scheme] for details such as the recommended size."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:36`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`xfs` - XFS is a highly scalable, high-performance file system that supports "
		`+ "file systems up to 16 exabytes (approximately 16 million terabytes), files "`
		`+ "up to 8 exabytes (approximately 8 million terabytes), and directory "`
		`+ "structures containing tens of millions of entries. XFS also supports "`
		`+ "metadata journaling, which facilitates quicker crash recovery. The maximum "`
		`+ "supported size of a single XFS file system is 500 TB. Starting with "`
		`+ "{PRODUCT}{nbsp}22, XFS is the default and recommended file system on "`
		`+ "{PRODUCT} Server."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:41`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Note that the size of an XFS file system can not currently be reduced "`
		`+ "without destroying and recreating the file system. If you expect that you "`
		`+ "will need to adjust the sizes of your file systems often, using XFS is not "`
		`+ "recommended, as it makes administration substantially more time-consuming."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:45`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`vfat` - The VFAT file system is a Linux file system that is compatible with "
		`+ "Microsoft Windows long file names on the FAT file system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:47`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`BIOS Boot` - A very small partition required for booting from a device with "
		`+ "a GUID partition table (GPT) on BIOS systems and UEFI systems in BIOS "`
		`+ "compatibility mode. See "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "`
		`+ "Partitioning Scheme] for details."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:49`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`EFI System Partition` - A small partition required for booting a device "
		`+ "with a GUID partition table (GPT) on a UEFI system. See "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "`
		`+ "Partitioning Scheme] for details."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:50`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Software RAID Types"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:53`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`RAID0 (Performance)` - Distributes data across multiple disks. Level 0 RAID "
		`+ "offers increased performance over standard partitions and can be used to "`
		`+ "pool the storage of multiple disks into one large virtual device. Note that "`
		`+ "Level 0 RAIDs offer no redundancy and that the failure of one device in the "`
		`+ "array destroys data in the entire array. RAID 0 requires at least two disks."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:55`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`RAID1 (Redundancy)` - Mirrors all data from one partition onto one or more "
		`+ "other disks. Additional devices in the array provide increasing levels of "`
		`+ "redundancy. RAID 1 requires at least two disks."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:57`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`RAID4 (Error Checking)` - Distributes data across multiple disks and uses "
		`+ "one disk in the array to store parity information which safeguards the array "`
		`+ "in case any disk within the array fails. Because all parity information is "`
		`+ "stored on one disk, access to this disk creates a \"bottleneck\" in the "`
		`+ "array's performance. Level 4 RAID requires at least three disks."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:59`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`RAID5 (Distributed Error Checking)` - Distributes data and parity "
		`+ "information across multiple disks. Level 5 RAIDs therefore offer the "`
		`+ "performance advantages of distributing data across multiple disks, but do "`
		`+ "not share the performance bottleneck of level 4 RAIDs because the parity "`
		`+ "information is also distributed through the array. RAID 5 requires at least "`
		`+ "three disks."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:61`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`RAID6 (Redundant Error Checking)` - Level 6 RAIDs are similar to level 5 "
		`+ "RAIDs, but instead of storing only one set of parity data, they store two "`
		`+ "sets. RAID 6 requires at least four disks."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:62`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`RAID10 (Performance, Redundancy)` - Level 10 RAIDs are nested RAIDs or "
		`+ "hybrid RAIDs. They are constructed by distributing data over mirrored sets "`
		`+ "of disks. For example, a level 10 RAID array constructed from four RAID "`
		`+ "partitions consists of two mirrored pairs of striped partitions. RAID 10 "`
		`+ "requires at least four disks."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.pot

file added

+179

		`@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Advice on Partitions"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "There is no best way to partition every system; the optimal setup depends on "`
		`+ "how you plan to use the system being installed. However, the following tips "`
		`+ "may help you find the optimal layout for your needs:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Consider encrypting any partitions and volumes which might contain sensitive "`
		`+ "data. Encryption prevents unauthorized people from accessing the data on the "`
		`+ "partitions, even if they have access to the physical storage device. In most "`
		+ "cases, you should at least encrypt the `/home` partition, which contains "
		`+ "user data."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:12`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In some cases, creating separate mount points for directories other than "`
		+ "`/`, `/boot` and `/home` may be useful; for example, on a server running a "
		`+ "[application]MySQL database, having a separate mount point for "`
		+ "`/var/lib/mysql` will allow you to preserve the database during a "
		`+ "reinstallation without having to restore it from backup afterwards. However, "`
		`+ "having unnecessary separate mount points will make storage administration "`
		`+ "more difficult."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:14`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Some special restrictions apply to certain directories with regards on which "`
		+ "partitioning layouts can they be placed. Notably, the `/boot` directory must "
		`+ "always be on a physical partition (not on an LVM volume or a Btrfs "`
		+ "subvolume), and `/usr` can not be on a Btrfs subvolume."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:16`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you are new to Linux, consider reviewing the [citetitle]_Linux Filesystem "`
		`+ "Hierarchy Standard_ at "`
		`+ "link:++http://refspecs.linuxfoundation.org/FHS_2.3/fhs-2.3.html++[] for "`
		`+ "information about various system directories and their contents."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:18`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Each kernel installed on your system requires approximately 20 MB on the "`
		+ "`/boot` partition. The default partition size of 500 MB for `/boot` should "
		`+ "suffice for most common uses; increase the size of this partition if you "`
		`+ "plan to keep many kernels installed at the same time."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:20`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `/var` directory holds content for a number of applications, including "
		`+ "the [application]Apache web server, and is used by the [application]DNF "`
		`+ "package manager to temporarily store downloaded package updates. Make sure "`
		+ "that the partition or volume containing `/var` has at least 3 GB."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:22`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The contents of the `/var` directory usually change very often. This may "
		`+ "cause problems with older solid state drives (SSDs), as they can handle a "`
		`+ "lower number of read/write cycles before becoming unusable. If your system "`
		+ "root is on an SSD, consider creating a separate mount point for `/var` on a "
		`+ "classic (platter) HDD."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:24`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `/usr` directory holds the majority of software on a typical {PRODUCT} "
		`+ "installation. The partition or volume containing this directory should "`
		`+ "therefore be at least 5 GB for minimal installations, and at least 10 GB for "`
		`+ "installations with a graphical environment."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:26`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "If `/usr` or `/var` is partitioned separately from the rest of the root "
		`+ "volume, the boot process becomes much more complex because these directories "`
		`+ "contain boot-critical components. In some situations, such as when these "`
		`+ "directories are placed on an iSCSI drive or an FCoE location, the system may "`
		+ "either be unable to boot, or it may hang with a `Device is busy` error when "
		`+ "powering off or rebooting."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:28`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "This limitation only applies to `/usr` or `/var`, not to directories below "
		+ "them. For example, a separate partition for `/var/www` will work without "
		`+ "issues."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:30`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Consider leaving a portion of the space in an LVM volume group "`
		`+ "unallocated. This unallocated space gives you flexibility if your space "`
		`+ "requirements change but you do not wish to remove data from other "`
		+ "volumes. You can also select the `Thin provisioning` device type for the "
		`+ "partition to have the unused space handled automatically by the volume."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:32`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The size of an `XFS` file system can not be reduced - if you need to make a "
		`+ "partition or volume with this file system smaller, you must back up your "`
		`+ "data, destroy the file system, and create a new, smaller one in its "`
		`+ "place. Therefore, if you expect needing to manipulate your partitioning "`
		+ "layout later, you should use the `ext4` file system instead."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:34`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Use Logical Volume Management (LVM) if you anticipate expanding your storage "`
		`+ "by adding more hard drives after the installation. With LVM, you can create "`
		`+ "physical volumes on the new drives, and then assign them to any volume group "`
		`+ "and logical volume as you see fit - for example, you can easily expand your "`
		+ "system's `/home` (or any other directory residing on a logical volume)."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:36`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Creating a BIOS Boot partition or an EFI System Partition may be necessary, "`
		`+ "depending on your system's firmware, boot drive size, and boot drive disk "`
		`+ "label. See "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "`
		`+ "Partitioning Scheme] for information about these partitions. Note that the "`
		`+ "graphical installer will not let you create a BIOS Boot or EFI System "`
		`+ "Partition if your system does not require one - in that case, they will be "`
		`+ "hidden from the menu."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:37`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you need to make any changes to your storage configuration after the "`
		`+ "installation, {PRODUCT} repositories offer several different tools which can "`
		`+ "help you do this. If you prefer a command line tool, try "`
		`+ "[package]system-storage-manager."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.pot

file added

+326

		`@@ -0,0 +1,326 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Recommended Partitioning Scheme"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid "In most cases, at least the following mount points should always be created:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:9`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "`/boot` - 500 MB"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This partition contains the operating system kernel, which allows {PRODUCT} "`
		`+ "to boot. It also contains other files used during the bootstrap process. Due "`
		`+ "to the limitations of most firmware, creating a separate, small standard "`
		`+ "partition for this directory is recommended. In most scenarios, a 500 MB "`
		+ "`/boot` partition is adequate."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:15`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If your system has a hardware RAID controller, be aware that some BIOS types "`
		+ "do not support booting from it. In that case, the `/boot` partition must be "
		`+ "created on a partition outside of the RAID array, such as on a separate hard "`
		`+ "drive."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:17`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Also note that the `/boot` directory can not be placed on a LVM logical "
		`+ "volume or a Btrfs subvolume. Use a standard partition."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "`/` (root) - 10 GB"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:21`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This is where the root directory is located. The root directory is the top "`
		`+ "level of the directory structure. By default, all files are written to this "`
		`+ "partition unless a different partition is mounted in the path being written "`
		+ "to (for example, `/boot` or `/home`). If you follow the recommended scheme "
		`+ "described in this section, this will be the partition where most software "`
		`+ "packages will be installed."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:23`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "For a minimal installation, a 5 GB root partition will be "`
		`+ "sufficient. However, for most common installations which include extra "`
		`+ "packages and a graphical user interface, the root partition should be at "`
		`+ "least 10 GB; with 20 GB being sufficient for most common use cases."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:28`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `/` mount point is the top of the Linux Filesystem Hierarchy, and is "
		+ "referred to as the _root file system_, or root. The `/root` directory, "
		`+ "sometimes pronounced "`
		`+ "\"pass:attributes[{blank}]_slash-root_pass:attributes[{blank}]\", is the "`
		+ "home directory for the `root` user."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:31`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "`/home` - at least 10 GB"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:32`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To store user data separately from system data, create a dedicated mount "`
		+ "point for the `/home` directory. This partition should be sized based on the "
		`+ "amount of data that will be stored locally, number of users, and so on. This "`
		`+ "will allow you to upgrade or reinstall {PRODUCT} without erasing user data "`
		+ "files. During the installation, a separate `/home` partition will be created "
		`+ "if there are 50 GB or more free space for your {PRODUCT} installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:34`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "When using {PRODUCT} as a workstation for normal use with a graphical "`
		`+ "environment, this mount point should have the most disk space assigned to "`
		`+ "it, as it will likely hold the most data (user settings, images, videos, "`
		`+ "etc)."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:35`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "swap - based on your system parameters"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:36`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Swap partitions support virtual memory; data is written to them when there "`
		`+ "is not enough RAM to store the data your system is processing. This "`
		`+ "partition's size is a function of system memory workload, not total system "`
		`+ "memory, and therefore is not equal to the total system memory "`
		`+ "size. Therefore, it is important to analyze what applications a system will "`
		`+ "be running and the load those applications will serve in order to determine "`
		`+ "the system memory workload. Application providers and developers should be "`
		`+ "able to provide some guidance."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:38`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "When the system runs out of swap space, the kernel terminates processes as "`
		`+ "the system RAM memory is exhausted. Configuring too much swap space results "`
		`+ "in storage devices being allocated but idle and is a poor use of "`
		`+ "resources. Too much swap space can also hide memory leaks. The maximum size "`
		`+ "for a swap partition and other additional information can be found in the "`
		+ "`mkswap(8)` man page."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:40`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The table below provides the recommended size of a swap partition depending "`
		`+ "on the amount of RAM in your system and whether you want sufficient memory "`
		`+ "for your system to hibernate. If you let the installation program partition "`
		`+ "your system automatically, the swap partition size will be established using "`
		`+ "these guidelines. Automatic partitioning setup assumes hibernation is not in "`
		`+ "use, and the maximum size of the swap partition is limited to 10% of the "`
		`+ "total size of the hard drive. If you want to set up enough swap space to "`
		`+ "allow for hibernation, or if you want to set the swap partition size to more "`
		`+ "than 10% of the system's storage space, you must edit the partitioning "`
		`+ "layout manually."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:41`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Recommended System Swap Space"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block \|`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:50`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "\|Amount of RAM in the system\|Recommended swap space\|Recommended swap space "`
		`+ "if allowing for hibernation\n"`
		`+ "\|less than 2 GB\|2 times the amount of RAM\|3 times the amount of RAM\n"`
		`+ "\|2 GB - 8 GB\|Equal to the amount of RAM\|2 times the amount of RAM\n"`
		`+ "\|8 GB - 64 GB\|0.5 times the amount of RAM\|1.5 times the amount of RAM\n"`
		`+ "\|more than 64 GB\|workload dependent\|hibernation not recommended\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:53`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "At the border between each range listed above (for example, a system with 2 "`
		`+ "GB, 8 GB, or 64 GB of system RAM), discretion can be exercised with regard "`
		`+ "to chosen swap space and hibernation support. If your system resources allow "`
		`+ "for it, increasing the swap space may lead to better performance."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:55`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Distributing swap space over multiple storage devices - particularly on "`
		`+ "systems with fast drives, controllers and interfaces - also improves swap "`
		`+ "space performance."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:56`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "BIOS Boot (1 MB) or EFI System Partition (200 MB)"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:57`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The [application]GRUB2 boot loader can be installed either in the _Master "`
		`+ "Boot Record_ (MBR) or the _GUID Partition Table_ (GPT) of the boot "`
		`+ "device. In order to determine which of these methods to use, the "`
		`+ "installation program considers the following variations:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:58`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Systems with BIOS firmware and UEFI systems in BIOS compatibility mode:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:59`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If the disk is already formatted, the partitioning scheme is retained. If "`
		`+ "the disk is not formatted, or you have erased all existing partitions from "`
		`+ "the disk, the installer will choose the following:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:61`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "*** MBR if the size of the disk is less than 2 TB (terabytes)\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:63`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "*** GPT if the size of the disk is more than 2 TB\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:68`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can force the installer to use GPT on disks smaller than 2 TB by using "`
		`+ "the [option]#inst.gpt# boot option as described in "`
		`+ "xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#chap-anaconda-boot-options[Boot "`
		`+ "Options]. However, the opposite is not possible - you can not use MBR on "`
		`+ "disks larger than 2 TB."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:72`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You need to create a _BIOS Boot_ partition with a size of 1 MB to install on "`
		`+ "a system with BIOS firmware if the disk containing the boot loader uses "`
		`+ "GPT. If the disk uses a MBR, no special partition is necessary on a BIOS "`
		`+ "system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:73`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Systems with UEFI firmware:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:74`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Only GPT is allowed on UEFI systems. In order to install on a formatted disk "`
		`+ "with a MBR, it must be reformated and relabeled. All data currently on the "`
		`+ "disk will be lost."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:76`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "UEFI-based systems require an _EFI System Partition_ at least 50 MB in size "`
		`+ "(recommended size is 200 MB), regardless of the partitioning scheme."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:81`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If your system requires either a BIOS Boot partition or an EFI System "`
		`+ "Partition based on the requirements detailed above, this partition must be "`
		`+ "created as a standard physical partition. It can not reside on an LVM volume "`
		`+ "or a Btrfs subvolume."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:83`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Also note that if your system does not require any of these partitions, they "`
		+ "will not be shown in the `File System` menu in mount point options."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:87`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Many systems have more partitions than the minimum listed above. Choose "`
		`+ "partitions based on your particular needs. See "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-advice[Advice "`
		`+ "on Partitions] for additional information and advice."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:92`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Only assign storage capacity to those partitions you require "`
		`+ "immediately. You may allocate free space at any time, to meet needs as they "`
		`+ "occur."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:95`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you are not sure how best to configure the partitions for your computer, "`
		`+ "accept the automatic default partition layout provided by the installation "`
		`+ "program as described in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation "`
		`+ "Destination]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.pot

file added

+174

		`@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:31`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Creating Software RAID"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "_Redundant arrays of independent disks_ (RAIDs) are constructed from "`
		`+ "multiple storage devices that are arranged to provide increased performance "`
		`+ "and, in some configurations, greater fault tolerance. See "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, "`
		`+ "File System and RAID Types] a description of different kinds of RAIDs."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "A RAID device is created in one step, and disks are added or removed as "`
		`+ "necessary. One RAID partition per physical disk is allowed for each device, "`
		`+ "so the number of disks available to the installation program determines "`
		`+ "which levels of RAID device are available to you. For example, if your "`
		`+ "system has two hard drives, the installation program will not allow you to "`
		`+ "create a RAID10 device, which requires 4 separate partitions."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:15`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This section only explains how to create software RAID with standard "`
		`+ "(physical) partitions. However, you can also configure LVM volume groups and "`
		`+ "Btrfs volumes to use RAID and place their logical volumes or Btrfs "`
		`+ "subvolumes on top of this RAID array. See "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-lvm[Creating "`
		`+ "a Logical Volume Managament (LVM) Layout] and "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-btrfs[Creating "`
		`+ "a Btrfs Layout] for instructions on creating RAID in LVM and Btrfs."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Create Software RAID"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The Manual Partitioning screen"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:26`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "RAID configuration options are only visible if you have selected two or more "`
		`+ "disks for installation. At least two disks are required to create a RAID "`
		`+ "device, and some RAID layouts will require more. Requirements for different "`
		`+ "types of RAID are described in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, "`
		`+ "File System and RAID Types]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:30`
		`+ msgid "Follow the procedure below to create software RAID:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:33`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Click the `+` button at the bottom of the list showing existing mount "
		`+ "points. A new dialog window will open."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:35`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In the new dialog window, specify a mount point for which you want to create "`
		+ "a separate software RAID partition - for example, `/`. Optionally, specify a "
		`+ "size for the new partition using standard units such as MB or GB (for "`
		+ "example, `50GB`). Then, click `Add mount point` to add the mount point and "
		`+ "return to the main partitioning screen."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:40`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "When creating a mount point for swap on software RAID, specify the mount "`
		+ "point as `swap`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:44`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The mount point has now been created using the default settings, which means "`
		`+ "it has been created as an LVM logical volume. Select the newly created mount "`
		`+ "point in the left pane to configure it further, and convert it to a software "`
		+ "RAID partition by changing the `Device Type` option to `RAID`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:46`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Choose a RAID type from the `RAID Level` drop-down menu. Available RAID "
		`+ "types and their requirements are described in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, "`
		`+ "File System and RAID Types]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:48`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "In the `Device(s)` section on the right side of the screen, you can see that "
		`+ "the partition has been assigned to several physical disks. Click the "`
		+ "`Modify` button to configure on which drives this partition will be created."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:50`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "In the `Configure Mount Point` dialog, you can specify which physical "
		`+ "devices (disks) this partition may reside on. You can select one or more "`
		`+ "disks which will be used to hold this partition by holding down kbd:[Ctrl] "`
		`+ "and clicking each disk in the list. If you want to make sure that this "`
		`+ "partition is placed on a specific set of hard drives, select only those "`
		`+ "drives and unselect all others."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:52`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "After you finish configuring the partition's location, click `Save` to "
		+ "return to the main `Manual Partitioning` screen."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:54`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Configure other settings specific to the partition - its `Mount Point`, "
		+ "`Desired Capacity`, and `File System`. Press `Update Settings` to apply any "
		`+ "changes to the configuration."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:55`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Repeat this procedure for any additional standard partitions with software "`
		`+ "RAID you want to create."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.pot

file added

+122

		`@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:9`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Date & Time"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Date & Time` screen allows you to configure time and date-related "
		`+ "settings for your system. This screen is automatically configured based on "`
		`+ "the settings you selected in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-welcome[Welcome "`
		`+ "Screen and Language Selection], but you can change your date, time and "`
		`+ "location settings before you begin the installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:11`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Screenshot of the Date & Time screen"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:11`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/DateTimeSpoke.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:14`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "First, select your `Region` using the drop-down menu in the top left corner "
		+ "of the screen. Then, select your `City`, or the city closest to your "
		`+ "location in the same time zone. Selecting a specific location helps "`
		`+ "{PRODUCT} ensure that your time is always set correctly including automatic "`
		`+ "time changes for daylight savings time if applicable."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:16`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can also select a time zone relative to Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) "`
		+ "without setting your location to a specific region. To do so, select `Etc` "
		`+ "as your region."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:21`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The list of cities and regions comes from the Time Zone Database "`
		`+ "([package]tzdata) public domain, which is maintained by the Internet "`
		`+ "Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA). The Fedora Project can not add cities or "`
		`+ "regions into this database. You can find more information at the "`
		`+ "link:++http://www.iana.org/time-zones++[IANA official website]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The switch labeled `Network Time` in the top right corner of the screen can "
		`+ "be used to enable or disable network time synchronization using the Network "`
		`+ "Time Protocol (NTP). Enabling this option will keep your system time correct "`
		`+ "as long as the system can access the internet. By default, four NTP _pools_ "`
		`+ "are configured; you can add others and disable or remove the default ones by "`
		`+ "clicking the gear wheel button next to the switch."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:26`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The Add and mark for usage NTP servers dialog"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:28`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "A dialog window allowing you to add or remove NTP pools from your system "`
		`+ "configuration"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:28`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/DateTimeSpoke_AddNTP.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:31`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you disable network time synchronization, the controls at the bottom of "`
		`+ "the screen will become active, and you will be able to set the current time "`
		`+ "and date manually."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:32`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "After configuring your time and date settings, press the `Done` button in "
		`+ "the top left corner to return to "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "`
		`+ "Summary]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.pot

file added

+195

		`@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installation Destination - Specialized & Network Disks"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "This part of the `Installation Destination` screen allows you to configure "
		`+ "non-local storage devices, namely iSCSI and FCoE storage. This section will "`
		`+ "mostly be useful to advanced users who have a need for networked disks. For "`
		`+ "instructions on setting up local hard drives, see "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation "`
		`+ "Destination]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:13`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This section only explains how to make existing network disks available "`
		`+ "inside the installer. It does not explain how to set up your network or a "`
		`+ "storage server, only how to connect to them."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:16`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installation Destination - Network Storage Filters"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "A list of currently configured network storage devices"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/FilterSpoke.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:21`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The screen contains a list of all currently available (discovered) network "`
		`+ "storage devices. When the screen is opened for the first time, the list will "`
		`+ "be empty in most cases because no network storage has been discovered - the "`
		`+ "installer makes no attempt at discovering this unless you configure network "`
		`+ "disks using a Kickstart file."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:23`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To add one or more storage devices to the screen so you can search them and "`
		+ "use them in the installation, click `Add iSCSI Target` or `Add FCoE SAN` in "
		`+ "the bottom right corner of the screen, and follow the instructions in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination-add-iscsi[Add "`
		`+ "iSCSI Target] or "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination-add-fcoe[Add "`
		`+ "FCoE SAN], depending on which type of network storage you want to add."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Network storage devices successfully discovered and configured by the "`
		`+ "installer will then be displayed in the main list, along with identifying "`
		+ "information such as `Name`, `WWID`, `Model` and `Target`. To sort the list "
		+ "by a specific column (for example `WWID`), click the column's heading."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:30`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "On lower display resolutions, the list may be too wide to fit on the screen, "`
		`+ "and some of the columns or buttons may be hidden initially. Use the "`
		`+ "horizontal scroll bar at the bottom of the list to move your view and see "`
		`+ "all available table columns and controls."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:34`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "There are three tabs on the top of the list, which display different "`
		`+ "information:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:35`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Search"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:36`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Displays all available devices, regardless of their type, and allows you to "`
		`+ "filter them either by their _World Wide Identifier_ (WWID) or by the port, "`
		`+ "target, or logical unit number (LUN) at which they are accessed."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:37`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Multipath Devices"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:38`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Storage devices accessible through more than one path, such as through "`
		`+ "multiple SCSI controllers or Fiber Channel ports on the same system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:43`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The installation program only detects multipath storage devices with serial "`
		`+ "numbers that are 16 or 32 characters long."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:46`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Other SAN Devices"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:47`
		`+ msgid "Devices available on a Storage Area Network (SAN)."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:49`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Depending on the tab you are currently in, you can filter the discovered "`
		+ "devices by using the `Filter By` field. Some of the filtering options are "
		`+ "automatically populated based on discovered devices (for example, if you "`
		+ "select `Filter By:` `Vendor`, another drop-down menu will appear showing all "
		`+ "vendors of all discovered devices). Other filters require your input (for "`
		`+ "example when filtering by WWID), and present you with a text input field "`
		`+ "instead of a drop-down menu."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:51`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In the list (regardless of how it is filtered), each device is presented on "`
		`+ "a separate row, with a check box to its left. Mark the check box to make the "`
		`+ "device available during the installation process; this will cause this "`
		+ "device (node) to be shown in the `Specialized & Network Disks` section in "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation "`
		`+ "Destination]. There, you can select the disk as an installation target and "`
		`+ "proceed with either manual or automatic partitioning."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:56`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Devices that you select here are not automatically wiped by the installation "`
		`+ "process. Selecting a device on this screen does not, in itself, place data "`
		`+ "stored on the device at risk. Also note that any devices that you do not "`
		`+ "select here to form part of the installed system can be added to the system "`
		+ "after installation by modifying the `/etc/fstab` file."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:60`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "When you have selected the storage devices to make available during "`
		+ "installation, click `Done` to return to "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation "`
		`+ "Destination]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.pot

file added

+103

		`@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Add FCoE SAN"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The following procedure explains how to add _Fibre Channel over Ethernet_ "`
		`+ "(FCoE) storage devices and make them available during the installation:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:10`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Add FCoE Target"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:12`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Click the `Add FCoE SAN` button in the bottom right corner of "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination[Installation "`
		`+ "Destination - Specialized & Network Disks]. A new dialog window will open."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:14`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Select the network interface (`NIC`) which is connected to your FCoE switch "
		`+ "from the drop-down menu. Note that this network interface must be configured "`
		`+ "and connected - see "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration[Network "`
		`+ "& Hostname]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:16`
		+ msgid "Below the `NIC` drop-down menu are two choices:"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:17`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "`Use DCB`"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:18`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "_Data Center Bridging_ (DCB) is a set of enhancements to the Ethernet "`
		`+ "protocols designed to increase the efficiency of Ethernet connections in "`
		`+ "storage networks and clusters. This option should only be enabled for "`
		`+ "network interfaces that require a host-based DCBX client. Configurations on "`
		`+ "interfaces that implement a hardware DCBX client should leave this check box "`
		`+ "empty."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:19`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "`Use auto vlan`"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:20`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This option indicates whether VLAN discovery should be performed. If this "`
		`+ "box is checked, then the _FCoE Initiation Protocol_ (FIP) VLAN discovery "`
		`+ "protocol will run on the Ethernet interface once the link configuration has "`
		`+ "been validated. If they are not already configured, network interfaces for "`
		`+ "any discovered FCoE VLANs will be automatically created and FCoE instances "`
		`+ "will be created on the VLAN interfaces. This option is enabled by default."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:21`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "After you select which interface and options to use, click `Add FCoE "
		+ "Disk(s)`. Discovered FCoE storage devices will be displayed under the `Other "
		+ "SAN Devices` tab in "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination[Installation "`
		`+ "Destination - Specialized & Network Disks]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.pot

file added

+212

		`@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:14`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Add iSCSI Target"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To use iSCSI storage devices, the installer must be able to discover them as "`
		`+ "_iSCSI targets_ and be able to create an iSCSI session to access them. Both "`
		`+ "of these steps may require a user name and password for _Challenge Handshake "`
		`+ "Authentication Protocol_ (CHAP) authentication."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can also configure an iSCSI target to authenticate the iSCSI initiator "`
		`+ "on the system to which the target is attached (_reverse CHAP_), both for "`
		`+ "discovery and for the session. Used together, CHAP and reverse CHAP are "`
		`+ "called _mutual CHAP_ or _two-way CHAP_. Mutual CHAP provides the greatest "`
		`+ "level of security for iSCSI connections, particularly if the user name and "`
		`+ "password are different for CHAP authentication and reverse CHAP "`
		`+ "authentication."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:12`
		`+ msgid "Follow the procedure below to add an iSCSI storage target to your system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:16`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Click the `Add iSCSI Target` button in the bottom right corner of the "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination[Installation "`
		`+ "Destination - Specialized & Network Disks] screen. A new dialog window "`
		+ "titled `Add iSCSI Storage Target` will open."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:18`
		+ msgid "Enter the IP address of the iSCSI target in the `Target IP Address` field."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:20`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Provide a name in the `iSCSI Initiator Name` field for the iSCSI initiator "
		`+ "in _iSCSI Qualified Name_ (IQN) format. A valid IQN entry contains:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:22`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "** The string `iqn.` (including the period).\n"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:24`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "** A date code specifying the year and month in which your organization's "`
		`+ "Internet domain or subdomain name was registered, represented as four digits "`
		`+ "for the year, a dash, and two digits for the month, followed by a "`
		+ "period. For example, represent September 2010 as `2010-09.`\n"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:26`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "** Your organization's Internet domain or subdomain name, presented in "`
		`+ "reverse order (with the top-level domain first). For example, represent "`
		+ "the subdomain storage.example.com as `com.example.storage`.\n"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:28`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "** A colon (`:`) followed by a string which uniquely identifies this "
		`+ "particular iSCSI initiator within your domain or subdomain. For example, "`
		+ "`:diskarrays-sn-a8675309`\n"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:30`
		`+ msgid "A complete IQN will therefore look as follows:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:34`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "`iqn.2010-09.com.example.storage:diskarrays-sn-a8675309`\n"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:37`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "An example using the correct format is also displayed below the input field "`
		`+ "for reference."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:39`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "For more information about IQNs, see [citetitle]_3.2.6. iSCSI Names in RFC "`
		`+ "3720 - Internet Small Computer Systems Interface (iSCSI)_, available from "`
		`+ "link:++http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3720#section-3.2.6++[] and "`
		`+ "[citetitle]_1. iSCSI Names and Addresses in RFC 3721 - Internet Small "`
		`+ "Computer Systems Interface (iSCSI) Naming and Discovery_, available from "`
		`+ "link:++http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3721#section-1++[]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:41`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Specify the type of authentication to use for iSCSI discovery using the "`
		+ "`Discovery Authentication Type` drop-down menu. Depending on which type of "
		+ "authentication you selected, additional input fields (such as `CHAP "
		+ "Username` and `CHAP Password` may then become visible. Fill in your "
		`+ "authentication credentials; these should be provided by your organization."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:43`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Click the `Start Discovery` button. The installer will now attempt to "
		`+ "discover an iSCSI target based on the information you provided, and if the "`
		`+ "target requires CHAP or reverse CHAP authentication, it will attempt to use "`
		`+ "the credentials you provided. This process may take some time (generally "`
		`+ "less than 30 seconds), depending on your network."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:45`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If the discovery was not successful, an error message will be displayed in "`
		`+ "the dialog window. This message will vary based on which part of the "`
		`+ "discovery failed. If the installer did not find the target you specified at "`
		`+ "all, you should check the IP address; if the problem is an authentication "`
		`+ "error, make sure you entered all CHAP and reverse CHAP credentials correctly "`
		`+ "and that you have access to the iSCSI target."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:50`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `No nodes discovered` error message may also mean that all nodes on the "
		`+ "address you specified are already configured. During discovery, "`
		`+ "[application]Anaconda ignores nodes which have already been added."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:54`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If the discovery was successful, you will see a list of all discovered "`
		`+ "nodes."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:56`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Select one or more nodes you want to log in to by marking or unmarking the "`
		`+ "check box next to each node discovered on the target. Below the list, select "`
		`+ "again the type of authentication you want to use; you can also select the "`
		+ "`Use the credentials from discovery` option if the CHAP/reverse CHAP user "
		`+ "name and password you used to discover the target are also valid for logging "`
		`+ "in to it."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:58`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "After selecting all nodes you want to use, click `Log In` to initiate an "
		`+ "iSCSI session. [application]Anaconda will attempt to log in to all "`
		+ "selected nodes. If the login process is succesful, the `Add iSCSI Storage "
		+ "Target` dialog will close, and all nodes you have configured will now be "
		`+ "shown in the list of network disks in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination[Installation "`
		`+ "Destination - Specialized & Network Disks]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:59`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can repeat this procedure to discover additional iSCSI targets, or to "`
		`+ "add more nodes from a previously configured target. However, note that once "`
		+ "you click the `Start Discovery` button for the first time, you will not be "
		+ "able to change the `iSCSI Initiator Name`. If you made an error when "
		`+ "configuring the initiator name, you must restart the installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.pot

file added

+150

		`@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:17`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Initial Setup"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Initial Setup` screen is shown after the installation finishes and the "
		`+ "installed system boots for the first time, before the first login, assuming "`
		`+ "the following conditions have been met:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Your software selection contained a graphical environment (for example, you "`
		`+ "installed the system using a {PRODUCT} Workstation live image)."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:12`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The graphical environment you have installed is not [application]*GNOME "`
		`+ "Desktop Environment* (it provides its own initial setup utility which is "`
		`+ "described in xref:After_Installation.adoc#sect-gnome-initial-setup[GNOME "`
		`+ "Initial Setup])."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:14`
		`+ msgid "The [package]initial-setup package has been installed."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:16`
		`+ msgid "You have not configured every screen available in the graphical installer."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:19`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The main Initial Setup screen. This example shows all options; not all of "`
		`+ "them may be shown"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:19`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/InitialSetupHub.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:22`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "[application]Initial Setup allows you to configure several system "`
		`+ "settings. All of these can also be configured during the installation, but "`
		`+ "they are not required to finish it. Only the settings which have not been "`
		`+ "configured during the installation will be shown; for example, if you did "`
		+ "not create a non-`root` user account during the installation, "
		`+ "[application]Initial Setup will start after the first reboot, and you will "`
		`+ "be able to configure one. If you configured all available options during the "`
		`+ "instalaltion, [application]Initial Setup will not be displayed at all."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:24`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To configure any aspect of the system available in the utility, click any of "`
		+ "the links available in the main window (for example, `Create User`). Each "
		`+ "link leads to a separate screen with separate options; these screens are the "`
		`+ "same ones which were available during the graphical installation. If you "`
		+ "need help, press `Help` in the top left corner to open a new window "
		`+ "containing directions for that screen."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:26`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "After you finish configuring any screen, press the `Done` button in the top "
		`+ "left corner to return to the main [application]Initial Setup menu. After "`
		+ "you finish configuring all settings, click `Finish Configuration` in the "
		`+ "bottom right corner to save all configured settings. The configuration "`
		`+ "utility will close and you will be able to log in to the system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:31`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "It is possible to configure [application]Initial Setup to display all "`
		`+ "available options, even if they have been already configured during the "`
		`+ "installation. To do so, you must use a Kickstart file at the start of the "`
		`+ "installation, and this file must contain the following command:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:35`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "# [command]firstboot --enable --reconfig#\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:38`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The [option]#--reconfig# option specifies that all options should be "`
		`+ "displayed. See "`
		`+ "xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#chap-kickstart-installations[Automating "`
		`+ "the Installation with Kickstart] for information about Kickstart "`
		`+ "installations."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:45`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Normally, it is not possible to return to [application]Initial Setup after "`
		`+ "you close it and log in to the system. You can make it display again (after "`
		`+ "the next reboot, before a login prompt is displayed), by executing the "`
		+ "following command as `root`:"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:49`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "# systemctl enable initial-setup-graphical.service\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:52`
		`+ msgid "Then, reboot your system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.pot

file added

+115

		`@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:16`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Kdump"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:11`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This screen is disabled by default. To enable it during the installation, "`
		`+ "you must use the [option]#inst.kdump_addon=on# option at the boot menu. See "`
		`+ "xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-advanced[Advanced "`
		`+ "Installation Options] for details, and "`
		`+ "xref:Booting_the_Installation.adoc#sect-boot-menu[The Boot Menu] for "`
		`+ "instructions on using custom boot options."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:15`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Use this screen to select whether or not [application]Kdump will be "`
		`+ "activated on the installed system, and how much memory will be reserved for "`
		`+ "it if enabled."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The Kdump configuration screen"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/KdumpSpoke.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:21`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "[application]Kdump is a kernel crash dumping mechanism which, in the event "`
		`+ "of a system crash, captures the contents of the system memory at the moment "`
		`+ "of failure. This captured memory can then be analyzed to find the cause of "`
		`+ "the crash. If [application]Kdump is enabled, it must have a small portion "`
		`+ "of the system's memory (RAM) reserved to itself. This reserved memory will "`
		`+ "not be accessible to the main kernel."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:23`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To enable [application]Kdump on the installed system, check "`
		+ "`Enabled`. Then, select either `Automatic` or `Manual` memory reservation "
		+ "settings, and if you selected `Manual`, enter the amount of memory to be "
		+ "reserved in megabytes into the `Memory to be reserved` field."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The amount of memory which you should reserve is determined based on your "`
		`+ "system's architecture (AMD64 and Intel{nbsp}64 will have different "`
		`+ "requirements than IBM Power, for example) as well as the total amount of "`
		`+ "system memory. In most cases, automatic reservation will be satisfactory. If "`
		`+ "you insist on manual settings, see the "`
		`+ "link:++https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/7/html/Kernel_Crash_Dump_Guide/appe-supported-kdump-configurations-and-targets.html#sect-kdump-memory-requirements++[Red{nbsp}Hat "`
		`+ "Enterprise{nbsp}Linux{nbsp}7 Kernel Crash Dump Guide] for guidelines. This "`
		`+ "document also contains more in-depth information about how "`
		`+ "[application]Kdump works, how to configure additional settings, and how to "`
		`+ "analyze a saved crash dump."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:27`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Usable System Memory` readout below the reservation input field shows "
		`+ "how much memory will be accessible to your main system once your selected "`
		`+ "amount of RAM is reserved."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:32`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Additional settings, such as the location where kernel crash dumps will be "`
		`+ "saved, can only be configured after the installation using either the "`
		+ "`system-config-kdump` graphical interface, or manually in the "
		+ "`/etc/kdump.conf` configuration file."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:35`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "After configuring [application]Kdump settings, click btn:[Done] in the top "`
		`+ "left corner to return to "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "`
		`+ "Summary]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.pot

file added

+146

		`@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Keyboard Layout"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Keyboard Layout` screen allows you to set up one or more keyboard "
		`+ "layouts for your system and a way to switch between them. One keyboard "`
		`+ "layout is configured automatically based on your selection in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-welcome[Welcome "`
		`+ "Screen and Language Selection], but you can change this layout and add "`
		`+ "additional ones before you begin the installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Keyboard layouts are a separate setting from system languages, and these two "`
		`+ "settings can be mixed as you see fit."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:15`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "All settings configured in this screen will be available on the installed "`
		`+ "system, and they will also become immediately available inside the "`
		`+ "installer. You can use the keyboard icon in the top right corner of any "`
		`+ "screen, or the keyboard switch you configured in this screen, to cycle "`
		`+ "between your configured layouts."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The keyboard layout configuration screen"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/KeyboardSpoke.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:23`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The left half of the screen contains a window listing all currently "`
		`+ "configured layouts. The order in which the layouts are displayed is "`
		`+ "important - the same order will be used when switching between layouts, and "`
		`+ "the first listed layout will be the default on your system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The text field on the right side of the screen can be used to test the "`
		`+ "currently selected layout."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:27`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can click a layout in the list to highlight it. At the bottom of the "`
		`+ "list, there is a set of buttons:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:29`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `+` button adds a new layout. When you press this button, a new window "
		`+ "opens with a list of all available layouts, grouped by language. You can "`
		`+ "find a layout by browsing the list, or you can use the search bar at the "`
		`+ "bottom of this window. When you find the layout you want to add, highlight "`
		+ "it and press `Add`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:31`
		+ msgid "The `-` button removes the currently highlighted layout."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:33`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The up and down buttons can be used to move the highlighted layout up or "`
		`+ "down in the list."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:35`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The keyboard button opens a new window which offers a visual representation "`
		`+ "of the highlighted layout."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:40`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "If you use a layout that cannot accept Latin characters, such as `Russian`, "
		+ "you are advised to also add the `English (United States)` layout and "
		`+ "configure a keyboard combination to switch between the two layouts. If you "`
		`+ "only select a layout without Latin characters, you may be unable to enter a "`
		+ "valid `root` password and user credentials later in the installation "
		`+ "process. This may prevent you from completing the installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:44`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can also optionally configure a keyboard switch which can be used to "`
		+ "cycle between available layouts. To do so, click the `Options` button on the "
		+ "right side of the screen. The `Layout Switching Options` dialog will open, "
		`+ "allowing you to configure one or more keys or key combinations for "`
		`+ "switching. Select one or more key combinations using the check boxes next to "`
		+ "them, and click `OK` to confirm your selection."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:45`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "After you finish configuring keyboard layouts and switches, click `Done` in "
		`+ "the top left corner to return to "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "`
		`+ "Summary]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.pot

file added

+108

		`@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Language Support"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Language Support` screen allows you to configure language settings for "
		`+ "your system. The default language is determined by your selection in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-welcome[Welcome "`
		`+ "Screen and Language Selection] and support for this language can not be "`
		`+ "removed. You can only add additional languages, which will be available on "`
		`+ "the installed system - not during the installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you want to change the default language, or the language used during the "`
		`+ "installation, you must reboot your system, start the installer again, and "`
		`+ "select a different language in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-welcome[Welcome "`
		`+ "Screen and Language Selection]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:15`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Adding support for another language does not automatically configure the "`
		`+ "corresponding keyboard layout. Layouts are a separate setting configured in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-keyboard-layout[Keyboard "`
		`+ "Layout]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The language configuration screen. The left side shows that at least one "`
		`+ "variant of English and French have been selected; the right column shows "`
		`+ "that French (France) and French (Canada) are selected in the currently "`
		`+ "highlighted French group."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/LangSupportSpoke.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:23`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The left panel contains a list of available language groups such as "`
		+ "`English` or `Bulgarian`. If at least one language from a group is selected, "
		`+ "a check mark will be displayed next to the group, and the list entry will be "`
		`+ "highlighted. This allows you to easily see which languages you have "`
		`+ "configured support for."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To add support for one or more additional languages, click a group in the "`
		`+ "left panel, and then select one or more regional variations in the right "`
		`+ "panel using check boxes next to list entries. Repeat this process for all "`
		`+ "languages you want to install support for."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:30`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Enabling support for some languages (typically languages which use non-Latin "`
		`+ "script) will install additional packages - for example, enabling support for "`
		+ "one or more languages from the `Arabic` group will also install the "
		+ "`arabic-support` package group. For more information about packages, see "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-software-selection[Software "`
		`+ "Selection]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:33`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Once you have made your selections, click `Done` in the top left corner to "
		`+ "return to "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "`
		`+ "Summary]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.pot

file added

+105

		`@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:16`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Network & Hostname"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Network & Hostname` screen is used to configure network "
		`+ "interfaces. Options selected here will be available both during the "`
		`+ "installation (if needed for tasks such as downloading packages from a remote "`
		`+ "location) and on the installed system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:13`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Network configuration is an expansive topic and many of the options "`
		`+ "available during the installation are beyond the scope of this document. For "`
		`+ "detailed information about networking, including both theoretical topics and "`
		`+ "specific instructions and examples, see the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} "`
		`+ "Networking{nbsp}Guide_, available at "`
		`+ "link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The Network & Hostname screen. In the left pane"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/NetworkSpoke.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:21`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Locally accessible interfaces are automatically detected by the installation "`
		`+ "program and cannot be manually added or deleted. All detected interfaces are "`
		`+ "listed on the left side of the screen. Click an interface in the list to "`
		`+ "display its current configuration (such as IP and DNS address); the details "`
		`+ "are displayed on the right side of the screen."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:23`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Below the list of interfaces are two buttons. Use the `+` button to add a "
		`+ "virtual network interface (Team, Bond or VLAN) as described in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration-virtual-interface[Adding "`
		`+ "a Virtual Network Interface]. To remove a previously created virtual "`
		+ "interface, select it in the list and click the `-` button."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To change settings such as IP addresses, DNS servers, or routing "`
		`+ "configuration for an existing interface (both virtual and physical), select "`
		+ "the interface in the left pane and click `Configure` in the bottom right "
		`+ "corner of the screen. Available settings are described in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration-advanced[Editing "`
		`+ "Network Interface Configuration]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:27`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Use the `ON`pass:attributes[{blank}]/pass:attributes[{blank}]`OFF` switch in "
		`+ "the top right corner to enable or disable the currently selected interface."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:29`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Below the list of connections, enter a host name for this computer in the "`
		+ "`Hostname` input field. The host name can be either a _fully-qualified "
		`+ "domain name_ (FQDN) in the format _hostname_._domainname_, or a short host "`
		`+ "name with no domain name. Many networks have a _Dynamic Host Configuration "`
		+ "Protocol_ (`DHCP`) service that automatically supplies connected systems "
		+ "with a domain name; to allow the `DHCP` service to assign the domain name to "
		`+ "this machine, only specify the short host name."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.pot

file added

+204

		`@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Editing Network Interface Configuration"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This section only details the most important settings for a typical wired "`
		`+ "connection used during installation. Many of the available options do not "`
		`+ "have to be changed in most installation scenarios and are not carried over "`
		`+ "to the installed system. Configuration of other types of networks is broadly "`
		`+ "similar, although the specific configuration parameters may be different. To "`
		`+ "learn more about network configuration after installation, see the "`
		`+ "[citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Networking{nbsp}Guide_, available at "`
		`+ "link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To configure a network connection manually, select that connection in the "`
		+ "list on the left side of the screen, and click the `Configure` button. A "
		`+ "dialog will appear that allows you to configure the selected connection. The "`
		`+ "configuration options presented depends on the connection type - the "`
		`+ "available options will be slightly different depending on whether it is a "`
		`+ "physical interface (wired or wireless network interface controller) or a "`
		`+ "virtual interface (Bond, Team or Vlan) which you previously configured in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration-virtual-interface[Adding "`
		`+ "a Virtual Network Interface].. A full description of all configuration "`
		`+ "settings for all connection types is beyond the scope of this document; see "`
		`+ "the [citetitle]_Networking Guide_ for details."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:12`
		`+ msgid "The most common and useful options in the configuration dialog are:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:13`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Enable or disable the connection by default"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:14`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "In the `General` tab of the configuration dialog, you can select or unselect "
		+ "the `Automatically connect to this network when it is available` check box "
		`+ "to allow or disallow this connection to connect by default. When enabled on "`
		`+ "a wired connection, this means the system will typically connect during "`
		`+ "startup (unless you unplug the network cable); on a wireless connection, it "`
		`+ "means that the interface will attempt to connect to any known wireless "`
		`+ "networks in range."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:16`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Additionally, you can allow or disallow all users on the system from "`
		+ "connecting to this network using the `All users may connect to this network` "
		+ "option. If you disable this option, only `root` will be able to connect to "
		`+ "this network."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:21`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "It is not possible to only allow a specific user other than `root` to use "
		`+ "this interface, because no other users are created at this point during the "`
		`+ "installation. If you need a connection for a different user, you must "`
		`+ "configure it after the installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:24`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Set up static IPv4 or IPv6 settings"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "By default, both `IPv4` and `IPv6` are set to automatic configuration "
		`+ "depending on current network settings. This means that addresses such as the "`
		`+ "local IP address, DNS address, and other settings will be detected "`
		`+ "automatically each time the interface connects to a network. In many cases, "`
		`+ "this is sufficient, but you can also provide static configuration in the "`
		+ "`IPv4 Settings` and `IPv6 Settings`, respectively."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:27`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To set static network configuration, navigate to one of the settings tabs "`
		+ "and select a method other than `Automatic` (for example, `Manual`) from the "
		+ "`Method` drop-down menu. This will enable the `Addresses` field below."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:32`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "In the `IPv6 Settings` tab, you can also set the method to `Ignore` to "
		+ "disable `IPv6` on this interface."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:36`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Then, click `Add` on the right side and add a set of settings: `Address`, "
		+ "`Netmask` (for `IPv4`), `Prefix` (for `IPv6`), and `Gateway`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:38`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `DNS servers` field accepts one or more IP addresses of DNS servers - "
		+ "for example, `10.0.0.1,10.0.0.8`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:40`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The final option in both tabs is `Require IPvpass:attributes[{blank}]_X_ "
		+ "addressing for this connection to complete`. Select this option in the "
		+ "`IPv4` tab to only allow this connection if `IPv4` was successful; the same "
		+ "principle applies to this setting in the `IPv6` tab. If this option remains "
		+ "disabled for both `IPv4` and `IPv6`, the interface will be able to connect "
		`+ "if configuration succeeds on either IP protocol."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:41`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Configure routes"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:42`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "In the `IPv4 Settings` and `IPv4 Settings` tabs, click the `Routes` button "
		`+ "in the bottom right corner to configure routing settings for a specific IP "`
		+ "protocol on an interface. A new dialog will open, allowing you to `Add` a "
		`+ "specific route."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:44`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you confire at least one static route, you can disallow all routes not "`
		+ "specifically configured here by enabling the `Ignore automatically obtained "
		+ "routes`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:46`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Select `Use this connection only for resources on its network` to prevent "
		`+ "this connection from becoming the default route. This option can be selected "`
		`+ "even if you did not configure any static routes. Enabling this option means "`
		`+ "that this route will only be used when necessary to access certain "`
		`+ "resources, such as intranet pages which require a local or VPN "`
		`+ "connection. Another (default) route will be used for publicly available "`
		`+ "resources if possible. Note that unlike the additional routes configured in "`
		`+ "this dialog, this setting will be transferred to the installed system. Also "`
		`+ "note that this option is only useful when more than one interface is "`
		`+ "configured."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:48`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "When you finish configuring the interface's routing settings, click `OK` to "
		`+ "return to the configuration dialog."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:49`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Once you finish configuring the interface, click `Save` in the configuration "
		`+ "window's bottom right corner to save your settings and return to "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration[Network "`
		`+ "& Hostname]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.pot

file added

+75

		`@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Adding a Virtual Network Interface"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "To add a virtual network interface, click the `+` button at the bottom of "
		`+ "the interface list. A new window will open, prompting you to select one of "`
		`+ "the three available types of virtual interfaces:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`Bond` - NIC (_Network Interface Controller_) Bonding, a method to bind "
		`+ "multiple physical network interfaces together into a single bonded channel."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:12`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`Team` - NIC Teaming, a new implementation to aggregate links, designed to "
		`+ "provide a small kernel driver to implement the fast handling of packet "`
		`+ "flows, and various applications to do everything else in user space."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:14`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`Vlan` (_Virtual LAN_) - A method to create multiple distinct broadcast "
		`+ "domains which are mutually isolated."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:16`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Select the interface type you want to add, and click `Add`. Another dialog "
		`+ "window will open, allowing you to edit any available settings for your "`
		`+ "chosen interface type. For information about available settings, see the "`
		`+ "respective sections of the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Networking{nbsp}Guide_, "`
		`+ "available at link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]. Basic documentation "`
		`+ "is also available in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration-advanced[Editing "`
		`+ "Network Interface Configuration]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:21`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To access the settings dialog again after you closed it, select the same "`
		+ "interface in the list of configured interfaces and click `Configure` in the "
		`+ "bottom right corner of the screen. To remove a virtual interface, select it "`
		+ "in the list and click the `-` button below."
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.pot

file added

+113

		`@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Root Password"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Root Password` screen is used to configure the `root` password for your "
		`+ "system. This password will be used to log into the administrator (also known "`
		`+ "as superuser) account, which is used for system administration tasks such as "`
		`+ "installing and updating software packages and changing system-wide "`
		`+ "configuration such as network and firewall settings, storage options and "`
		`+ "adding or modifying users, groups and file permissions."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `root` account will always be created during the installation. However, "
		`+ "you should always also create a normal user accont in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-create-user[Create "`
		`+ "User] and use that account to log in to the system. Only switch to the "`
		`+ "administrator account only when you need to perform a task which requires "`
		`+ "administrator access."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:15`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `root` account has complete control over the system. If an unauthorized "
		`+ "person gains access to this account, they can access or delete all users' "`
		`+ "personal files or otherwise exploit the machine for their own nefarious "`
		`+ "purposes. See the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Security Guide_, available at "`
		`+ "link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for detailed documentation about "`
		`+ "account security and guidelines for choosing a strong password."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The Root Password screen. Use the text input fields to provide your root "`
		`+ "password."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/PasswordSpoke.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:23`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Once you choose a strong password, enter it in the `Root Password` "
		`+ "field. The characters you write will be displayed as dots for "`
		+ "security. Then, type the same password into the `Confirm` field to ensure "
		`+ "you entered it properly. Both entered passwords must be the same."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "As you enter the password, it will be evaluated and the installer will "`
		`+ "determine the password's strength. If the installer considers your password "`
		`+ "weak, a message will appear at the bottom of the screen, explaining which "`
		`+ "aspect of your chosen password is considered insuficient. For example:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:29`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`The password you have provided is weak:` `The password is shorter than 5 "
		+ "characters.`\n"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:32`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If a message similar to the above appears, it is highly recommended to "`
		`+ "choose a different, stronger password."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:33`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Once you configure the superuser password, click `Done` in the top left "
		`+ "corner to return to "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-progress[Configuration "`
		`+ "and Installation Progress]. If you selected a weak password, you must press "`
		`+ "the button twice."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.pot

file added

+82

		`@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:9`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Configuration and Installation Progress"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Configuration` screen is displayed after you finish configuring all "
		`+ "required items in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "`
		+ "Summary] and press the `Begin installation` button. After this point, the "
		`+ "installation process actually starts and changes are being made to your "`
		+ "selected disks. It is not possible to go back to the `Installation Summary` "
		`+ "and change any settings configured there; if you need to do so, you must "`
		`+ "wait for the installation process to finish, reboot your system, log in and "`
		`+ "change your settings on the installed system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:11`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The Configuration screen. Two more screens at the top require "`
		`+ "configuration. Installation progress is displayed at the bottom."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:11`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/ProgressHub.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:14`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In the top part of the screen, two additional options are available, "`
		+ "allowing you to configure authentication settings - the `root` password and "
		+ "an additional user account. Configuring the `root` password is required to "
		`+ "finish the installation; creating a user account can be skipped. If you do "`
		`+ "so, you will be prompted to create a non-root user account after the "`
		`+ "installation finishes and your system reboots."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:16`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The bottom of the screen shows a progress bar and a message informing you of "`
		`+ "the current progress of the installation. When the installation finishes and "`
		+ "the `root` password has been set, you can press the `Finish configuration` "
		`+ "button to reboot your computer and log in to your newly installed {PRODUCT} "`
		`+ "system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:21`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Before you finish the installation and reboot, either remove the media (CD, "`
		`+ "DVD or a USB drive) which you used to start the installation, or make sure "`
		`+ "that your system tries to boot from the hard drive before trying removable "`
		`+ "media. Otherwise, your computer will start the installer again instead of "`
		`+ "the installed system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.pot

file added

+117

		`@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Software Selection"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Software Selection` screen allows you to choose a _Base Environment_ "
		`+ "and _Add-ons_. These options control which software packages will be "`
		`+ "installed on your system during the installation process."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:10`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This screen is only available if "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-source[Installation "`
		`+ "Source] is properly configured and only after the installer has downloaded "`
		`+ "package metadata from the source."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:15`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "It is not possible to select specific packages during a manual "`
		`+ "installation. You can only select pre-defined environments and add-ons. If "`
		`+ "you need to control exactly which packages are installed, you must use a "`
		`+ "Kickstart file and define the packages in the [command]#%packages# "`
		`+ "section. See "`
		`+ "xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#chap-kickstart-installations[Automating "`
		`+ "the Installation with Kickstart] for information about Kickstart "`
		`+ "installations."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:19`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The availability of environments and add-ons depends on your installation "`
		`+ "source. By default, the selection depends on the installation media you used "`
		`+ "to start the installation; Fedora{nbsp}Server installation image will have "`
		`+ "different environments and add-ons available for selection than, for "`
		`+ "example, the Fedora{nbsp}Cloud image. You can change this by configuring a "`
		`+ "different installation source containing different environments."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:22`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The Software Selection screen. On the left side"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:22`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/SoftwareSpoke.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To configure your software selection, first choose an environment on the "`
		`+ "left side of the screen. Only one environment can be chosen, even if more "`
		`+ "are available. Then, on the right side of the screen, select one or more "`
		`+ "add-ons which you want to install by marking the check boxes next to each "`
		`+ "add-on."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:27`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The list of add-ons is divided into two parts by a horizontal line. Add-ons "`
		`+ "above this line are defined as part of your chosen environment; if you "`
		`+ "select a different environment, the add-ons available here will change. The "`
		`+ "add-ons displayed below the separator are not specific to your chosen "`
		`+ "environment."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:29`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Environments and add-ons are defined using a `comps.xml` file in your "
		+ "installation source (for example, in the `repodata/` directory on the full "
		`+ "Fedora{nbsp}Server installation DVD). Review this file to see exactly which "`
		`+ "packages will be installed as part of a certain environment or add-on. For "`
		+ "more information about the `comps.xml` file, see "
		`+ "xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-packages[%packages "`
		`+ "(required) - Package Selection]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:30`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "After you finish configuring your software selection, click `Done` in the "
		`+ "top left corner to return to "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "`
		`+ "Summary]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.pot

file added

+198

		`@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:16`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installation Source"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Installation Source` screen allows you to specify a location (local or "
		`+ "on the network) from which packages will be downloaded and installed on your "`
		`+ "system. This screen will be configured automatically in most cases, but you "`
		`+ "can change your settings or add additional sources."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:13`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Normally, when you first enter the `Installation Summary` screen, the "
		`+ "installer will attempt to configure an installation source based on the type "`
		`+ "of media you used to boot. The full {PRODUCT} Server DVD will configure the "`
		`+ "source as local media, the netinst ISO image will configure the closest "`
		`+ "network mirror, etc. This process takes some time, especially if the default "`
		`+ "source is a network mirror. If you plan to use a custom installation source, "`
		`+ "use the [option]#inst.askmethod# boot option to skip the initial "`
		`+ "configuration; this will allow you to enter this screen immediately. See "`
		`+ "xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-sources[Specifying the "`
		`+ "Installation Source] for information about boot options."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The Installation Source screen"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/SourceSpoke.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:21`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The following options are available. Note that not all of them may be "`
		`+ "displayed."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:22`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Auto-detected installation media"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:23`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This is the option selected by default if you started the installer from "`
		`+ "media containing an installation source, such as a live DVD. No additional "`
		+ "configuration is necessary. You can click the `Verify` button check the "
		`+ "media integrity."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:24`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "ISO file"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This option will appear if the installation program detected a partitioned "`
		`+ "hard drive with mountable file systems during boot. Select this option, "`
		`+ "click the btn:[Choose an ISO] button, and browse to the installation ISO "`
		+ "file's location on your system. You can click the `Verify` button to check "
		`+ "the file's integrity."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:26`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "On the network"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:27`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Use this option to download packages to be installed from a network location "`
		`+ "instead of local media. This is the default selection on network "`
		`+ "installation media."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:29`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "In most cases, the `Closest mirror` option available from the protocol "
		`+ "selection drop-down menu is preferable. If this option is selected, packages "`
		`+ "for your system will be downloaded from the most suitable location (mirror)."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:31`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To manually configure a network-based installation source, use the drop-down "`
		`+ "menu to specify the protocol to be used when downloading packages. This "`
		`+ "setting depends on the server you want to use. Then, type the server address "`
		`+ "(without the protocol) into the address field. If you choose NFS, a second "`
		+ "input field will appear where you can specify custom `NFS mount options`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:36`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "When selecting an NFS installation source, you must specify the address with "`
		+ "a colon (`:`) character separating the host name from the path. For example:"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:40`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "`pass:attributes[{blank}]_server.example.com_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_/path/to/directory_pass:attributes[{blank}]`\n"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:45`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To configure a proxy for an HTTP or HTTPS source, click the btn:[Proxy "`
		+ "setup] button. Check `Enable HTTP proxy` and type the URL into the `Proxy "
		+ "URL` box. If the proxy server requires authentication, check `Use "
		+ "Authentication` and enter your user name and password. Click btn:[OK] to "
		`+ "finish the configuration."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:47`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If your HTTP or HTTPS URL refers to a repository mirror list, mark the check "`
		`+ "box under the address field."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:49`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "You can also specify additional repositories in the `Additional "
		+ "repositories` section to gain access to more installation environments and "
		`+ "software add-ons. All environments and add-ons will be available for "`
		`+ "selection in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-software-selection[Software "`
		`+ "Selection] once you finish configuring the sources."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:51`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To add a repository, click the btn:[+] button. To delete a repository, "`
		`+ "select one in the list and click the btn:[-] button. Click the arrow icon to "`
		`+ "revert to the previous list of repositories, i.e. to replace current entries "`
		+ "with those that were present at the time you entered the `Installation "
		+ "Source` screen. To activate or deactivate a repository, click the check box "
		+ "in the `Enabled` column at each entry in the list."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:53`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can name your additional repository and configure it the same way as the "`
		`+ "primary repository on the network using the input fields on the right side "`
		`+ "of the section."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:54`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Once you have selected your installation source, click `Done` in the top "
		`+ "left corner to return to "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "`
		`+ "Summary]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.pot

file added

+308

		`@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:4 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:17`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installation Destination"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:7`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Installation Destination` screen allows you to configure storage "
		`+ "options - namely, which disks will be used as the installation target for "`
		`+ "your {PRODUCT} installation. At least one disk must always be selected for "`
		`+ "the installation to proceed."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:9`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "For information about the theory and concepts behind disk partitioning in "`
		`+ "Linux, see "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "`
		`+ "Partitioning Scheme]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:14`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you plan to use a disk which already contains some data - for example, if "`
		`+ "you want to shrink an existing Microsoft Windows partition and install "`
		`+ "{PRODUCT} as a second system or if you are upgrading a previous release of "`
		`+ "{PRODUCT}, make sure to back up any important data first. Manipulating "`
		`+ "partitions always carries a risk - if the process is interrupted or fails "`
		`+ "for any reason (installer error, hardware failure, power outage, etc.), any "`
		`+ "data already on the disk may become impossible to recover."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:19`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The Installation Destination screen. There are two local standard disks "`
		`+ "available"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:19`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/StorageSpoke.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:22`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In the top part of the screen, all locally available storage devices (SATA, "`
		`+ "IDE and SCSI hard drives, USB flash drives, etc.) are displayed in the "`
		+ "`Local Standard Disks` section. Local disks are detected when the installer "
		`+ "starts - any storage devices connected after the installation has started "`
		`+ "will not be shown."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:24`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "If you need to configure additional local storage devices, select `I will "
		+ "configure partitioning` and press `Done` to move to "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning[Manual "`
		`+ "Partitioning]. Then, connect any new hard drives you want to make available "`
		`+ "during the installation, and press the button marked by a circular arrow in "`
		`+ "the set of controls below the list of mount points on the left side of the "`
		+ "screen. In the dialog window that opens, press `Rescan Disks` and wait until "
		+ "the scanning process completes. Then, press `OK` to return to "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation "`
		`+ "Destination]; all detected disks including any new ones will be displayed in "`
		+ "the `Local Standard Disks` section."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:26`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Specialized & Network Disks` section below shows advanced network "
		`+ "storage (such as iSCSI and FCoE disks) currently configured. When you first "`
		`+ "open this screen, no such devices will be displayed because they can not be "`
		+ "automatically detected; to search for network storage devices, press `Add a "
		+ "disk` button and proceed with "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination[Installation "`
		`+ "Destination - Specialized & Network Disks]. Any network storage you "`
		+ "configure will then show up in the `Specialized & Network Disks` the same "
		`+ "way local disks are shown above."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:28`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "All storage devices which will be used to install {PRODUCT} have a black "`
		`+ "circle icon with a white check mark on them. Disks not marked by this icon "`
		`+ "will not be used during the installation - they will be ignored if you "`
		`+ "choose automatic partitioning, and they will not be available in manual "`
		`+ "partitioning."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:33`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "USB storage devices such as flash drives and external disks will be shown in "`
		+ "the `Local Standard Disks` as well, and they will be available for selection "
		`+ "the same way internal hard drives are. Make sure to not select any "`
		`+ "removable storage as installation targets unless you really want to do "`
		`+ "so. If you accidentally use a removable drive to install {PRODUCT} and then "`
		`+ "unplug it, your system will likely become unusable."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:36`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Unselected and Selected Disk"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:38`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Disk selection in the Installation Destination screen. Two disks are "`
		`+ "displayed; only the one on the right side will be used"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:38`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/StorageSpoke_Selected.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:41`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "After you select all disks you want to install {PRODUCT}, select one of the "`
		+ "two options in the `Other Storage Options` section:"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:43`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`Automatically configure partitioning` - If this option is selected, then "
		+ "after you press `Done` in the top left corner of the screen, the installer "
		`+ "will determine the total amount of space on all selected disks, and it will "`
		`+ "create a _Logical Volume Management_ (LVM) layout suitable for your "`
		`+ "system. The specifics of this layout depend on whether your system uses BIOS "`
		`+ "or UEFI firmware, the total amount of free space on your disks, and the "`
		`+ "amount of RAM on your system (which determines the size of your swap space)."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:45`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "With automatic partitioning, you can also select the `I would like to make "
		+ "additional space available` option below. Use this option if you want to "
		`+ "reclaim space from an existing partitioning layout - for example, if a disk "`
		`+ "you want to use already contains a different operating system, and you want "`
		`+ "to make this system's partitions smaller to allow more room for "`
		+ "{PRODUCT}. The `Reclaim space` dialog which opens if this option is selected "
		`+ "is described later in this section."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:47`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`I will configure partitioning` - Select this option and press `Done` in the "
		`+ "top left corner of the screen to configure your system's partitioning layout "`
		`+ "manually. This requires some knowledge of the theory behind disk partitions "`
		`+ "and related concepts, but gives you full control over the way the system "`
		`+ "will be installed. For instructions for manual partitioning, see "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning[Manual "`
		`+ "Partitioning]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:49`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Additionally, you can select `Encrypt my data`pass:attributes[{blank}]; this "
		`+ "will encrypt all partitions except the ones needed to boot the system (such "`
		+ "as `/boot`) using _Linux Unified Key Setup_ (LUKS). Encrypting your hard "
		`+ "drive is recommended. For detailed information about LUKS encryption, see "`
		`+ "the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Security{nbsp}Guide_, available at "`
		`+ "link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:54`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you lose the LUKS passphrase, any encrypted partitions and the data on "`
		`+ "them will become completely inaccessible. There is no way to recover a lost "`
		`+ "passphrase. However, if you perform a Kickstart installation, you can save "`
		`+ "encryption passphrases and create backup encryption passphrases during the "`
		`+ "installation. See "`
		`+ "xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#chap-kickstart-installations[Automating "`
		`+ "the Installation with Kickstart] for information about Kickstart "`
		`+ "installations."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:58`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To control which one of your selected storage devices will contain the _boot "`
		+ "loader_, click the `Full disk summary and bootloader` link in the bottom "
		`+ "left corner of the screen, and follow the instructions in "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning-bootloader[Boot "`
		`+ "Loader Installation]. Note that while in most cases it is sufficient to "`
		`+ "leave the boot loader in the default location, some configurations (for "`
		`+ "example, systems which require _chain loading_ from another boot loader) "`
		`+ "will require the boot drive to be specified manually."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:60`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "After you select storage devices, choose between automatic and manual "`
		+ "partitioning, configure encryption and boot loader location, press `Done` in "
		`+ "the top left corner of the screen. Then, depending on your settings, the "`
		`+ "following will happen:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:62`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "If you chose to encrypt your hard drive, the `Disk Encryption Passphrase` "
		+ "dialog will appear. Enter your chosen passphrase into the `Passphrase` and "
		+ "`Confirm` fields. When you do so, the passphrase will be automatically "
		`+ "evaluated and its strength will be displayed, along with suggestions on how "`
		`+ "to make it stronger if the installer has determined it to be weak. For "`
		`+ "information about creating strong passwords, see [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} "`
		`+ "Security{nbsp}Guide_."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:64`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "If you selected automatic partitioning and the `I would like to make "
		+ "additional space available`, or if there is not enough free space on your "
		+ "selected hard drives to install {PRODUCT}, the `Reclaim Space` dialog will "
		`+ "appear. This dialog lists all disk devices you have configured and all "`
		`+ "partitions on those devices. The bottom right corner of the dialog displays "`
		`+ "information about how much space the system needs for at least a minimal "`
		`+ "installation and how much space you have reclaimed."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:69`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "If you use the `Reclaim Space` dialog to delete a partition, all data on "
		`+ "that partition will be lost. If you want to preserve your data, use the "`
		+ "`Shrink` option, not the `Delete` option."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:73`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "First, review the displayed list of available storage devices. The "`
		+ "`Reclaimable Space` column shows how much space can be reclaimed from each "
		`+ "entry. To reclaim space, select a disk or partition, and press either the "`
		+ "`Delete` button to delete that partition (or all partitions on a selected "
		+ "disk), or `Shrink` to use free space on a partition while preserving "
		+ "existing data. Alternatively, you can press `Delete all` in the bottom right "
		`+ "corner; this will delete all existing partitions on all disks and make this "`
		`+ "space available to {PRODUCT}, but all existing data on all disks will be "`
		`+ "lost."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:75`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "After you free enough space for your {PRODUCT} installation, press `Reclaim "
		+ "space` to finish."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:80`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "No changes to any disks will be made until you press `Begin Installation` in "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "`
		+ "Summary]. The `Reclaim Space` dialog only marks partitions for resizing or "
		`+ "deletion, but no such action is performed immediately."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:84`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "If you selected the `I will configure partitioning` option, pressing `Done` "
		+ "will open the `Manual Partitioning` screen. See "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning[Manual "`
		`+ "Partitioning] for further instructions."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.pot

file added

+121

		`@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Boot Loader Installation"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "{PRODUCT} uses [application]GRUB2 (GRand Unified Bootloader version 2) as "`
		`+ "its boot loader. The boot loader is the first program that runs when the "`
		`+ "computer starts and is responsible for loading and transferring control to "`
		`+ "an operating system. [application]GRUB2 can boot any compatible operating "`
		`+ "system (including Microsoft Windows) and can also use chain loading to "`
		`+ "transfer control to other boot loaders for unsupported operating systems."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:13`
		`+ msgid "Installing [application]GRUB2 may overwrite your existing boot loader."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:17`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you have other operating systems already installed, the {PRODUCT} "`
		`+ "installer will attempt to automatically detect and configure the boot loader "`
		`+ "to start them. You can manually configure any additional operating systems "`
		`+ "after you finish the installation, if they are not detected properly. For "`
		`+ "instructions on editing [application]GRUB2 configuration, see the "`
		`+ "[citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System{nbsp}Administrator's{nbsp}Guide_, available at "`
		`+ "link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:19`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you are installing Fedora system with more than one disk, you may want to "`
		+ "manually specify where the bootloader should be installed. Click the `Full "
		+ "disk summary and bootloader` link at the bottom of the `Installation "
		+ "Destination` screen. The `Selected Disks` dialog will appear. The bootloader "
		`+ "will be installed on the device of your choice, or on a UEFI system, the "`
		+ "`EFI system partition` will be created on that device during guided "
		`+ "partitioning."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Boot Device Selection"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:22`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The Selected Disks dialog"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:22`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "In the `Boot` column, a \"tick\" icon marks one of the devices as the "
		`+ "intended boot device. To change the boot device, select a device from the "`
		+ "list and click the `Set as Boot Device` button to install the boot loader "
		`+ "there instead. Only one device can be set as the boot device."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:27`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To decline installation of a new boot loader, select the device currently "`
		+ "marked for boot and click the `Do not install bootloader` button. This will "
		`+ "remove the tick and ensure [application]GRUB2 is not installed on any "`
		`+ "device."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:32`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you choose not to install a boot loader for any reason, you will not be "`
		`+ "able to boot the system directly, and you must use another boot method, such "`
		`+ "as a stand-alone commercial boot loader application. Use this option only if "`
		`+ "you are sure you have another way to boot your system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:35`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The boot loader may also require a special partition to be created, "`
		`+ "depending on whether your system uses BIOS or UEFI firmware and also "`
		`+ "depending on whether the boot drive has a _GUID Partition Table_ (GPT) or a "`
		+ "`Master Boot Record` (MBR, also known as msdos) label. If you use automatic "
		`+ "partitioning, the installer will create this partition if needed. For "`
		`+ "details, see "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "`
		`+ "Partitioning Scheme]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.pot

file added

+161

		`@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:9`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installation Summary"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Installation Summary` screen is the central location for setting up an "
		`+ "installation. Most of the options which can be configured during the "`
		`+ "installation can be accessed from here."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:11`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The Installation Summary screen"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:11`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/SummaryHub.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:17`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you used a Kickstart option or a boot option to specify an installation "`
		`+ "repository on a network, but no network is available at the start of the "`
		+ "installation, the installer will display the `Network Configuration` screen "
		+ "for you to set up a network connection prior to displaying the `Installation "
		+ "Summary` screen."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:21`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The summary screen consists of several links to other screens, separated "`
		`+ "into categories. These links can be in several different states, which are "`
		`+ "graphically indicated:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:23`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "A warning symbol (yellow triangle with an exclamation mark) next to an "`
		`+ "icon means that a screen requires your attention before you start the "`
		+ "installation. This typically happens with the `Installation Destination` "
		`+ "screen, because even though there is a default automatic partitioning "`
		`+ "variant, you always have to at least confirm this selection, even if you do "`
		`+ "not want to make any changes."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If a link is greyed out, it means that the installer is currently "`
		`+ "configuring this section, and you must wait for the configuration to finish "`
		`+ "before accessing that screen. This typically happens when you change the "`
		+ "installation source in the `Installation Source` screen and the installer is "
		`+ "probing the new source location and gathering a list of available packages."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:27`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Screens with black text and no warning symbol mean that this screen does "`
		`+ "not require your attention. You can still change your settings in these "`
		`+ "screens, but it is not necessary to do so to complete the installation. This "`
		`+ "typically happens with localization settings, as these are either detected "`
		`+ "automatically, or set up on the previous screen where you select your "`
		`+ "language and locale."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:29`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "A warning message is displayed at the bottom of the summary screen, and the "`
		+ "`Begin Installation` button is greyed out, as long as at least one item has "
		`+ "not been configured yet."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:30`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Icon States in Installation Summary"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:32`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "A screenshot of several icons in the Installation Summary screen"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:32`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/SummaryHub_States.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:35`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Each screen also has an explanatory text below its title, showing settings "`
		`+ "currently configured in that screen. This text may be concatenated; in that "`
		`+ "case, move your mouse cursor over it and wait until a tooltip with the full "`
		`+ "text appears."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:36`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Tooltip in the Installation Summary"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:38`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "An entry in the Installation Summary shows a truncated description and a "`
		`+ "tooltip with full text."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:38`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/SummaryHub_Mouseover.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:40`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Once you configure everything required for the installation, you can press "`
		+ "the `Begin Installation` button to start installing {PRODUCT}. This will "
		`+ "take you to "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-progress[Configuration "`
		`+ "and Installation Progress]. Note that as the text below this button says, "`
		`+ "nothing will be written to your hard drive before you press this button. You "`
		+ "can press `Quit` at any point; this will discard all changes you made in the "
		`+ "installer so far and reboot the system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.pot

file added

+195

		`@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:5 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:16`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Create User"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Create User` screen can be used to create and configure one normal "
		+ "(non-`root`) user account during the installation. Only one user account can "
		`+ "be configured here; if you require more accounts, wait until the "`
		`+ "installation completes, reboot your system and then create other accounts "`
		`+ "using either the [command]#useradd# command in a terminal, or a graphical "`
		+ "utility for managing user accounts (for example, the `Users` screen in the "
		`+ "Settings menu in [application]GNOME)."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:13`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Creating a normal user account is not required to finish the installation; "`
		`+ "however, it is highly recommended. If you do not create one, you will have "`
		+ "to log in to the system as `root` directly, which is not recommended."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The Create screen. Use the text input fields to create a user account and "`
		`+ "configure its settings."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:18`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/UserSpoke.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:21`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "To configure a user account, fill out the `Full name` (for example, `John "
		+ "Smith`) and `Username` (for example, `jsmith`). The `username` will used to "
		`+ "log in from a command line; if you install a graphical environment, then "`
		+ "your graphical login manager will use `Full name`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:23`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Make sure that the `Require a password to use this account` check box is "
		`+ "enabled, enter a password you want to use for this account into the "`
		+ "`Password` field. The characters you write will be displayed as dots for "
		+ "security. Then, repeat the same password in the `Confirm password` field "
		`+ "below to ensure you entered it properly. Both entered passwords must be the "`
		`+ "same."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "As you enter the password, it will be evaluated and the installer will "`
		`+ "determine the password's strength. If the installer considers your password "`
		`+ "weak, a message will appear at the bottom of the screen, explaining which "`
		`+ "aspect of your chosen password is considered insuficient. For example:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:29`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`The password you have provided is weak:` `The password is shorter than 5 "
		+ "characters.`\n"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:32`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If a message similar to the above appears, it is highly recommended to "`
		`+ "choose a different, stronger password."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:34`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Make this user administrator` check box gives the user you are creatng "
		+ "administrative rights (by adding this user into the `wheel` group), allowing "
		`+ "this user to use the [command]#sudo# command to perform tasks normally only "`
		+ "available to `root` using only the user password, instead of the `root` "
		`+ "password. This may be more convenient, but can also pose a security risk."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:39`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you give administrator privileges to an user, make sure that the account "`
		`+ "is protected by a strong password. Never give an user administrator "`
		`+ "privileges without requiring any password for the account."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:41`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "See the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Security Guide_, available at the "`
		`+ "link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for detailed information about "`
		`+ "password security including guidelines for selecting strong passwords."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:45`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "To additional settings, click the `Advanced` button below the password input "
		+ "fields. A new dialog window titled `Advanced User Configuration` will "
		`+ "open. This dialog is described in the following section."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:47 ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:51`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Advanced User Configuration"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:50`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `Advanced User Configuration` dialog allows you to change the following "
		`+ "settings for the new user account."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:53`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Advanced settings for the new user account."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:53`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/UserSpoke_Advanced.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:56`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The user's `Home directory` "
		+ "(`/home/pass:attributes[{blank}]_username_pass:attributes[{blank}]` by "
		`+ "default)."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:58`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The user's ID (UID). The default value is 1000. UIDs 0-999 are reserved by "`
		`+ "the system so they can not be assigned to an user."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:60`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The the group ID (GID) of the user's default group. The default group name "`
		`+ "will be the same as the user name, and its default GID is 1000. GIDs 0-999 "`
		`+ "are reserved by the system so they can not be assigned to an user's group."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:61`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The user's group membership. The user account you are creating will always "`
		`+ "have one default group membership (the user's default group with an ID set "`
		+ "in the `Specify a group ID manually` field). In the `Group Membership` "
		`+ "field, you can specify additional groups as a comma-separated list. Groups "`
		`+ "which do not already exist will be created; you can specify custom GIDs for "`
		`+ "them in parentheses. If you do not specify a custom GID for a new group, it "`
		`+ "will be assigned automatically."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.pot

file added

+98

		`@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Welcome Screen and Language Selection"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The first screen displayed immediately after the graphical installer starts "`
		`+ "is the Welcome screen."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:9`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Welcome Screen"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:11`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Screenshot of the Welcome screen showing language selection options."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:11`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/WelcomeSpoke.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:14`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "First, select your preferred language in the left hand side column, and then "`
		`+ "select your locale from the right hand side column. You can use the text "`
		`+ "input field in the bottom left corner to search for your language instead of "`
		`+ "looking for it in the full list of more than 70 languages."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:16`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The language you select on this screen will be used during the installation, "`
		`+ "and it will also be used on the installed system by default. You can change "`
		+ "the language for the installed system later, but once you click `Continue` "
		`+ "on this screen, you will not be able to go back and change the language used "`
		`+ "inside the installer itself."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:18`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "One language is pre-selected by default on top of the list. If network "`
		`+ "access is configured at this point (for example, if you booted from a "`
		`+ "network server instead of local media), the pre-selected language will be "`
		`+ "determined based on automatic location detection using the GeoIP "`
		`+ "module. Alternatively, if you used the [option]#inst.lang=# option on the "`
		`+ "boot command line or in your PXE server configuration, this language will be "`
		`+ "selected by default, but you will still be able to change it."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:20`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "After you select your language and locale, click `Continue` to confirm your "
		`+ "selection and proceed to "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "`
		`+ "Summary]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you are installing a pre-release version of {PRODUCT}, a message will be "`
		+ "shown after you click `Continue` warning you about the pre-release status of "
		+ "your installation media. Click `I accept my fate` to continue with the "
		+ "installation, or `Get me out of here` to quit the installation and reboot "
		`+ "your system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.pot

file added

+1992

The added file is too large to be shown here, see it at: l10n/pot/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.pot

l10n/pot/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.pot

file added

+320

		`@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:6`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Automating the Installation with Kickstart"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:9`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Kickstart installations offer a means to automate the installation process, "`
		`+ "either partially or fully. Kickstart files contain answers to all questions "`
		`+ "normally asked by the installation program, such as what time zone do you "`
		`+ "want the system to use, how should the drives be partitioned or which "`
		`+ "packages should be installed. Providing a prepared Kickstart file when the "`
		`+ "installation begins therefore allows the you to perform the installation "`
		`+ "automatically, without need for any intervention from the user. This is "`
		`+ "especially useful when deploying {PRODUCT} on a large number of systems at "`
		`+ "once."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:11`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "All Kickstart scripts and the log files of their execution are stored in the "`
		+ "`/tmp` directory to assist with debugging installation issues."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:13`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "How to Perform a Kickstart Installation"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:16`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Kickstart installations can be performed using a local DVD, a local hard "`
		`+ "drive, or via NFS, FTP, HTTP, or HTTPS."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:18`
		`+ msgid "To use Kickstart, you must:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:20`
		`+ msgid "Create a Kickstart file."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:22`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Create boot media or configure a network boot (PXE) server which will be "`
		`+ "used to begin the installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:24`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Make the Kickstart file available on removable media, a hard drive, or a "`
		`+ "network location."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:26`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Start the Kickstart installation by booting the installer and using a boot "`
		`+ "option to tell the installer where to find the Kickstart file."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:28`
		`+ msgid "This chapter explains these steps in detail."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:30`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Creating a Kickstart File"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:33`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The Kickstart file itself is a plain text file, containing keywords listed "`
		`+ "in "`
		`+ "xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#appe-kickstart-syntax-reference[Kickstart "`
		`+ "Syntax Reference], which serve as directions for the installation. Any text "`
		`+ "editor able to save files as ASCII text (such as [application]Gedit or "`
		`+ "[application]vim on Linux systems or [application]Notepad on Windows "`
		`+ "systems) can be used to create and edit Kickstart files."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:35`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The recommended approach to creating Kickstart files is to perform a manual "`
		`+ "installation on one system first. After the installation completes, all "`
		`+ "choices made during the installation are saved into a file named "`
		+ "`anaconda-ks.cfg`, located in the `/root/` directory on the installed "
		`+ "system. You can then copy this file, make any changes you need, and use the "`
		`+ "resulting configuration file in further installations."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:37`
		`+ msgid "When creating a Kickstart file, keep in mind the following:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:39`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Lines starting with a pound sign (`#`) are treated as comments and are "
		`+ "ignored."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:41`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Sections must be specified in order. Items within the sections do not have "`
		`+ "to be in a specific order unless otherwise specified. The correct section "`
		`+ "order is:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:43`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "** The command section which contains actual Kickstart commands and options "`
		`+ "as listed in "`
		`+ "xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#appe-kickstart-syntax-reference[Kickstart "`
		`+ "Syntax Reference]. Note that some commands, such as [command]#install#, are "`
		`+ "mandatory, but most commands are optional.\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:45`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "** The [command]#%packages# section which contains a list of packages and "`
		`+ "package groups to be installed. See "`
		`+ "xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-packages[%packages "`
		`+ "(required) - Package Selection] for details.\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:47`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "** The [command]#%pre# and [command]#%post# sections, containing a "`
		`+ "pre-installation and post-installation scripts. These two sections can be in "`
		`+ "any order and are not mandatory. See "`
		`+ "xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-preinstall[%pre "`
		`+ "(optional) - Pre-installation Script] and "`
		`+ "xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-postinstall[%post "`
		`+ "(optional) - Post-installation Script] for details.\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:52`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The [command]#%packages#, [command]#%pre# and [command]#%post# sections must "`
		`+ "end with [command]#%end#, otherwise the installation program will refuse the "`
		`+ "Kickstart file. The main command section has no special ending statement."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:56`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Omitting any required item results in the installation program prompting the "`
		`+ "user for an answer to the related item, just as the user would be prompted "`
		`+ "during a typical installation. Once the answer is given, the installation "`
		`+ "will continue. Note that if the system you are installing has no display, "`
		`+ "you will not be able to see the prompt, and the installation will appear to "`
		`+ "have failed."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:58`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Verifying the Kickstart File"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:61`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "When creating or customizing your kickstart file, it is useful to verify "`
		`+ "that it is valid before attempting to use it in an installation. {PRODUCT} "`
		`+ "includes the [application]ksvalidator command line utility which can be "`
		`+ "used to do this. This tool is a part of the [package]pykickstart "`
		`+ "package. To install this package, execute the following command:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:65`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "# dnf install pykickstart\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:68`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "After installing the package, you can validate a Kickstart file using the "`
		`+ "following command:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:72`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "$ [command]#ksvalidator _/path/to/kickstart.ks_#\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:75`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Replace _/path/to/kickstart.ks_ with the path to the Kickstart file you want "`
		`+ "to verify."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:77`
		+ msgid "For more information about this tool, see the `ksvalidator(1)` man page."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:82`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Keep in mind that the validation tool has its limitations. The Kickstart "`
		`+ "file can be very complicated; [application]ksvalidator can make sure the "`
		`+ "syntax is correct and that the file does not include removed options, but it "`
		`+ "cannot guarantee the installation will be successful. It also does not "`
		`+ "attempt to validate the [command]#%pre#, [command]#%post# and "`
		`+ "[command]#%packages# sections of the Kickstart file."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:86`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Making the Kickstart File Available"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:89`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Once you create a Kickstart file, you can place it in one of the following "`
		`+ "locations:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:91`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "On removable media, such as a DVD or USB flash drive connected to the "`
		`+ "installation system"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:93`
		`+ msgid "On a hard drive connected to the installation system"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:95`
		`+ msgid "On a network share reachable from the installation system"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:97`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Normally, a Kickstart file is copied to removable media or a hard drive, or "`
		`+ "made available on the network. Placing the file in a network location "`
		`+ "complements the usual approach to Kickstart installations, which is also "`
		`+ "network-based: the system is booted using a PXE server, the Kickstart file "`
		`+ "is downloaded from a network share, and software packages specified in the "`
		`+ "file are downloaded from remote repositories."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:99`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "xref:Network_based_Installations.adoc#chap-pxe-server-setup[Setting Up an "`
		`+ "Installation Server] offers some additional information about preparing for "`
		`+ "a network-based installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:101`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Starting the Kickstart Installation"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:103`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Once you have everything ready - you have created a valid Kickstart file and "`
		`+ "you have either local boot media or a PXE server available, you can start "`
		`+ "the Kickstart installation. You need to use the [option]#inst.ks=# boot "`
		`+ "option either in the boot menu (when booting from local media), or add this "`
		`+ "option to your PXE server configuration. For information about boot options "`
		`+ "used in Kickstart installations, see "`
		`+ "xref:Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-kickstart[Kickstart Boot Options]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.pot

file added

+610

		`@@ -0,0 +1,610 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:6`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Setting Up an Installation Server"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:12`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This appendix is intended for users with previous Linux experience. If you "`
		`+ "are a new user, you may want to install using minimal boot media or the "`
		`+ "distribution DVD instead."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:16`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "PXE Installation Overview"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:19`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Preboot Execution Environment, or PXE, is a techonology that allows "`
		`+ "computers to boot directly from resources provided over the "`
		`+ "network. Installing Fedora over the network means you don't have to create "`
		`+ "media, and you can install to multiple computers or virtual machine "`
		`+ "simultaneously. The process involves a number of components and features "`
		`+ "working together to provide the resources required."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:20`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "PXE-capable computer"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:22`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Most modern computers have the capability to network boot. Typically, a "`
		`+ "function key pressed during boot will bring up a boot selection menu. In "`
		`+ "environments designed for unattended administration, systems will often be "`
		`+ "configured to first attempt booting from the network, then boot from local "`
		`+ "storage, and the installation server is configured to only offer the "`
		`+ "installation when required. Your computer's manual will provide specific "`
		`+ "instructions on setting boot priorities."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:23`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "DHCP Server"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:25`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "When a system requests an address during network booting, the DHCP server "`
		`+ "also provides the location of files to boot. A network should have only one "`
		`+ "DHCP server."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:26`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "TFTP Server"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:28`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Because the pre-boot environment is very simple, files must be provided in a "`
		`+ "very simple way. Trivial File Transfer Protocol, or TFTP, provides the "`
		`+ "system with the bootloader required to continue the installation process."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:29`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Bootloader"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:31`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Because the job of booting an operating system is too complex for the "`
		`+ "pre-boot environment, a bootloader is used to load the kernel and related "`
		`+ "files. It also provides configuration information to the installer, and can "`
		`+ "offer a menu to select from different configurations."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:32`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Kernel and Initramfs"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:34`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The kernel is the core of any Linux operating system, and the initramfs "`
		`+ "provides the kernel with required tools and resources. These files are also "`
		`+ "provided by tftp."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:35`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Package repository"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:37`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "A Fedora repository must be available for the installation. The example in "`
		`+ "this section uses the public Fedora mirrors as the repository source, but "`
		`+ "you can also use a repo on the local network provided by NFS, FTP, or "`
		`+ "HTTP. Repositories can be configured using the [option]#inst.repo=# boot "`
		`+ "option; see xref:Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-sources[Specifying the "`
		`+ "Installation Source] for details."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. A link to mirrormanager and some instructions to other guides too. All the elaboration on installation methods might be going to far, but we can ref. --Pete`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:41`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. Needs adminition about static IP, reference out to Networking Guide. Example assumes 192.168.1.2 for server.`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:45`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installing and configuring dhcpd"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:47`
		`+ msgid "Install the dhcp server package."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:51`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "# dnf install dhcp\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:54`
		+ msgid "Create a simple configuration for the dhcp server at `/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf`"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:62`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "subnet 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {\n"`
		`+ "authoritative;\n"`
		`+ "default-lease-time 600;\n"`
		`+ "max-lease-time 7200;\n"`
		`+ "ddns-update-style none;\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:65`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "option domain-name-servers 192.168.1.1;\n"`
		`+ "option routers 192.168.1.1;\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:67`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "}\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:70`
		`+ msgid "Test your configuration and address any problems you discover."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:76`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "[command]#systemctl start dhcpd#\n"`
		`+ "[command]#journalctl --unit dhcpd --since -2m --follow#\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:79`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Add entries to point clients to their bootloader and the server that "`
		+ "provides it to your subnet configuration in `/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf`. Because "
		`+ "DHCP clients provide the server with identifying information along with "`
		`+ "their address request, BIOS clients and UEFI clients can each be directed to "`
		`+ "the correct bootloader."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:83`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "# refer to RFC4758 for possible arch option values\n"`
		`+ "option arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16;\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:90`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "subnet 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {\n"`
		`+ "if option arch = 00:07 {\n"`
		`+ "filename \"uefi/shim.efi\";\n"`
		`+ "} else {\n"`
		`+ "filename \"pxelinux.0\";\n"`
		`+ "}\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:92`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "next-server 192.168.1.2;\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:94`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "...\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:97`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Restart the dhcp service to check the configuration and make changes as "`
		`+ "needed."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:103`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "[command]#systemctl restart dhcpd#\n"`
		`+ "[command]#journalctl --unit dhcpd --since -2m --follow#\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:107 ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:109`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installing the tftp server"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:111`
		`+ msgid "Install the tftp server package."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:114`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "# dnf install tftp-server\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:117`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Start and enable the `tftp socket`. `systemd` will automatically start the "
		+ "`tftpd` service when required."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:122`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "# [command]#systemctl start tftp.socket#\n"`
		`+ "# [command]#systemctl enable tftp.socket#\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:125`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Providing and configuring bootloaders for PXE clients"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:127`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Getting the bootloader files"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:129`
		`+ msgid "Get the [package]syslinux bootloader for BIOS clients."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:131`
		`+ msgid "Install the [package]syslinux package."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:134`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "# dnf install syslinux\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:137 ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:154`
		`+ msgid "Create a directory for the bootloader files, and make them available there."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:142`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "# [command]#mkdir -p "`
		+ "`/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg`pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n"
		`+ "# [command]#cp "`
		+ "`/usr/share/syslinux/{pxelinux.0,vesamenu.c32,ldlinux.c32,libcom32.c32,libutil.c32}` "
		+ "`/var/lib/tftpboot/`pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:145`
		`+ msgid "Get the bootloader files for UEFI systems"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:147`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Install the [package]shim and [package]grub2-efi packages. If your "`
		`+ "server is a BIOS system, you *must install the packages to a temporary "`
		`+ "install root*. Installing them directly on a BIOS machine will attempt to "`
		`+ "configure the system for UEFI booting and cause problems."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:151`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "# dnf install shim grub2-efi --installroot=/tmp/fedora --releasever "`
		`+ "{PRODVER}\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:159`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "# [command]#mkdir -p `/var/lib/tftpboot/uefi`pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n"
		+ "# [command]#cp `/tmp/fedora/boot/efi/EFI/fedora/{shim.efi,grubx64.efi}` "
		+ "`/var/lib/tftpboot/uefi/`pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:161`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Configuring client bootloaders"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:163`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Create a boot menu for BIOS clients at "`
		+ "`/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/default`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:171`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "default vesamenu.c32\n"`
		`+ "prompt 1\n"`
		`+ "timeout 600\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:177`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "label linux\n"`
		`+ "menu label ^Install Fedora {PRODVER} 64-bit\n"`
		`+ "menu default\n"`
		`+ "kernel f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz\n"`
		`+ "append initrd=f{PRODVER}/initrd.img "`
		`+ "inst.stage2=http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/ "`
		`+ "ip=dhcp\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:183`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "label server\n"`
		`+ "menu label ^Install Fedora {PRODVER} ( Minimal Image )\n"`
		`+ "menu default\n"`
		`+ "kernel f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz\n"`
		`+ "append initrd=f{PRODVER}/initrd.img "`
		`+ "inst.stage2=http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/ "`
		`+ "ip=dhcp ks=https://example.com/fedora/kickstarts/minimal.ks\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:188`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "label rescue\n"`
		`+ "menu label ^Rescue installed system\n"`
		`+ "kernel f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz\n"`
		`+ "append initrd=f{PRODVER}initrd.img ip=dhcp "`
		`+ "root=live:http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/LiveOS/squashfs.img "`
		`+ "rescue\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:192`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "label local\n"`
		`+ "menu label Boot from ^local drive\n"`
		`+ "localboot 0xffff\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:195`
		+ msgid "Create a boot menu for UEFI clients at `/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux/uefi`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:205`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "function load_video {\n"`
		`+ "\tinsmod efi_gop\n"`
		`+ "\tinsmod efi_uga\n"`
		`+ "\tinsmod video_bochs\n"`
		`+ "\tinsmod video_cirrus\n"`
		`+ "\tinsmod all_video\n"`
		`+ "}\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:209`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "load_video\n"`
		`+ "set gfxpayload=keep\n"`
		`+ "insmod gzio\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:214`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "menuentry 'Install {PRODUCT} 64-bit' --class fedora --class gnu-linux "`
		`+ "--class gnu --class os {\n"`
		`+ "\tlinuxefi f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz ip=dhcp "`
		`+ "inst.repo=http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/\n"`
		`+ "\tinitrdefi f{PRODVER}/initrd.img\n"`
		`+ "}\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:219`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "menuentry 'Install Fedora {PRODVER} Server' --class fedora --class "`
		`+ "gnu-linux --class gnu --class os {\n"`
		`+ "\tkernel f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz\n"`
		`+ "\tappend initrd=f{PRODVER}/initrd.img "`
		`+ "inst.repo=http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/ "`
		`+ "ip=dhcp "`
		`+ "ks=https://git.fedorahosted.org/cgit/spin-kickstarts.git/plain/fedora-install-server.ks?h=f21\n"`
		`+ "}\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:224`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "menuentry 'Rescue installed system' --class fedora --class gnu-linux "`
		`+ "--class gnu --class os {\n"`
		`+ "\tkernel f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz\n"`
		`+ "\tappend f{PRODVER}/initrd=initrd.img "`
		`+ "root=live:http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/LiveOS/squashfs.img "`
		`+ "rescue\n"`
		`+ "}\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:227`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Getting the kernel and initrd"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:229`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Downloading the kernel and initrd"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:231`
		`+ msgid "Create a directory for the files."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:235`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "# [command]#mkdir -p "`
		+ "`/var/lib/tftpboot/f{PRODVER}`pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:238`
		`+ msgid "Download the kernel."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:242`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "# wget "`
		`+ "http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/images/pxeboot/vmlinuz "`
		`+ "-O /var/lib/tftpboot/f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:245`
		`+ msgid "Download the initrd"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:249`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "# wget "`
		`+ "http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/images/pxeboot/initrd.img "`
		`+ "-O /var/lib/tftpboot/f{PRODVER}/initrd.img\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:252`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Providing repositories"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:255`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The examples in this section use the public Fedora mirrors as the package "`
		`+ "source. For faster installations, installing to many systems, or more "`
		`+ "isolated environments, you may wish to maintain a local repository."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:257`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Fedora Infrastructure maintains instructions for a configuring a local "`
		`+ "mirror at "`
		`+ "link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Infrastructure/Mirroring++[]. The "`
		`+ "preferred method for providing repositories is via HTTP, and you can refer "`
		`+ "to the [citetitle]_Fedora System Administrator's Guide_, available at "`
		+ "link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], to configure `httpd`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:259`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Advanced network installations with Cobbler"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:262`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "For more complex environments, {PRODUCT} offers the [package]cobbler "`
		`+ "installation server. Tasks like managing kickstart configurtations, "`
		`+ "coordinating repositories, maintaining dns records, dhcp servers, and even "`
		`+ "puppet manifests are effectively automated by [package]cobbler."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:263`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "While levaraging all of the features provided by cobbler can be relatively "`
		`+ "simple, the full functionality of this powerful tool is too broad to be "`
		`+ "documented in this guide. The cobbler community provides excellent "`
		`+ "documentation at link:++http://www.cobblerd.org/manuals/2.6.0/++[] to "`
		`+ "accompany the packages in the Fedora repository."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.pot

file added

+91

		`@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:6`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Upgrading Your Current System"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:9`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This chapter explains how to upgrade your existing {PRODUCT} installation to "`
		`+ "the current release. There are two basic ways to do so:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:10`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Automatic upgrade using [application]dnf system upgrade"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:11`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The preferred way to upgrade your system is an automatic upgrade using the "`
		`+ "[application]dnf system upgrade utility. For information on performing an "`
		`+ "automatic upgrade, see "`
		`+ "link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/DNF_system_upgrade++[Fedora Wiki DNF "`
		`+ "system upgrade]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:12`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Manual Reinstallation"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:13`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can upgrade to the latest version of Fedora manually instead of relying "`
		`+ "on [application]dnf system upgrade. This involves booting the installer as "`
		`+ "if you were performing a clean installation, letting it detect your existing "`
		`+ "Fedora system, and overwriting the root partition while preserving data on "`
		`+ "other partitions and volumes. The same process can also be used to reinstall "`
		`+ "the system, if you need to. For detailed information, see "`
		`+ "xref:Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc#sect-upgrading-fedora-manual-reinstall[Manual "`
		`+ "System Upgrade or Reinstallation]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:18`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Always back up your data before performing an upgrade or reinstalling your "`
		`+ "system, no matter which method you choose."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:22`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Manual System Upgrade or Reinstallation"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:24`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Unfortunately, we have not written this chapter yet, and there is no "`
		`+ "dedicated documentation about a manual reinstall on the Wiki, either. In the "`
		`+ "meantime before we fix this, you can try to start the installation normally "`
		`+ "(from a boot CD/DVD/USB), select manual partitioning in your installer, and "`
		`+ "reuse existing partitions instead of destroying them and creating new "`
		`+ "ones. The instructions at "`
		`+ "xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning[Manual "`
		`+ "Partitioning] should in most cases be easy to adapt for this."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.pot

file added

+539

		`@@ -0,0 +1,539 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:6`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installing Using VNC"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:9`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The graphical installation interface is the recommended method of installing "`
		`+ "{PRODUCT}. However, in some cases, accessing the graphical interface "`
		`+ "directly is difficult or impossible. Some systems lack the capability to "`
		`+ "connect a display and a keyboard, making VNC a necessity for manual "`
		`+ "(non-Kickstart) installations."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:11`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To allow manual installations on _headless systems_ (systems without a "`
		`+ "directly connected display, keyboard and mouse), the [application]Anaconda "`
		`+ "installation program includes a _Virtual Network Computing_ (VNC) mode which "`
		`+ "allows the graphical mode of the installation program to run locally, but "`
		`+ "display on another system connected to the network. The VNC installation "`
		`+ "provides you with the full range of installation options."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:13`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This chapter provides instructions on activating VNC mode on the "`
		`+ "installation system and connecting to it using a VNC viewer."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:15`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installing a VNC Viewer"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:18`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Performing a VNC installation requires a VNC viewer running on your "`
		`+ "workstation or another terminal computer. VNC viewers are available in the "`
		`+ "repositories of most Linux distributions; free VNC viewers are also "`
		`+ "available for other operating systems such as Windows. On Linux systems, use "`
		`+ "your package manager to search for a viewer for your distribution."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:20`
		`+ msgid "The following VNC viewers are available in {PRODUCT}:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:22`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "[application]TigerVNC - A basic viewer independent of your desktop "`
		`+ "environment. Installed as the [package]tigervnc package."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:24`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "[application]Vinagre - A viewer for the [application]GNOME desktop "`
		`+ "environment. Installed as the [package]vinagre package."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:26`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "[application]KRDC - A viewer integrated with the [application]KDE "`
		`+ "desktop environment. Installed as the [package]kdenetwork-krdc package."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:28`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To install any of the viewers listed above, execute the following command as "`
		+ "`root`:"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:32`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "# dnf install package\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:35`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Replace _package_ with the package name of the viewer you want to use (for "`
		`+ "example, [package]tigervnc)."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:40`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Procedures in this chapter assume you are using [application]TigerVNC as "`
		`+ "your VNC viewer. Specific instructions for other viewers may differ, but the "`
		`+ "general principles still apply."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:44`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Performing a VNC Installation"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:47`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The [application]Anaconda installation program offers two modes for VNC "`
		`+ "installation: _Direct mode_ and _Connect mode_. The modes differ in the way "`
		`+ "the connection between the server and viewer is established. After you "`
		`+ "successfully connect, the installation will progress the same way regardless "`
		`+ "of the mode you used."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:48`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Direct Mode"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:49`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In this mode, [application]Anaconda is configured to start the "`
		`+ "installation and wait for an incoming connection from VNC viewer before "`
		`+ "proceeding. While waiting for an incoming connection, the system's IP "`
		`+ "address and the port on which the installer expects the connection is "`
		`+ "displayed on the display or console if available; this implies that you need "`
		`+ "at least a serial console to connect using this mode, but you can work "`
		`+ "around this limitation if you know the default VNC port and the system's IP "`
		`+ "address."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:50`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Connect Mode"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:51`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In this mode, the VNC viewer is started on the remote system in _listening "`
		`+ "mode_. The VNC viewer waits for an incoming connection on a specified "`
		`+ "port. Then, [application]Anaconda is started and the host name/IP address "`
		`+ "and port number of the viewer are provided using a boot option or a "`
		`+ "Kickstart command. When the installation begins, the installation program "`
		`+ "establishes a connection with the listening VNC viewer using the specified "`
		`+ "host name/IP address and port number. Connect mode is therefore easier to "`
		`+ "use on systems with no local display or console, but it also may require "`
		`+ "additional preparation, because the viewer system must be able to accept "`
		`+ "incoming connections on the specified port, which usually requires changing "`
		`+ "firewall settings."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:53`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Choosing a VNC Installation Mode"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:56`
		`+ msgid "Visual and Interactive access to the system"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:58`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "** If visual and interactive access to the system being installed is not "`
		`+ "available, then you should use Connect Mode.\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:60`
		`+ msgid "Network Connection Rules and Firewalls"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:62`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "** If the system being installed is not allowed inbound connections by a "`
		`+ "firewall, then you must use Connect Mode or disable the firewall. Disabling "`
		`+ "a firewall may have security implications.\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:64`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "** If the remote system running the VNC viewer is not allowed incoming "`
		`+ "connections by a firewall, then you must use Direct Mode, or disable the "`
		`+ "firewall. Disabling a firewall may have security implications.\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:66`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installing in VNC Direct Mode"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:69`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "VNC Direct Mode is when the VNC viewer initiates a connection to the system "`
		`+ "being installed. [application]Anaconda will tell you when to initiate this "`
		`+ "connection."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:71`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Starting VNC in Direct Mode"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:73`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Open the VNC viewer (for example, [application]TigerVNC) on the "`
		`+ "workstation you will be using to connect to the system being installed. A "`
		`+ "window similar to "`
		`+ "xref:VNC_Installations.adoc#figu-vnc-installations-connection-details[TigerVNC "`
		`+ "Connection Details] will be displayed with an input field allowing you to "`
		`+ "specify an IP address."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:75`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "TigerVNC Connection Details"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:77`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "TigerVNC after startup"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:77`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "vnc/connection-details.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:80`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Boot the installation system and wait for the boot menu to appear. In the "`
		`+ "menu, edit boot options (see "`
		`+ "xref:../install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc#sect-boot-menu[The Boot Menu]) "`
		`+ "and append the [option]#inst.vnc# option to the end of the command line."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:82`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Optionally, if you want to restrict VNC access to the installation system, "`
		`+ "add the "`
		`+ "[option]#inst.vncpassword=pass:attributes[{blank}]_PASSWORD_pass:attributes[{blank}]# "`
		`+ "boot option as well. Replace _PASSWORD_ with the password you want to use "`
		`+ "for the installation. The VNC password must be between 6 and 8 characters "`
		`+ "long."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:87`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Use a temporary password for the [option]#inst.vncpassword=# option. It "`
		`+ "should not be a real or root password you use on any system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:91`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Adding VNC Boot Options"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:93`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Editing boot options to activate VNC"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:93`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "boot/vnc-options.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:96`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Start the installation using the edited options. The system will initialize "`
		`+ "the installation program and start the necessary services. When the system "`
		`+ "is ready, you will see a message on the screen similar to the following:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:100`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "`13:14:47 Please manually connect your VNC viewer to 192.168.100.131:5901 to "
		+ "begin the install.`\n"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:103`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Note the IP address and port number (in the above example, "`
		+ "`192.168.100.131:5901`)."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:105`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "On the system running the VNC Viewer, enter the IP address and port number "`
		+ "obtained in the previous step into the `Connection Details` dialog in the "
		`+ "same format as it was displayed on the screen by the installer. Then, click "`
		+ "`Connect`. The VNC viewer will now connect to the installation system. If "
		+ "you set up a VNC password, enter it when prompted and press `OK`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:107 ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:159`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "When the connection is successfully established, a new window will open on "`
		`+ "the system running the VNC viewer, displaying the installation menu. This "`
		`+ "window will provide full remote access to the installer until the "`
		`+ "installation finishes and the system reboots for the first time."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:109 ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:161`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can then proceed with "`
		`+ "xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#chap-installing-using-anaconda[Installing "`
		`+ "Using Anaconda]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:111`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installing in VNC Connect Mode"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:114`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "VNC connect mode is when the system being installed initiates a connection "`
		`+ "to the VNC viewer running on a remote system. Before you start, make sure "`
		`+ "the remote system is configured to accept incoming connection on the port "`
		`+ "you want to use for VNC. The exact way to make sure the connection will not "`
		`+ "be blocked depends on your network and on your workstation's "`
		`+ "configuration. Information about configuring the firewall in {PRODUCT} is "`
		`+ "available in the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Security{nbsp}Guide_, available at "`
		`+ "link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:116`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Starting VNC in Connect Mode"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:118`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Start the VNC viewer on the client system in listening mode. For example, on "`
		`+ "{PRODUCT} using [application]TigerVNC, execute the following command:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:122`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "$ [command]#vncviewer -listen _PORT_#\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:125`
		`+ msgid "Replace _PORT_ with the port number you want to use for the connection."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:127`
		`+ msgid "The terminal will display a message similar to the following example:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:129`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "TigerVNC Viewer Listening"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:138`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "TigerVNC Viewer 64-bit v1.3.0 (20130924)\n"`
		`+ "Built on Sep 24 2013 at 16:32:56\n"`
		`+ "Copyright (C) 1999-2011 TigerVNC Team and many others (see README.txt)\n"`
		`+ "See http://www.tigervnc.org for information on TigerVNC.\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:141`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Thu Feb 20 15:23:54 2014\n"`
		`+ "main: Listening on port 5901\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:146`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "When this message is displayed, the VNC viewer is ready and waiting for an "`
		`+ "incoming connection from the installation system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:148`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Boot the installation system and wait for the boot menu to appear. In the "`
		`+ "menu, edit boot options (see "`
		`+ "xref:../install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc#sect-boot-menu[The Boot Menu]) "`
		`+ "and append the following options to the end of the command line:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:152`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "[option]#inst.vnc "`
		`+ "inst.vncconnect=pass:attributes[{blank}]_HOST_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_PORT_#\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:155`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Replace _HOST_ with the IP address of the system running the listening VNC "`
		`+ "viewer, and _PORT_ with the port number that the VNC viewer is listening on."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:157`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Start the installation. The system will initialize the installation program "`
		`+ "and start the necessary services. Once the initialization is finished, "`
		`+ "[application]Anaconda will attempt to connect to the IP address and port "`
		`+ "you provided in the previous step."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:163`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Kickstart Considerations"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:166`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Commands for using a VNC installation are also available in Kickstart "`
		`+ "installations. Using just the [command]#vnc# command will set up an "`
		`+ "installation using Direct Mode. Options are available to set up an "`
		`+ "installation using Connect Mode. For more information about the "`
		`+ "[command]#vnc# command and options used in Kickstart files, see "`
		`+ "xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#appe-kickstart-syntax-reference[Kickstart "`
		`+ "Syntax Reference]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:168`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Considerations for Headless Systems"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:171`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "When installing headless systems, the only choices are an automated "`
		`+ "Kickstart installation or an interactive VNC installation using connect "`
		`+ "mode. For more information about automated Kickstart installation, see "`
		`+ "xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#appe-kickstart-syntax-reference[Kickstart "`
		`+ "Syntax Reference]. The general process for an interactive VNC installation "`
		`+ "is described below."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:173`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Set up a PXE server that will be used to start the installation. Information "`
		`+ "about installing and performing basic configurating of a PXE server can be "`
		`+ "found in xref:Network_based_Installations.adoc#chap-pxe-server-setup[Setting "`
		`+ "Up an Installation Server]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:175`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Configure the PXE server to use the boot options for a connect mode VNC "`
		`+ "installation. For information on these boot options, see "`
		`+ "xref:VNC_Installations.adoc#sect-vnc-installations-connect-mode[Installing "`
		`+ "in VNC Connect Mode]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:176`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Follow the procedure for a VNC Installation using connect mode as described "`
		`+ "in the "`
		`+ "xref:VNC_Installations.adoc#proc-vnc-installations-connect-mode[Starting VNC "`
		`+ "in Connect Mode]. However, when directed to boot the system, boot it from "`
		`+ "the PXE server."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.pot

file added

+1142

The added file is too large to be shown here, see it at: l10n/pot/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.pot

l10n/pot/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.pot

file added

+7000

The added file is too large to be shown here, see it at: l10n/pot/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.pot

l10n/pot/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.pot

file added

+81

		`@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Understanding LVM"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "LVM (Logical Volume Management) partitions provide a number of advantages "`
		`+ "over standard partitions. LVM partitions are formatted as _physical "`
		`+ "volumes_. One or more physical volumes are combined to form a _volume "`
		`+ "group_. Each volume group's total storage is then divided into one or more "`
		`+ "_logical volumes_. The logical volumes function much like standard "`
		+ "partitions. They have a file system type, such as `ext4`, and a mount point."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:13`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The boot loader cannot read LVM volumes. You must make a standard, non-LVM "`
		+ "disk partition for your `/boot` partition."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:15`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "By default, the installation process always creates the `/` and `swap` "
		+ "partitions within LVM volumes, with a separate `/boot` on a standard "
		`+ "partition. See "`
		`+ "xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "`
		`+ "Partitioning Scheme] for details."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:19`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To understand LVM better, imagine the physical volume as a pile of "`
		`+ "_blocks_. A block is a storage unit used to store data. Several piles of "`
		`+ "blocks can be combined to make a much larger pile, just as physical volumes "`
		`+ "are combined to make a volume group. The resulting pile can be subdivided "`
		`+ "into several smaller piles of arbitrary size, just as a volume group is "`
		`+ "allocated to several logical volumes."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:21`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "An administrator may grow or shrink logical volumes without destroying data, "`
		`+ "unlike standard disk partitions. If the physical volumes in a volume group "`
		`+ "are on separate drives or RAID arrays then administrators may also spread a "`
		`+ "logical volume across the storage devices."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:22`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You may lose data if you shrink a logical volume to a smaller capacity than "`
		`+ "the data on the volume requires. To ensure maximum flexibility, create "`
		`+ "logical volumes to meet your current needs, and leave excess storage "`
		`+ "capacity unallocated. You may safely grow logical volumes to use unallocated "`
		`+ "space, as your needs dictate."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/index.pot

file added

+46

		`@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/index.adoc:5`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installation Guide"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/index.adoc:8`
		`+ msgid "Installing {PRODUCT}{nbsp}{PRODVER} on 32 and 64-bit AMD and Intel"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/index.adoc:13`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This manual explains how to boot the Fedora installation program, "`
		`+ "[application]Anaconda, and how to install Fedora{nbsp}{PRODVER} on 32 and "`
		`+ "64-bit AMD and Intel systems. It also covers advanced installation methods "`
		`+ "such as automated Kickstart installations, booting the installation from a "`
		`+ "network location, remote access to the installation system using VNC, and "`
		`+ "system upgrades from previous versions of Fedora. It also describes common "`
		`+ "post-installation tasks and explains how to troubleshoot common issues "`
		`+ "related to the installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/index.adoc:16`
		`+ msgid "image:title_logo.svg[Fedora Documentation Team]"`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/install/After_Installation.pot

file added

+282

		`@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:6`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "After the Installation"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:9`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This chapter describes the initial setup tools which open after you finish "`
		`+ "the installation, reboot the system, and log in for the first time."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:11`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Two separate configuration tools are part of {PRODUCT}. If you installed the "`
		`+ "[application]GNOME desktop environment (the default {PRODUCT} environment, "`
		`+ "installed for example as part of the {PRODUCT} Workstation Edition), the "`
		`+ "[application]GNOME Initial Setup utility will open; for all other "`
		`+ "graphical environments, the [application]Initial Setup tool serves the "`
		`+ "same purpose."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:13`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Both of these tools will allow you to configure user-specific settings which "`
		`+ "have not been configured during the installation. Some of the settings are "`
		`+ "available both in the graphical installer (or as Kickstart commands) as well "`
		`+ "as in the initial-setup utilities; in that case, they will only be displayed "`
		`+ "after the first reboot if you skipped them during the installation. This "`
		`+ "means that, for example, if you configured a user account before the "`
		`+ "installation finished, you will not be prompted to do so again after the "`
		`+ "installation completes."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:17 ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:21`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "GNOME Initial Setup"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:20`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The [application]GNOME Initial Setup utility will be displayed after you "`
		`+ "log in for the first time with any user account, as long as your first login "`
		`+ "is in the [application]GNOME desktop environment."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:23`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "GNOME Initial Setup with language selection displayed."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:23`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "afterinstall/gnome-initial-setup.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:26`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This utility allows you to configure several user-specific settings, such as "`
		+ "system language or the default keyboard layout. Use the `Next` and "
		+ "`Previous` buttons at the top of the window to navigate between "
		+ "screens. Some screens (`Configure online accounts` in particular) are "
		+ "optional and can be skipped using the `Skip` button in the top right corner."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:28`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "After you finish configuring all screens, click `Start using Fedora` to exit "
		+ "the utility. After that, the `Getting Started` page from GNOME help will be "
		`+ "displayed, and you can either browse the help content, or close it and start "`
		`+ "using your desktop."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:30`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Common Post-installation Tasks"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:33`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "After you finish the installation and go through one of the initial setup "`
		`+ "utilities described above, your system is ready for use. However, other "`
		`+ "administrative tasks not covered by the installer or the initial setup "`
		`+ "utilities may still be necessary, depending on how you plan to use your "`
		`+ "system. The list below describes some of the more common tasks usually "`
		`+ "performed immediately after a new installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:34`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		+ msgid "Recover a lost `root` password"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:35`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The `root` password, which is configured during the installation, is "
		+ "required for accessing the system as the `root` user. Without this password "
		`+ "you will not be able to configure your system or install additional "`
		+ "software. If you lost or forgot your `root` password, you can reset it by "
		`+ "following the steps described in "`
		`+ "xref:Troubleshooting.adoc#sect-trouble-after-reset-root-password[Resetting "`
		`+ "the Root Password]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:36`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Configure the network"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:37`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In most cases, network access is configured during the installation process, "`
		`+ "either in the [application]Anaconda installation program (see "`
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration[Network "`
		`+ "& Hostname]) or in a Kickstart file (see "`
		`+ "xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-network[network "`
		`+ "(optional) - Configure Network Interfaces]). For information on configuring "`
		`+ "the network after the installation, see the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Networking "`
		`+ "Guide_, available at link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:38`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Perform an initial system update"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:39`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you installed {PRODUCT} from a full installation ISO image (such as the "`
		`+ "Workstation live image or full Server DVD), it is recommended to perform an "`
		`+ "initial system update, because your installation media likely contained "`
		`+ "older versions of software packages. During the initial update, all "`
		`+ "installed packages are updated to their latest available versions. Updates "`
		`+ "to packages provide security fixes, bug fixes and enhancements."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:41`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The [application]DNF package manager is used for updating installed "`
		`+ "packages. For more information about updating your system with "`
		`+ "[application]DNF, see the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System Administrator's "`
		`+ "Guide_, available at link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:42`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Install driver updates"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:43`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Usually, drivers for system devices are already supported in the kernel "`
		`+ "provided by Red{nbsp}Hat Enterprise{nbsp}Linux. However, occasionally, "`
		`+ "support for devices that have been released recently could be missing. In "`
		`+ "these cases, a driver update enabling your device may be available."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:45`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Devices necessary to complete the installation can have driver updates "`
		`+ "provided before the installation begins. If a device is missing a driver, "`
		`+ "but it is not essential during the installation, it is recommended to wait "`
		`+ "until after the installation completes, and install additional drivers "`
		`+ "afterwards. For instructions on installing and enabling additional drivers "`
		`+ "on the installed system using [application]RPM and [application]DNF, see "`
		`+ "the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System Administrator's Guide_, available at "`
		`+ "link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:46`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Configure additional repositories"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:47`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "New software is installed from _package repositories_. Package repositories "`
		`+ "are organized sets of software and metadata that can be accessed by the "`
		`+ "[application]DNF package manager. By default, several update repositories "`
		`+ "provided by {PRODUCT} are configured automatically and you can install "`
		`+ "updates and additional software from those. However, if you want to set up "`
		`+ "additional repositories, for example ones containing your own software, some "`
		`+ "extra steps are needed."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:49`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "For information about configuring additional software repositories, see the "`
		`+ "[citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System Administrator's Guide_, available at "`
		`+ "link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:50`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Install additional packages"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:51`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can control which packages will be installed by selecting an environment "`
		+ "in the `Software Selection` dialog in the graphical installation (see "
		`+ "xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-software-selection[Software "`
		`+ "Selection]). This dialog does not provide a way to choose individual "`
		`+ "packages, only predefined sets. However, you can use the [application]DNF "`
		`+ "package manager to install additional packages after the installation. See "`
		`+ "the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System Administrator's Guide_, available at "`
		`+ "link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for more information."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:52`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Switch to a graphical login"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:53`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Depending on the options you chose during the installation process, it is "`
		`+ "possible that your system does not have a graphical interface, instead "`
		`+ "offering only a text-based prompt. If this is the case and you wish to "`
		`+ "enable a graphical desktop after the installation, you must install the "`
		`+ "[application]X Window System and your preferred desktop environment "`
		`+ "(either [application]GNOME or [application]KDE)."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:54`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "As with all other software, these packages can be installed using the "`
		`+ "[application]DNF package manager. For information about using "`
		`+ "[application]DNF to install new packages, see the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} "`
		`+ "System Administrator's Guide_, available at "`
		`+ "link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]. For information on how to enable "`
		`+ "graphical login by default, see "`
		`+ "xref:Troubleshooting.adoc#sect-trouble-after-graphical-login[Booting into a "`
		`+ "Graphical Environment]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.pot

file added

+260

		`@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:6`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Booting the Installation"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:9`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This chapter will explain how to boot the installer from local media or a "`
		`+ "network server as well as how to navigate the boot menu and use custom "`
		`+ "options."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:11`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Preparing to Boot"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:14`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "After you have made a bootable USB flash drive or a CD or DVD using the "`
		`+ "steps described in "`
		`+ "xref:Preparing_for_Installation.adoc#sect-preparing-boot-media[Preparing "`
		`+ "Boot Media], you are ready to boot the installation. Note that the steps "`
		`+ "described below are generic and the exact steps will vary somewhat depending "`
		`+ "on your system - particularly on your motherboard manufacturer."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:19`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "There are no separate media provided for BIOS and UEFI systems; all of them "`
		`+ "can boot from the same ISO image. However, once you install {PRODUCT}, you "`
		`+ "can not switch between UEFI and BIOS. The system must run on the same "`
		`+ "firmware it was installed on; if you, for example, perform the installation "`
		`+ "on an UEFI system in UEFI mode, and then switch it to BIOS compatibility "`
		`+ "mode, {PRODUCT} will no longer boot and will require a reinstallation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:26`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "{PRODUCT} does not support UEFI booting for 32-bit x86 systems. Only BIOS "`
		`+ "boot is supported on these systems."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:28`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Also note that {PRODUCT} only fully supports version 2.2 of the UEFI "`
		`+ "specification. Hardware that supports version 2.3 or later will boot and "`
		`+ "work normally, but the additional functionality defined by these later "`
		`+ "specifications will not be available. The UEFI specifications are available "`
		`+ "from link:++http://www.uefi.org/specs/agreement/++[]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:32`
		`+ msgid "To boot the {PRODUCT} installer, follow these steps:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:33`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Booting the {PRODUCT} Installer"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:35`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Plug in the boot USB drive, or insert the boot CD or DVD into your "`
		`+ "computer's optical disc drive. Alternatively, if you plan on booting from a "`
		`+ "network boot (PXE) server, make sure that the network cable is plugged in."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:37`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Restart the system. Once it starts rebooting, it should display a prompt "`
		`+ "similar to the following (usually at the bottom of the screen):"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:41`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Press F12 to select boot device, or Del to enter SETUP\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:44`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Follow the on-screen instructions to access the boot menu. If no "`
		`+ "instructions are displayed (some systems only display a graphical logo "`
		`+ "during early stages of boot), try pressing kbd:[F12], kbd:[F11], kbd:[F10] "`
		`+ "or kbd:[Del] several times; these are most commonly used keys. Note that "`
		`+ "there is usually a very short time window provided to access the menu; once "`
		`+ "it passes, you need to restart the system and try again."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:49`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Some older systems may not support choosing a boot device at startup. In "`
		`+ "that case, enter the system's SETUP (BIOS), and change the default boot "`
		`+ "order so that your boot media (CD, DVD, USB or network) has higher priority "`
		`+ "than internal hard drives."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:51`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "On Mac hardware, hold down the kbd:[Option] key to enter the boot media "`
		`+ "selection menu."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:55`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "When your system's boot menu opens, select an entry such as `Boot from USB` "
		+ "if you created a bootable USB drive, `Boot from CD/DVD` if you are using an "
		+ "optical disc to install {PRODUCT}, or `Boot from PXE` if you want to boot "
		`+ "from a network location."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:57`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Wait until the boot menu is displayed. The boot menu is described further in "`
		`+ "this chapter."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:59`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The Boot Menu"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:62`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In most cases, when you boot the {PRODUCT} installer from your prepared boot "`
		`+ "media or server, the boot menu will be the first thing that appears. From "`
		`+ "this menu, you can either start the actual installation, or you can use the "`
		`+ "boot media to rescue an existing system."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:64`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The way the boot menu will look and function will vary somewhat depending on "`
		`+ "your system's firmware - BIOS systems use the [application]SYSLINUX boot "`
		`+ "loader, and UEFI systems use [application]GRUB2. However, both of the "`
		`+ "menus described below function very similarly from a user's point of view."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:66`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Use arrow keys to select an entry in the menu, and kbd:[Enter] to confirm "`
		`+ "your selection. The first two entries in the list will both proceed with the "`
		`+ "installation; the first one will start the installer directly, and the "`
		`+ "second one will verify the integrity of the boot media before starting the "`
		`+ "installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:68`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "The final entry in the list is `Troubleshooting`pass:attributes[{blank}]; "
		`+ "this is a submenu. Selecting this entry and pressing kbd:[Enter] will "`
		`+ "display a new set of selections, where you can choose to install in basic "`
		`+ "graphics mode (useful if you want to do a manual graphical installation but "`
		`+ "your system has issues with the default graphical installer), rescue an "`
		`+ "existing system, or test your system's memory modules for errors (on BIOS "`
		`+ "systems only). The troubleshooting menu also allows you to exit the boot "`
		+ "menu and boot normally from your system's hard drive via the `Boot from "
		+ "local drive` option."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:70`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Every menu entry in the list is a predefined set of boot options, and these "`
		`+ "options can be customized to change some aspects of the installer's "`
		`+ "behavior. To edit the default set of boot options, press kbd:[Tab] on BIOS "`
		`+ "systems, or kbd:[e] on UEFI systems. The key to use is also displayed at the "`
		`+ "bottom of the screen."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:75`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Editing boot options in [application]GRUB2 (on UEFI systems) will display "`
		`+ "the entire configuration for the selected entry. Actual boot options are "`
		+ "configured on the line which starts with the `linux` (or `linux16` or "
		+ "`linuxefi`) keyword. Do not modify any other lines in the configuration."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:77`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "On systems with BIOS firmware, only the actual boot options are displayed "`
		`+ "when you press kbd:[Tab]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:81`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "When editing the default set of options, you can change the existing ones as "`
		`+ "well as append additional ones. Once you finish, press kbd:[Enter] on BIOS "`
		`+ "or kbd:[Ctrl + X] on UEFI to boot the installer using your customized "`
		`+ "options."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:82`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Editing boot options on a system with BIOS firmware"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:84`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The boot menu."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:84`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "boot/boot-menu.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:86`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "All available [application]Anaconda boot options are described in "`
		`+ "xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-available[Available "`
		`+ "Boot Options]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.pot

file added

+403

		`@@ -0,0 +1,403 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:6`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installing Using Anaconda"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:9`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This chapter provides step-by-step instructions for installing {PRODUCT} "`
		`+ "using the [application]Anaconda installer. The bulk of this chapter "`
		`+ "describes installation using the graphical user interface. A text mode is "`
		`+ "also available for systems with no graphical display, but this mode is "`
		`+ "limited in certain aspects (for example, custom partitioning is not possible "`
		`+ "in text mode)."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:11`
		`+ msgid "If your system does not have the ability to use the graphical mode, you can:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:13`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Use Kickstart to automate the installation as described in "`
		`+ "xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#chap-kickstart-installations[Automating "`
		`+ "the Installation with Kickstart]"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:15`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Perform the graphical installation remotely by connecting to the "`
		`+ "installation system from another computer with a graphical display using the "`
		`+ "_VNC_ (Virtual Network Computing) protocol - see "`
		`+ "xref:../advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc#chap-vnc-installations[Installing "`
		`+ "Using VNC]"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:17`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Introduction to Anaconda"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:20`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The {PRODUCT} installer, [application]Anaconda, is different from most "`
		`+ "other operating system installation programs due to its parallel "`
		`+ "nature. Most installers follow a fixed path: you must choose your language "`
		`+ "first, then you configure network, then installation type, then "`
		`+ "partitioning, etc. There is usually only one way to proceed at any given "`
		`+ "time."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:22`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In [application]Anaconda you are only required to select your language and "`
		`+ "locale first, and then you are presented with a central screen, where you "`
		`+ "can configure most aspects of the installation in any order you like. This "`
		`+ "does not apply to all parts of the installation process, however - for "`
		`+ "example, when installing from a network location, you must configure the "`
		`+ "network before you can select which packages to install."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:24`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Some screens will be automatically configured depending on your hardware and "`
		`+ "the type of media you used to start the installation. You can still change "`
		`+ "the detected settings in any screen. Screens which have not been "`
		`+ "automatically configured, and therefore require your attention before you "`
		`+ "begin the installation, are marked by an exclamation mark. You can not start "`
		`+ "the actual installation process before you finish configuring these "`
		`+ "settings."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:26`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Additional differences appear in certain screens; notably the custom "`
		`+ "partitioning process is very different from other Linux distributions. These "`
		`+ "differences are described in each screen's subsection."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:28`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Consoles and Logging During the Installation"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:31`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The following sections describe how to access logs and an interactive shell "`
		`+ "during the installation. This is useful when troubleshooting problems, but "`
		`+ "should not be necessary in most cases."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:33`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Accessing Consoles"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:36`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The {PRODUCT} installer uses the [application]tmux terminal multiplexer to "`
		`+ "display and control several windows you can use in addition to the main "`
		`+ "interface. Each of these windows serves a different purpose - they display "`
		`+ "several different logs, which can be used to troubleshoot any issues during "`
		`+ "the installation, and one of the windows provides an interactive shell "`
		+ "prompt with `root` privileges, unless this prompt was specifically disabled "
		`+ "using a boot option or a Kickstart command."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:41`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In general, there is no reason to leave the default graphical installation "`
		`+ "environment unless you need to diagnose an installation problem."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:45`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The terminal multiplexer is running in virtual console 1. To switch from the "`
		`+ "actual installation environment to [application]tmux, press kbd:[Ctrl + "`
		`+ "Alt + F1]. To go back to the main installation interface which runs in "`
		`+ "virtual console 6, press kbd:[Ctrl + Alt + F6]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:50`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you choose text mode installation, you will start in virtual console 1 "`
		`+ "([application]tmux), and switching to console 6 will open a shell prompt "`
		`+ "instead of a graphical interface."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:54`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The console running [application]tmux has 5 available windows; their "`
		`+ "contents are described in the table below, along with keyboard shortcuts "`
		`+ "used to access them. Note that the keyboard shortcuts are two-part: first "`
		`+ "press kbd:[Ctrl + b], then release both keys, and press the number key for "`
		`+ "the window you want to use."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:56`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can also use kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[n] and kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[p] to switch "`
		`+ "to the next or previous [application]tmux window, respectively."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:58`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Available tmux Windows"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block \|`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:68`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "\|Shortcut\|Contents\n"`
		`+ "\|kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[1]\|Main installation program window. Contains "`
		`+ "text-based prompts (during text mode installation or if you use VNC direct "`
		`+ "mode), and also some debugging information.\n"`
		+ "\|kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[2]\|Interactive shell prompt with `root` privileges.\n"
		`+ "\|kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[3]\|Installation log; displays messages stored in "`
		+ "`/tmp/anaconda.log`.\n"
		`+ "\|kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[4]\|Storage log; displays messages related storage "`
		+ "devices from kernel and system services, stored in `/tmp/storage.log`.\n"
		`+ "\|kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[5]\|Program log; displays messages from other system "`
		+ "utilities, stored in `/tmp/program.log`.\n"
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:71`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In addition to displaying diagnostic information in [application]tmux "`
		`+ "windows, [application]Anaconda also generates several log files, which can "`
		`+ "be transferred from the installation system. These log files are described "`
		`+ "in xref:Troubleshooting.adoc#sect-troubleshooting-log-files[Log Files "`
		`+ "Generated During the Installation], and directions for transferring them "`
		`+ "from the installation system are available in "`
		`+ "xref:Troubleshooting.adoc#sect-troubleshooting-transferring-logs[Transferring "`
		`+ "Log Files from the Installation System]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:73`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Saving Screenshots"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:76`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can press kbd:[Shift + Print Screen] at any time during the graphical "`
		`+ "installation to capture the current screen. These screenshots are saved to "`
		+ "`/tmp/anaconda-screenshots`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:78`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Additionally, you can use the [command]#autostep --autoscreenshot# command "`
		`+ "in a Kickstart file to capture and save each step of the installation "`
		`+ "automatically. See "`
		`+ "xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-autostep[autostep "`
		`+ "(optional) - Go Through Every Screen] for details."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:80`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installing in Text Mode"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:83`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Text mode installation offers an interactive, non-graphical interface for "`
		`+ "installing {PRODUCT}. This may be useful on systems with no graphical "`
		`+ "capabilities; however, you should always consider the available alternatives "`
		`+ "before starting a text-based installation. Text mode is limited in the "`
		`+ "amount of choices you can make during the installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:85`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "There are two alternatives to text mode which can both be used even if the "`
		`+ "installation system does not have a graphical display. You can either "`
		`+ "connect to the installation system using VNC and perform an interactive "`
		`+ "graphical installation remotely (see "`
		`+ "xref:../advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc#chap-vnc-installations[Installing "`
		`+ "Using VNC]), or you can create a Kickstart file to perform the installation "`
		`+ "automatically (see "`
		`+ "xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#chap-kickstart-installations[Automating "`
		`+ "the Installation with Kickstart])."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:86`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Text Mode Installation"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:88`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "The main menu in during a text-based installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:88`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "anaconda/SummaryHub_TextMode.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:91`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Installation in text mode follows a pattern similar to the graphical "`
		`+ "installation: There is no single fixed progression; you can configure many "`
		`+ "settings in any order you want using the main status screen. Screens which "`
		`+ "have already been configured, either automatically or by you, are marked as "`
		+ "`[x]`, and screens which require your attention before the installation can "
		+ "begin are marked with `[!]`. Available commands are displayed below the list "
		`+ "of available options."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:93`
		`+ msgid "Limits of interactive text mode installation include:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:95`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The installer will always use the English language and the US English "`
		`+ "keyboard layout. You can configure your language and keyboard settings, but "`
		`+ "these settings will only apply to the installed system, not to the "`
		`+ "installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:97`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can not configure any advanced storage methods (LVM, software RAID, "`
		`+ "FCoE, zFCP and iSCSI)."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:99`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "It is not possible to configure custom partitioning; you must use one of the "`
		`+ "automatic partitioning settings. You also cannot configure where the boot "`
		`+ "loader will be installed."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:101`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To start a text mode installation, boot the installation with the "`
		`+ "[option]#inst.text# boot option used either at the boot command line in the "`
		`+ "boot menu, or in your PXE server configuration. See "`
		`+ "xref:Booting_the_Installation.adoc#chap-booting-the-installation[Booting the "`
		`+ "Installation] for information about booting and using boot options."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:103`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installing in the Graphical User Interface"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:106`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The graphical installation interface is the preferred method of manually "`
		`+ "installing {PRODUCT}. It allows you full control over all available "`
		`+ "settings, including custom partitioning and advanced storage configuration, "`
		`+ "and it is also localized to many languages other than English, allowing you "`
		`+ "to perform the entire installation in a different language. The graphical "`
		`+ "mode is used by default when you boot the system from local media (a CD, DVD "`
		`+ "or a USB flash drive)."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:108`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The sections below discuss each screen available in the installation "`
		`+ "process. Note that due to the installer's parallel nature, most of the "`
		`+ "screens do not have to be completed in the order in which they are described "`
		`+ "here."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:110`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Each screen in the graphical interface contains a `Help` button. This button "
		`+ "opens the [application]Yelp help browser displaying the section of the "`
		`+ "_{PRODUCT} Installation Guide_ relevant to the current screen."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:112`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can also control the graphical installer with your keyboard. Use "`
		`+ "kbd:[Tab] and kbd:[Shift + Tab] to cycle through active control elements "`
		`+ "(buttons, check boxes, etc.) on the current screen, kbd:[Up] and kbd:[Down] "`
		`+ "arrow keys to scroll through lists, and kbd:[Left] and kbd:[Right] to scroll "`
		`+ "through horizontal toolbars or table entries. kbd:[Space] or kbd:[Enter] can "`
		`+ "be used to select or remove a highlighted item from selection and to expand "`
		`+ "and collapse drop-down menus."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:114`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Additionally, elements in each screen can be toggled using their respective "`
		`+ "shortcuts. These shortcuts are highlighted (underlined) when you hold down "`
		`+ "the kbd:[Alt] key; to toggle that element, press kbd:[Alt + "`
		`+ "_X_pass:attributes[{blank}]], where _X_ is the highlighted letter."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:116`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Your current keyboard layout is displayed in the top right hand corner. Only "`
		`+ "one layout is configured by default; if you configure more than layout in "`
		+ "the `Keyboard Layout` screen "
		`+ "(xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-keyboard-layout[Keyboard "`
		`+ "Layout]), you can switch between them by clicking the layout indicator."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.pot

file added

+813

		`@@ -0,0 +1,813 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:6`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Preparing for Installation"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:9`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "This chapter describes the steps you need take before you begin the "`
		`+ "installation. Not every step must be strictly followed - for example, if you "`
		`+ "plan to use the default installation settings, you do not need to gather "`
		`+ "system information such as disk device labels/UUIDs or network information "`
		`+ "such as the system's IP address. However, you should still go through this "`
		`+ "chapter, as it also describes the available types of installation media and "`
		`+ "how to prepare boot media and installation sources."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:11`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Upgrade or Install?"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:14`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you already have Fedora installed and want to upgrade your installation "`
		`+ "to the current version, there are two basic ways to do so:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:15`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Automatic upgrade using [application]dnf system upgrade"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:16`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The preferred way to upgrade your system is an automatic upgrade using the "`
		`+ "[application]dnf system upgrade utility. For information on performing an "`
		`+ "automatic upgrade, see "`
		`+ "link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/DNF_system_upgrade++[Fedora Wiki dnf "`
		`+ "system upgrade]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Labeled list`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:17`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Manual Reinstallation"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:18`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can upgrade to the latest version of Fedora manually instead of relying "`
		`+ "on [application]dnf system upgrade. This involves booting the installer as "`
		`+ "if you were performing a clean installation, letting it detect your existing "`
		`+ "Fedora system, and overwriting the root partition while preserving data on "`
		`+ "other partitions and volumes. The same process can also be used to reinstall "`
		`+ "the system, if you need to. For detailed information, see "`
		`+ "xref:../advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc#sect-upgrading-fedora-manual-reinstall[Manual "`
		`+ "System Upgrade or Reinstallation]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:22`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Always back up your data before performing an upgrade or reinstalling your "`
		`+ "system, no matter which method you choose."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ==`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:25`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Preparing Boot Media"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:28`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Fedora images are `Hybrid ISOs` and can be used to create installation media "
		`+ "with both optical and USB disks, for booting on both BIOS and UEFI systems."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:29`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Fedora Media Writer"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:33`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "[application]Fedora Media Writer has been significantly improved and is "`
		`+ "now the official, tested and supported way to make bootable "`
		`+ "media. [application]Fedora Media Writer supports Linux, Mac, and "`
		`+ "Windows. It is an easy way to make bootable USB media to install Fedora (or "`
		`+ "other operating systems). Using [application]Fedora Media Writer is "`
		`+ "strongly encouraged, although other USB media creation software can work as "`
		`+ "well."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:35`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Some of the new additions to [application]Fedora Media Writer are that "`
		`+ "Fedora Workstation and Server are easily and quickly accessible from the "`
		`+ "selection on the main screen. Further choices are available if you select "`
		`+ "the button below _Custom OS_. This offers a selection of various Fedora "`
		`+ "Spins, such as XFCE or Mate."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:37`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Historically, universal USB creation tools, such as "`
		`+ "[application]Unetbootin, are a popular way to create USB installers from "`
		`+ "ISOs intended for optical media. They typically create a filesystem on the "`
		`+ "USB drive by extracting files from the image, and writing "`
		`+ "[application]syslinux bootloader to the device."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:39`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "These methods circumvent the boot-loader configuration built into Fedora "`
		`+ "images, which are pre-partitioned and designed to boot on UEFI systems with "`
		`+ "SecureBoot enabled as well as BIOS systems, and thus they do not produce "`
		`+ "consistent results with Fedora images, especially for on UEFI systems."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:41`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The best results are produced by utilities that use a direct write method "`
		`+ "and do not modify the Fedora image."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:46`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Always think twice before writing an image to the device. The media creation "`
		`+ "methods described in this article are destructive. All data on the USB "`
		`+ "stick are deleted during the process, so make sure you have a back up of the "`
		`+ "data on the USB stick. Double check that you have selected correct device to "`
		`+ "write the image to!"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:48`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Installing and running Fedora Media Writer"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:50`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "On Fedora"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:54`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "On Fedora 25 or later, [application]Fedora Media Writer is available in "`
		+ "the default repository. You can use `dnf` to install the package."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:56`
		`+ msgid "To install the [application]Fedora Media Writer using:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:60`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "$ [command]#sudo dnf install mediawriter#\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:63`
		`+ msgid "Run the [application]Fedora Media Writer:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:67 ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:84`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "$ [command]#sudo mediawriter#\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:70`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "or in [application]Gnome 3 select Activities, then select Utilities, "`
		`+ "and then click on [application]Fedora Media Writer."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:72`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "On other Linux distributions"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:76`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The best way to install [application]Fedora Media Writer on various Linux "`
		`+ "distributions is to use the pre-built _Flatpak_ package. The package can be "`
		`+ "obtained from the official Flatpak repository "`
		`+ "https://flathub.org/apps/details/org.fedoraproject.MediaWriter[Flathub.org]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:78`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "To setup Flatpak on your Linux system, follow the guidelines on the "`
		`+ "https://flatpak.org/setup/[Flatpak documentation] page."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:80`
		`+ msgid "Run the application:"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:86`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "On Windows"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:89`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Download the latest Windows Installer file from "`
		`+ "link:++https://getfedora.org++[GetFedora.org]. The server automatically "`
		`+ "detects the running system and offers you the correct installation file for "`
		`+ "your Windows version."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:91`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Run the installation by double clicking the installer, and then continue "`
		`+ "through the set-up wizard. The Wizard lets you customize the software's "`
		`+ "installation if you choose to."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:93`
		`+ msgid "Run the application by clicking on a launcher."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:95`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In Windows 8 and 10, the [application]Fedora Media Writer launcher will be "`
		`+ "placed in the _All apps_ menu under _F_. In Windows 10, you can just type "`
		`+ "[application]Fedora Media Writer in the search box on the task bar."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:97`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "On MacOS"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:100`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Download the latest Macintosh Disk Image (the package will have a .dmg "`
		`+ "extension) from link:++https://getfedora.org++[GetFedora.org]. The server "`
		`+ "automatically detects the running system and offers a correct package for "`
		`+ "your MacOS."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:102`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Open the `.dmg` file and copy the `mediawriter` file into your applications "
		`+ "folder."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:104`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Navigate to your applications directory, and then launch the "`
		`+ "[application]Fedora Media Writer application."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:106`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Select \"Open\" to run the program, when MacOS will ask you to confirm the "`
		`+ "action."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:107`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Writing the ISO image to the USB Media."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:109`
		`+ msgid "Select the Fedora Edition you wish to make a bootable USB drive for."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:111`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Fedora Media Writer Main Screen: Choose your Edition of Fedora"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:113`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Image of Fedora Media Writer Main Screen"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:113`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "fedora_media_writer/main_screen.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:116`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The main selection lets you choose one of the default Fedora editions, "`
		`+ "Fedora Workstation or Server. [application]Fedora Media Writer "`
		`+ "displays more details about the edition before you can proceed with "`
		`+ "downloading the image and the USB creation. You can choose a different "`
		`+ "architecture, if you select _Other variants_."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:118`
		`+ msgid "Select \"Create Live USB\" to proceed."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:120`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Fedora Media Writer Distro Information"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:122`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Image of Fedora Media Writer Distro Information Screen"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:122`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "fedora_media_writer/distro_information.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:125`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Fedora Media Writer will automatically download the ISO for you. If you have "`
		`+ "downloaded the ISO before and placed it in the _Downloads_ directory, it "`
		`+ "will be immediately available to use."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:127`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Fedora Media Writer Automatic Download"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:129`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Image of Fedora Media Writer Automatic Download"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:129`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "fedora_media_writer/automatic_download.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:132`
		`+ msgid "Plug in a USB drive on which you want to create the bootable media."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:134`
		`+ msgid "To write the image onto the media, click the red btn:[Write to disk] button."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Block title`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:136`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Fedora Media Writer Write to USB Device"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:138`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Image of Fedora Media Writer write to device red button"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Target for macro image`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:138`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "fedora_media_writer/write_to_device.png"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:140`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Other methods to create a live USB"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:143`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Using the Fedora Media Writer is highly recommended for everybody, because "`
		`+ "it offers a reliable way to create a live USB stick for Fedora installation."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:145`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "However, some experienced users may prefer to go through the creation "`
		`+ "process manually. If you decide to do so, you have to download the "`
		`+ "installation images and use an application to write them onto the USB stick."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:149`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "If you have downloaded and verified the installation images manually, you "`
		`+ "still can write them onto the USB stick using Fedora Media Writer."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:153`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Downloading Boot and Installation Images"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:156`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The Fedora Project offers different Editions tailored for some specific use "`
		`+ "cases. Choose the Fedora Edition best for you, or you can build your own by "`
		`+ "customizing after the installation, or by using a kickstart file as "`
		`+ "described in "`
		`+ "xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#sect-kickstart-file-create[Creating "`
		+ "a Kickstart File]. Kickstart installation requires the `netinstall` media "
		`+ "type, or a direct installation booting method such as PXE; kickstarts are "`
		`+ "not supported with live images."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:158`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Read more about Fedora Workstation, Fedora Cloud, Fedora Server and the "`
		`+ "available media types in "`
		`+ "xref:../Downloading_Fedora.adoc#chap-downloading-fedora[Downloading Fedora]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:160`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "You can also choose a Fedora _Spin_ featuring favorite alternative desktops "`
		`+ "or tools for specialized tasks at link:++http://spins.fedoraproject.org++[]."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:162`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Verifying the Downloaded Image"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:165`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Because transmission errors or other problems may corrupt the Fedora image "`
		`+ "you have downloaded, it is important to verify the file's integrity. After "`
		`+ "the images are created, an operation is performed on the file that produces "`
		+ "a value called a `checksum` using a complex mathematical algorithm. The "
		`+ "operation is sufficiently complex that any change to the original file "`
		`+ "will produce a different checksum."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:167`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "By calculating the image's `checksum` on your own computer and comparing it "
		+ "to the original `checksum`, you can verify the image has not been tampered "
		`+ "with or corrupted. The original checksum values are provided at "`
		`+ "link:++https://fedoraproject.org/verify++[], and are [command]#gpg# signed "`
		`+ "to demonstrate their integrity."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:169`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Verifying checksums on Windows systems"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:172 ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:223`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Download the Fedora image of your choice from "`
		`+ "link:++https://fedoraproject.org/get-fedora++[] and the corresponding "`
		`+ "checksum file from link:++https://fedoraproject.org/verify++[]"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:174`
		`+ msgid "Open a [command]#powershell# session."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:176`
		`+ msgid "Change to the directory containing the downloaded files."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:181`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "> cd $HOME\\Downloads\\\n"`
		`+ "> ls\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:183`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Directory: C:\\Users\\Pete\\Downloads\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:188`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Mode LastWriteTime Length Name\n"`
		`+ "---- ------------- ------ ----\n"`
		`+ "-a--- 11/25/2014 12:39 PM 272 "`
		`+ "Fedora-Server-21-x86_64-CHECKSUM\n"`
		`+ "-a--- 11/25/2014 12:39 PM 2047868928 "`
		`+ "Fedora-Server-DVD-x86_64-21.iso\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:192`
		`+ msgid "Load the resources required to calculate the checksum."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:198`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "> $image = \"Fedora-Server-DVD-x86_64-21.iso\"\n"`
		`+ "> $checksum_file = \"Fedora-Server-21-x86_64-CHECKSUM\"\n"`
		`+ "> $sha256 = New-Object -TypeName "`
		`+ "System.Security.Cryptography.sha256CryptoServiceProvider\n"`
		`+ "> $expected_checksum = ((Get-Content $checksum_file \| Select-String -Pattern "`
		`+ "$image) -split \" \")[0].ToLower()\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:201`
		`+ msgid "Calculate the downloaded image's checksum. This will take a while!"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:204`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "> $download_checksum = "`
		`+ "[System.BitConverter]::ToString($sha256.ComputeHash([System.IO.File]::ReadAllBytes(\"$PWD\\$image\"))).ToLower() "`
		`+ "-replace '-', ''\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:207`
		`+ msgid "Compare the calculated checksum to the expected checksum."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:217`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "> echo \"Download Checksum: $download_checksum\"\n"`
		`+ "> echo \"Expected Checksum: $expected_checksum\"\n"`
		`+ "> if ( $download_checksum -eq \"$expected_checksum\" ) {\n"`
		`+ "echo \"Checksum test passed!\"\n"`
		`+ "} else {\n"`
		`+ "echo \"Checksum test failed.\"\n"`
		`+ "}\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:220`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Verifying checksums on Linux and OSX systems"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:225`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Open a terminal window, and navigate to the directory with the downloaded "`
		`+ "files."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:229`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "$ [command]#cd ~/Downloads#\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:232`
		`+ msgid "Use the appropriate utility to verify the image checksum."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:234`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "** For Linux:\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:238`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "$ sha256sum -c *CHECKSUM\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:241`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "** For OSX:\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:245`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "$ shasum -a 256 -c *CHECKSUM\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:247`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Writing the images to USB media"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:249`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Creating USB media with [application]GNOME Disks"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:251`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "On a system with [application]GNOME, or with the "`
		+ "[package]gnome-disk-utility package installed, open `Disks` using the "
		`+ "system menu."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:253`
		`+ msgid "Click your USB device in the left column."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:255`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Click the menu icon in the upper right corner of the window, and choose the "`
		+ "`Restore Disk Image` option."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:257`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Navigate to your image file and click `Start Restoring`. After a few "
		`+ "minutes, it will report the process is complete and your installation media "`
		`+ "will be ready to use."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ====`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:258`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Creating USB Media on the Linux command line"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:260`
		`+ msgid "Open a terminal window and insert the usb drive."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:262`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Find the `device node` assigned to the drive. In the example below, the "
		+ "drive is given `sdd`."
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:276`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "$ [command]#dmesg\|tail#\n"`
		`+ "[288954.686557] usb 2-1.8: New USB device strings: Mfr=0, Product=1, "`
		`+ "SerialNumber=2\n"`
		`+ "[288954.686559] usb 2-1.8: Product: USB Storage\n"`
		`+ "[288954.686562] usb 2-1.8: SerialNumber: 000000009225\n"`
		`+ "[288954.712590] usb-storage 2-1.8:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"`
		`+ "[288954.712687] scsi host6: usb-storage 2-1.8:1.0\n"`
		`+ "[288954.712809] usbcore: registered new interface driver usb-storage\n"`
		`+ "[288954.716682] usbcore: registered new interface driver uas\n"`
		`+ "[288955.717140] scsi 6:0:0:0: Direct-Access Generic STORAGE DEVICE "`
		`+ "9228 PQ: 0 ANSI: 0\n"`
		`+ "[288955.717745] sd 6:0:0:0: Attached scsi generic sg4 type 0\n"`
		`+ "[288961.876382] sd 6:0:0:0: sdd Attached SCSI removable disk\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:279`
		`+ msgid "Use the [command]#dd# utility to write the image."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block -`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:283`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "# dd if=/path/to/Fedora-Live-Security-x86_64-21.iso of=/dev/sdd\n"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:289`
		`+ msgid ""`
		+ "Pay extreme attention to the source (`if=`) and target (`of=`) device. The "
		+ "`dd` command destroys all data on the target device. If you made a mistake, "
		`+ "you could lose important data."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Title ===`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:291`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Creating a Boot CD or DVD"`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:293`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "In addition to creating a bootable USB flash drive, you can also use the "`
		`+ "provided ISO images to create bootable optical media (a CD or DVD). This "`
		`+ "approach may be necessary when installing {PRODUCT} on an older system which "`
		`+ "can not boot from USB."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Plain text`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:298`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "The exact steps you need to take to burn a bootable CD or DVD from an ISO "`
		`+ "image will vary depending on what disc burning software you use. This "`
		`+ "procedure only offers a general overview."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:302`
		`+ msgid "Insert a blank CD or DVD into your system's CD or DVD burner."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:304`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "Open your system's burning software - for example, [application]Brasero on "`
		`+ "{PRODUCT} systems with [application]GNOME desktop environment, or "`
		`+ "[application]Nero on Windows systems. In the software's main menu, find an "`
		`+ "option which lets you burn an ISO image to a disc. For example, in "`
		+ "[application]Brasero, this option is `Burn image` in the main menu on the "
		`+ "left side of the window."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:306`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ "When prompted, select the ISO image of {PRODUCT} to be burned, and the CD or "`
		`+ "DVD burner with a blank disc inside (if you have more than one drive)."`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: delimited block =`
		`+ #: ./modules/install-guide/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:307`
		`+ msgid "Confirm your selection, and wait for the disc to be burned."`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/pot/pages/install/Troubleshooting.pot

file added

+1128

The added file is too large to be shown here, see it at: l10n/pot/pages/install/Troubleshooting.pot

l10n/pot/site.yml.pot

file added

+23

		`@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@`
		`+ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE`
		`+ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.`
		`+ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.`
		`+ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.`
		`+ #`
		`+ #, fuzzy`
		`+ msgid ""`
		`+ msgstr ""`
		`+ "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"`
		`+ "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-14 21:16+0200\n"`
		`+ "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"`
		`+ "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"`
		`+ "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"`
		`+ "Language: \n"`
		`+ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"`
		`+ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"`
		`+ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"`
		`+`
		`+ #. type: Hash Value - Key: title`
		`+ #: >site`
		`+ #, no-wrap`
		`+ msgid "Local Preview"`
		`+ msgstr ""`

l10n/use_pot.sh

file added

+63

		`@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@`
		`+ #!/bin/bash`
		`+ # You need po4a > 0.54, see https://github.com/mquinson/po4a/releases`
		`+ # There is no need of system-wide installation of po4a`
		`+ # Usage: PERLLIB=/path/to/po4a/lib l10n/use_pot.sh LANGUAGECODE`
		`+`
		`+ lang=$1`
		`+ dir="./modules/install-guide" # no trailing slash`
		`+ localized_dir="$dir-$lang"`
		`+`
		`+ if [ -z "$lang" ]`
		`+ then`
		`+ echo "The language code parameter is missing"`
		`+ exit 1`
		`+ fi`
		`+`
		`+ if [ ! -d "$dir" ]`
		`+ then`
		`+ echo "Please run this script from the documentation' root folder"`
		`+ exit 1`
		`+ fi`
		`+`
		`+ while IFS= read -r -d '' file`
		`+ do`
		`+ basename=$(basename -s .adoc "$file")`
		`+ dirname=$(dirname "$file")`
		`+ path="${dirname#$dir/}"`
		`+`
		`+ if [ "$dirname" = "$dir" ]; then`
		`+ potname=$basename`
		`+ localized_file="$localized_dir/$basename.adoc"`
		`+ else`
		`+ potname=$path/$basename`
		`+ localized_file="$localized_dir/$path/$basename.adoc"`
		`+ fi`
		`+`
		`+ if [ -e "./l10n/po/$potname.$lang.po" ]; then`
		`+ echo po4a-translate --format asciidoc --master "$file" --po "./l10n/po/$potname.$lang.po" --master-charset "UTF-8" --localized-charset "UTF-8" --localized "$localized_file" --option debug split_attributelist --keep 0`
		`+ po4a-translate --format asciidoc \`
		`+ --master "$file" --master-charset "UTF-8" \`
		`+ --po "./l10n/po/$potname.$lang.po" \`
		`+ --localized "$localized_file" --localized-charset "UTF-8" \`
		`+ --option debug split_attributelist --keep 0`
		`+ else`
		`+ po4a-gettextize --format asciidoc \`
		`+ --master "$file" --master-charset "UTF-8" \`
		`+ --po "./l10n/po/$potname.$lang.po" \`
		`+ --option debug split_attributelist`
		`+ fi`
		`+ done < <(find -L "$dir" -name "*.adoc" -print0)`
		`+`
		`+ if [ -e "./l10n/po/site.yml.$lang.po" ]; then`
		`+ echo po4a-translate --format yaml --option keys="title" --master ./site.yml --po "./l10n/po/site.yml.$lang.po" --master-charset "UTF-8" --localized-charset "UTF-8" --localized "./site-$lang.yml" --keep 0`
		`+ po4a-translate --format yaml \`
		`+ --master ./site.yml --master-charset "UTF-8" \`
		`+ --po "./l10n/po/site.yml.$lang.po" \`
		`+ --localized "./site-$lang.yml" --localized-charset "UTF-8" \`
		`+ --option keys="title" --keep 0`
		`+ else`
		`+ po4a-gettextize --format yaml \`
		`+ --master ./site.yml --master-charset "UTF-8" \`
		`+ --po "./l10n/po/site.yml.$lang.po" \`
		`+ --option keys="title"`
		`+ fi`

fedora-docs / install-guide

#19 Add Localization Support

Closed 2 years ago by jibecfed. Opened 5 years ago by jibecfed.

fedora-docs/ jibecfed/install-guide master into master

Metadata

Changes Summary 106

fedora-docs / install-guide

Source Code

#19 Add Localization Support Closed 2 years ago by jibecfed. Opened 5 years ago by jibecfed. fedora-docs/ jibecfed/install-guide master into master

Metadata

Changes Summary 106

#19 Add Localization Support

Closed 2 years ago by jibecfed. Opened 5 years ago by jibecfed.

fedora-docs/ jibecfed/install-guide master into master